LEAFHOPFERS AMD vkQG'AQ??&S OF AUSTRALIA AND NEW ZEALAN; i r> Uf L H Moon &Son Bookbinders THE AUSTRALIAN MUSEUM, SYDNEY MEMOIR XII The Leafhoppers and Froghoppers of Australia and New Zealand (Homoptera: Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea) By J. W. EVANS* Published by order of the Trustees Sydney, 1966 * 47 Bundarra Road, Bellevue Hill, Sydney, N.S.W., Australia Registered in Australia for transmission by post as a book SYDNEY: V. C. N. BLIGHT, GOVERNMENT PRINTER, 1966 Contents Part I BIOLOGY, DISTRIBUTION AND EVOLUTION Page Introduction . . . . . . . . • . . . • • • • • • • • • • 5 General characteristics . . . . . . . . • . • • • • • • • • 7 Relationships with other Homoptera . . . . . . . . • • • • • • 8 Biology . . . . • • • . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 8 Plant associations . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • 8 The Australian fauna . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • 9 The New Zealand fauna . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • . . io The Faunas of New Guinea and New Caledonia . . . . . . . . . . • • io Zoogeography . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • . . 1 1 Distribution . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • . . 18 Evolution . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • 1 8 Abundance . . . . . . . . . . • ♦ • • • • • • • • J 9 Economic significance . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • 20 Some research suggestions . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • 20 Collecting methods and collections . . . . . . • . • • • • . . 2 1 Part II SYSTEMATICS Morphology . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 22 Characters distinguishing the Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea . . . . . . . • 27 The Families of the Cicadelloidea . . . . . . . . . . • • • • . . 28 Classification . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • . . 28 Eurymelidae . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2 9 Cicadellidae . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • 79 Membracidae . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • • 2 75 The Families of the Cercopoidea . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • 3°9 Cercopoidae . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 10 Aphrophoridae . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • 3*6 Machaerotidae . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • 3 2 5 Acknowledgements . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • 33 1 List of new names . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • 33 2 References . . . . . . . . • . • • • • • • • • • • • • 334 List of New Zealand Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea . . . . . . • . . • 33^ Index . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • • • • • • • • • • 337 PART I BIOLOGY, DISTRIBUTION AND EVOLUTION Introduction Although the insect faunas of Australia and New Zealand are of remarkable interest, there are very few works which deal in a comprehensive fashion with particular groups. Neither are there, with few exceptions, and these relate especially to certain families of Coleoptera and Lepidoptera, reliably named collections available in Australia or New Zealand, which are in any way representative. This means that insect identification within Australia and New Zealand may present considerable difficulties unless insects are well known, or belong to groups being studied by an experienced and helpful specialist. This work deals with two related groups of medium-sized Homoptera, which in most entomological text books are regarded as three groups and which are usually covered in a few short paragraphs. These insects present many problems of interest from the point of view of evolutionary development and geographical distribution; and, as well, include forms of some economic significance. For a period of 35 years the writer has studied two of the comprised families (Cicadellidae and Eurymelidae) and has published many papers on various aspects of their biology, morphology and systematics. These papers are scattered in numerous journals and much of the information in them is now out of date. The principle purpose of this work is to present under one cover such knowledge as the author has acquired of these groups of leafhoppers as they occur in Australia and New Zealand in the hope that it will aid identification of the majority, and perhaps, also, create sufficient interest to lead to their much-needed further study. In order to make it more comprehensive, the Membracidae and Cercopoidea are also included, and brief mention is made of the leafhopper faunas of New Guinea, New Caledonia and Lord Howe Island. It is to be regretted that the day of the active amateur would seem to be nearly over, as such have in the past contributed very greatly to entomological knowledge. Their passing would not be of such great moment if their place was being adequately filled by professional workers, but this is far from being the case. Many who might wish to take an interest in systematic studies are sometimes deterred at the outset by the burden of literature which, as an initial step, needs to be referred to and understood. This certainly is often a formidable obstacle but it is unavoidable. Once, however, it is overcome, such studies can provide a continuing and expanding interest. While a geneticist may have the satisfaction of working in a field which lies in the vanguard of the advance of knowledge of the mechanics of evolution, a systematist can make a contribution to an understanding of some of the factors which have made evolutionary change possible. In addition, a systematist is often best able to appreciate the significance of such changes. Throughout this work the aim has been followed of endeavouring to make identification as simple as possible and this is the reason for the abundance of illustrations. Nevertheless, in some genera, especially among those which have a cosmopolitan distribution, species recognition will be found to be difficult. This is partly due to lack of clear-cut differentiating characters, but also because critical studies have not been made owing to lack of adequate, material. Were publication to have been delayed until such time as it might have been found possible to deal with every group on a uniform basis, and in an equally comprehensive fashion, then it would never have taken place at all. 6 Because of the desire to produce a work which is practical and helpful a policy of “lumping” has been adopted. An alternative course would have meant, for example, that instead of a single species being recognized in the genus Stenocotis Stal, thirteen would have been needed to be accepted. In this genus, as well as there being considerable differences in size and in colour pattern, sexual dimorphism also occurs. The reason for the “lumping” in this instance is that the sexes have not been correlated and the male genitalia of all the several colour forms examined are approximately identical. Another example is to be found in the genus Eurymela Le Pelletier and Serville, where no less than 9 names have been sunk under the specific names of E. distincta Signoret and E. fenestrata Le P. & S. In this instance, the size range of the various forms is inconsiderable and sexual dimorphism lacking but the various colour combinations are so numerous, many more than the eleven which have been named, that to give each of them specific or even sub-specific status, would, in the present state of knowledge, result in needless complications. Another reason for recognizing only two instead of several species is that the male genitalia of all the various colour forms show 7 no marked differences in shape. Very little is known about the geographical ranges or the food plant associations of th various forms in the two genera mentioned, and it is possible that the policy of “lumping which has been followed may mean that specific status has been denied to representatives some populations of leafhoppers, w r hich might merit it were the facts of their biology better known. It is also possible that, on the basis of differences of male genitalia, some forms may have been incorrectly considered as distinct species. Muller (1958) has showm how environmental and seasonal factors may influence the shape of the aedeagi in Euscelis spp. and doubtless similar occurrences are widespread within the Homoptera, While the category of a species has some flexibility, since a “species” may include representatives of populations which are not entirely homogeneous, species nevertheless have some degree of approximate equivalence. This is far from being the case with higher categories, and genera, tribes, sub-families and families within a single super-family are by no means always of corresponding status. Within a group which has undergone its evolutionary divergence in a restricted geographical area, there is, in most instances, no difficulty in the selection of genera. This is because, unless they are monotypic, they are merely assemblages of related species which are separated from other such assemblages by some distinctive morphological characteristic shared in common. In other instances it is not so simple and the determination of the limits of genera is a matter for personal judgment. While in present-day systematic papers a certain amount of quantitative data is frequently presented, personal judgment remains all important. Such judgment, which is based on a critical evaluation of the factors available for study, depends in part on a knowledge of comparative morphology, but above all on insight based on knowledge, experience and understanding. A critic w r ho has not himself undertaken systematic studies may be surprised to note that some of the specific names which have been sunk as synonyms are of insects described by the author. In other words that he has committed the seemingly flagrant error of describing the same species more than once ! The explanation is that with increasing knowledge, based on longer experience, views on the criteria which separate species in certain genera may change. Some 619 species are dealt with in this work. This number is not only clearly considerably less than the actual number of species of cicadclloicls and cercopoids existing in Australia and New Zealand, but it is also less than the number available to the author for description. 7 Some species have not been described because of inadequate material. Others, because it is considered that their description would serve no useful purpose. The first reason might seem a surprising one since several species have been described on the basis of single specimens, but this has been done only when they represent forms of particular interest. In regard to insects in the second category mentioned, the Macropsinae provide an example of a group of leafhoppers which contain a large number of known undescribed species which deliberately have not been named. While this is an unusually stable sub-family, since their present day representatives probably differ very little from their Mesozoic forerunners, nevertheless they display prolific speciation. Since the numbers of macropsids already described establish the existence of this evolutionary characteristic, there would seem to be no useful purpose served by describing numerous additional species which seemingly are to be found in almost every geographical, climatic and floristic unit. On the other hand the Thymbrini, which are a group of leafhoppers of probable Tertiary origin, display considerable evolutionary plasticity of a different nature and of a greater magnitude and this is evident from the numerous comprised genera. Consequently, the naming and description of new species in this group have greater justification since it may provide information of some evolutionary significance. For reasons of economy of space long lists of locality records are not given but only particulars sufficient to provide information on the broad pattern of distribution of the various species. It needs to be remembered that distribution records of insects very frequently do no more than indicate areas where insects have been sought and seldom represent the range of distribution of particular species. General Characteristics Australian cicadelloids, or “leafhoppers”, range in size from 1*7 mm to 28 mm. The smallest Australian cercopoid, or “froghopper”, is 5 mm in length and the largest 19 mm. In comparison with the faunas of some other parts of the world, most Australian, and nearly all New Zealand, leafhoppers and froghoppers are drab insects, being predominantly brown, green or yellow. With the exception of a single large and colourful cercopoid recorded from northern Australia (which is actually a component of the fauna of New Guinea), the most handsome and striking representatives of the two superfamilies within Australia are certain endemic cicadelloids comprised in the family Eurymelidae. The heads of cicadelloids vary considerably in shape, and their ocelli may be ventrally, marginally or dorsally situated. At one time the position of the ocelli was used as a diagnostic character for purposes of classification, but it is now known to have but little phylogenetic significance. In the thorax, both the pronotum and scutellum may be considerably modified, the former particularly, though not exclusively, in the Membracidae, and the latter especially in a family of the Cercopoidea, the Marchaerotidae. The forewings, which are usually known as “tegmina”, are of thicker consistency than the membranous hindwings which they serve to protect when the insects are at rest and the hind wings folded. The tegmina may be reduced to a varying degree as may also the hindwings. The abdomen, as in all Hemiptera, lacks cerci. 8 Relationships with Other Homoptera The Homoptera comprise 3 series, the Coleorrhyncha, Sternorrhyncha and Auchenorrhyncha. Each of these is presumed to represent a separate line of evolutionary derivation from Protohomopterous ancestors. The Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea belong to the Auchenorrhyncha, which includes also the Fulgoroidea and the Gicadoidea. The Fulgoroidea, although highly specialized in certain respects, retain more primitive characteristics than the 3 other superfamilies and it is presumed that they represent an earlier and separate line of Homopterous descent. Although representatives of the Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea closely resemble each other in general appearance and seem very different from cicadas, this resemblance is superficial since it is probable that the Cicadoidea and Cicadelloidea were derived from a common stem independently of the one which gave rise to the Cercopoidea. (Evans, 1963, a). Biology Very few studies have been made of the biology of Australian leaf hoppers and frog- hoppers and, so far as is known, none of endemic New Zealand representatives of these groups. The biology of some representatives of the Eurymelidae has been investigated (Evans, 1931), and observations, accompanied by photographic illustrations, recorded of the emergence of machaerotid (cercopoid) nymphs (Hacker, 1922). In addition, several papers have been published on the biology of a few introduced species of some economic significamce (e.g., Helson, 1942). Both leafhoppers and froghoppers feed on plants and obtain food by means of suction. In order to do this the insects insert into plant tissue 2 pairs of needle-like stylets, the mandibles and maxillae. There are 2 channels between the apposed stylets, and salivary secretions are forced down one of these and plant sap is drawn up the other. These stylets lie in a dorsal groove in the “rostrum”, or labium, and are gripped by the labium at its apex. Eggs are laid in plant tissue. The ovipositor is serrated and has 2 pairs of sheathing valves. Young insects, which resemble the adults, although lacking wings, feed in the same situations as the latter. In those instances, where it has been recorded, there are 5 nymphal instars. As suggested by their names, both leafhoppers and froghoppers can jump, and when disturbed either take off immediately with a sudden leap, or else, in a squirrel-like fashion, dodge around a twig or leaf. The nymphs of most cicadellids, though not of eurymelids, membracids and cercopoids, also have jumping powers. It has been shown by Ossiannilsson (1949) that many, and possibly most, cicadelloids and cercopoids are able to produce sound by means of timbals situated on the first abdominal segment. Unlike cicadas, in which the male alone is capable of sound production, both sexes of leafhoppers and froghoppers can “sing”, though both lack auditory tympana. The same author has discussed the part played by “song” in the biology of the 2 groups. Plant Associations The most interesting feature of the food plant associations of Australian insects in these groups is the preponderance of eucalypt feeders among the Eurymelidae, Cicadellidae and Cercopoidea and of acacia feeders among the Membracidae. 9 It is true that eucalypts and acacias are the dominant trees in the Australian flora, but their dominance is of comparatively recent date and very many present-day species of leaf hoppers must have been in existence before it came about. This phenomenon is in accordance with the hypothesis of Southwood (1961), who has suggested that the number of insect species associated with a tree is a reflection of the cumulative abundance of that tree in the particular country throughout recent geological history (e.g., in the Quaternary period). Of the older flora, which was dominant in mid-Tertiary times, and still has abundant representation, no Australian Cicadelloidea nor Cercopoidea have been recorded from conifers, and none from Nothofagus , although a single leafhopper, belonging to the Macropsinae, feeds on beech trees in New Zealand. A few eurymelids belonging to the Ipoini, and a few membracids, have been taken on representatives of the Proteaceae and some eurymelids on Casuarina. The cicadelloid fauna of grasses, and of annuals and perennials generally, is very sparse both in Australia and New Zealand. For the most part it consists of introduced species, or, ones which are probably of recent adventitious origin and even these are not widespread but in Australia are largely confined to the northern, tropical, part of the continent. It is possible that species in many genera have restricted feeding habits but very few food-plant records are available. Some leaf hoppers as, for example, Myerslopia. spp. (Ulopinae), are known to be associated with a particular environment, in this instance with litter on the forest floor, but information is lacking in respect to their food-plants. The Australian Fauna The most striking features of the Australian fauna are the high degree of endemism among the Cicadelloidea and its paucity within the Cercopoidea. Also, the great extent of the variation in size and colour pattern of different populations of certain species of cicadelloids, indicating genetic instability, and this is doubtless associated with recent changes in their environment. The dominant Australian cicadelloids belong to an endemic family, the Eurymelidae, and there are 6 endemic groups of sub-family, or tribal, status within the Cicadellidae (Stenocotini, Thymbrini, Austroagalloidinae, Tartessinae, Trocnadini, Reuplemmelini). Although there is an abundance of endemic genera in the Membracidae, no endemic tribes and sub-families have yet been recognized. This may well be because of lack of critical studies. It is presumed that the several endemic groupings mentioned above represent Tertiary evolutionary developments. The remaining tribes and sub-families represented in the Australian fauna consist of pre-Tertiary relict groups (such as the Ulopini and Cephalelini) ; groups of cosmopolitan distribution, such as the Idiocerinae, which will have gained access to Australia at different times and by different means (island chains, adventitious transport, recent introductions), and those groups, which have sparse representation in north-east Australia, and which entered the continent from the north during Pleistocene times (e.g., Coelidiinae). It needs to be mentioned that apart from insects comprised in the late Indo-Malayan element, and those of recent introduction, very probably a higher degree of endemism exists among Australian forms belonging to cosmopolitan sub-families than the existing nomenclature suggests. Thus, for example, critical studies would probably disclose that no Australian leafhoppers placed in the genera Macropsis and Idiocerus are more than superficially congeneric with the type species of these two genera. 10 The New Zealand Fauna* The leafhopper and froghopper fauna of New Zealand is a sparse, but interesting, one (Evans, 1963, b). The oldest element includes representatives of the Ulopinae, which are comprised in 3 tribes. Of these, the Myerslopiini are known elsewhere only from Madagascar and Chile and the Cephalelini only from South Africa and Australia, whilst representatives of the Ulopini are of widespread occurrence in the eastern hemisphere. The dominant group of New Zealand leafhoppers belongs to an endemic genus, Novothymbris , included in a tribe, the Thymbrini, otherwise confined to Australia. There are also numerous species, either of probable adventitious origin, or else which have been derived from adventitious insects. These are comprised in the Jassinae, Typhlocybinae and Deltocephalinae. In addition, there are some recent introductions which belong to these 2 sub-families and also to the Idiocerinae. The above 3 distinctive elements may be classed respectively as Mesozoic relicts, Tertiary developments and recent accessions. There remain 4 groups of which, in each instance, the New Zealand representatives are of uncertain derivation and chronology. One of these groups, the Paradorydiini, is widely distributed in the warmer regions of the eastern hemisphere. Some leafhoppers in this tribe, but not all, frequent a damp environment and feed on rushes. This fact is mentioned since so also do leafhoppers in another tribe of New Zealand leafhoppers, the Euacanthellini, which have been recorded elsewhere only from Tasmania and Mt Kosciusko in New South Wales. Both the Paradorydiini and Euacanthellini would seem to belong to the middle range of present-day cicadellids, that is to say they are neither relict groups, nor, like the Deltocephalinae, of presumed comparatively recent origin. The fourth group of problematical origin in New Zealand is the Macropsinae. These are an ancient, though not a relict, sub-family of widespread occurrence and the interest of the single New Zealand representative lies in the fact that it feeds on, and is very possibly restricted to, JVothofagus. The Cercopoidea are represented in New Zealand solely by 2 species, which belong to the Aphrophoridae. Both of these species are comprised in endemic genera of which neither has representation either in Australia or in the Indo- Malayan region. One genus, Pseudaphronella , may possibly be related to a Chilean genus, while the other, Carystoterpa , has representative species also in Lord Howe Island. The Faunas of New Guinea and New Caledonia Brief mention needs to be made of the extent of the Australian element in the cicadelloid and cercopoid faunas of the two above-mentioned large tropical islands. In respect to New Guinea, representatives of the following endemic Australian groups of cicadelloids are known to occur in the island: Eurymelidae, Thymbrini, Tartessinae and Trocnadini. Several of the eurymelids belong to species which occur also in Australia and there is one possibly endemic species. In the Thymbrini, an endemic genus has been recorded from New Guinea and this has representation also on Moa Island, near Timor. The greater part of the rich cicadelloid and cercopoid faunas of New Guinea, and of the sparse corresponding fauna of New Caledonia, is of Indo-Malayan origin. They, thus, have considerable affinity, but by no means close identity, with the late Pleistocene, Indo-Malayan, element of the fauna of north-eastern Australia. Listed on page 336. 11 Zoogeography There are more endemic groups of Cicadelloidea in Australia than occur in any other single land area. This fact is associated with the long period of time that the Australian continent was isolated from the rest of the world during the Tertiary period. The occurrence in north-eastern Australia of several species of leaf hoppers and froghoppers, which are not found elsewhere in the continent, and which are representative of genera with close Indo- Malayan, but not Australian, affinities, provides evidence of late Tertiary land connections with islands lying to the north. When consideration is given to the problem of the sources of the fauna prior to Tertiary isolation and the extent to which it may have received accessions, by adventitious means during isolation, it is necessary to enter the realm of speculation. Furthermore, in seeking explanations to account for present patterns of distribution, broad generalizations are not enough but every distinctive group needs to be considered as a special and separate problem. This requires a consideration of factors furnished by comparative morphology, evolutionary level and environmental association. In Figure i, a hypothesis is presented in relation to the periods and places of origin of the several principal components of the cicadelloid fauna of Australia and New Zealand. An explanation of the figure is given in the table which follows. Fig. i : The composition of the Australian and New Zealand fauna of the Cicadelloidea. 12 Some Possible Geographical Origins of Australian and ■ 2 3 4 5 6 7 Group Distribution Possible Geographical Origin Monotypic Endemic Genera Other Endemic Genera Total Endemic Species (in 4 and 5 ) Non-Endemic Genera Presumed Pre- Ledrini Oriental Region, Africa, Mada- gascar, Australia (Europe). India 3 2 7 2 Occinirvanini India- Australia Indo- Australian i 1 Macropsinae Cosmopolitan . . Uncertain: pos- sibly S. Hemis- phere. 2 ? 2 1 — — — I — 1 — Ulopini Universal with possible excep- tion of W. Hemisphere. Afro-Indian, Australian. 5 i 7 — — i — 1 — Cephalelini S. Africa, Aust- ralia, N.Z. 2 — TT •• — — Paradorydiini Africa, Australia, N.Z., India. i — — — 1 Myerslopiini Madagascar, N.Z., Chile. •• * 2 Endemic Groups Stenocotini Australia Australia 4 2 12 Thymbrini Australia, N.G. Australia 5 7 39 N.Z. 1 7 Tartessinae Australia, Ori- ental Region. Australia 3 7 1 Austroagalloidinae Australia Australia 1 7 13 New Zealand Cicadelloidea (excluding Membracidae) 8 9 IO 1 1 12 Comprised Introduced Distribution within Principal Remarks Endemic Species Species Zealand Food-Plants Tertiary Relict Fauna 6 •• Widespread Various ti’ees, includ- ing eucalypts. While possible that only a few existing geneia may be of Pre-Tertiary origin it is probable that the Tribe was differentiated from the Ulopini during the late Mesozoic and that some representatives had access to Australia before Tertiary isolation. S.W. Australia Casuarina Regarded as of Pre-Tertiary origin on grounds of morphology, distribution and food-plant association. 37+ + Widespread Various shrubs but only exceptionally on eucalypts. While it would be possible to differentiate several species into generic groupings, this would obscure the remarkable stability of insects in this tribe. N.Z. Nothofagus. Not closely related to any Australian forms. Widespread, but es- pecially in Tas- mania. In Australia, to some extent asso- ciated with areas of relict fauna and flora. Moss, reeds, various shrubs. Although of almost world wide distribution, very possibly of S. Hemisphere origin. N.Z. IO Widespread, but es- pecially S.W. Aust- ralia and Tasmania. Restioniaceae Probably derived from the Ulopini during mid-Mesozoic times. 2 N.Z. 6 5 — Widespread N.Z. Wide range of food plants. This tribe is included in the Pre-Tertiary fauna very largely because of its occurrence in N.Z., where it is improbably of adventitious origin. Widespread in N.Z. Found in litter on forest floor. Supposed mid-Mesozoic relicts on structural, as well as distributional grounds. of Tertiary Origin Widespread Possibly only eucalypts Possibly derived directly from Ulopini, and representing a parallel development with the Ledrini. Differing irom the Ledrini in later origin, possibly initiated at time of Australian Tertiary isolation. Widespread Principally eucalypts Possibly another development from a ulopid stock parallel with the Stenocotini. Widespread in N.Z. . . Possibly derived from an Australian adventitious immigrant; not closely related to any existing Australian genus. 22+ + Widespread; some en- demic genera associ- ated with semi-arid environment. Various trees and shrubs, including eucalypts. Five of the described genera are confined to Australia. Two of the remainder are not represented in Australia but these are closely related to the widespread genus Tartessus. Widespread Eucalypts 14 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 Group Distribution Possible Geographical Origin Monotypic Endemic Genera Other Endemic Genera Total Endemic Species (in 4 and 5) Non-Endemic Genera Eurymelidae Australia (New Guinea, New Caledonia). Australia 19 13 86 Hecalini Cosmopolitan i (?) 1 2 Deltocephalini (in part). Cosmopolitan Holarctic ? ? ? Jassini Cosmopolitan .. 1 Reuplemmellini Australia Australia i i 4 Trocnadini Australia Australia i 2 Nirvanini Trans-tropical i i 4 3 Penthimiinae (in part). Cosmopolitan i i 4 Idiocerinae Cosmopolitan •• 6 i 9 1 Typhlocybinae (in part). Cosmopolitan ? ? ? Cicadellini (in part) Cosmopolitan 2 Late Pleistoc- Penthimiinae (in part) Oriental, Africa, Australia. POriental 2 1 4 2 ! Aphrodini Cosmopolitan (except Aust- ralia). i (?) 1 Macroceratogoniini, Stenometopiini. Oriental, Aust- ralia. 2 Coelidiinae Cosmopolitan (except Aust- ralia) . 1 Drabescinae Africa, Oriental, Oceania. 2 Platymetopiini Cosmopolitan (except Aust- ralia) . 2 2 1 Selenocephalini Cosmopolitan 1 Cicadellini (in part) Cosmopolitan " 1 Euacanthellini j N.S.W., Tas- 1 mania, N.Z. 1 15 8 9 10 1 1 12 Comprised Endemic Species Introduced Species Distribution within Australia and New Zealand Principal Food-Plants Remarks Widespread Principally on Of problematical origin, eucalypts. i 2 Particularly Northern Australia, but not confined to Queens- land. Probably grasses These groups are represented in Australia mostly either by endemic genera, or else by numerous widely distributed endemic species. Few, if any, are likely to be of Pre-Tertiary origin yet all will have been established in Australia since before the Pleistocene. It is possible that they gained access to the continent by means of island chains that are supposed to have existed at times during the Tertiary. Some also may have arrived by adventitious means. ? 13 + + Widespread Acacia, and possibly other trees and shrubs. Widespread Eucalypts Widespread Eucalypts 3 • Widespread Widespread but particularly in lower rainfall areas. 29 + + 1 (N.Z. introduced) Widespread Eucalypts + ? ? ? 7 1 Rushes and various herbaceous plants. ene Incursion 15 ” Particularly N.E. Australia. This section of the Penthimiinae comprises such genera as Vulturnus and Neodartus , which because of their restricted distribution within Australia and low degree of endemism are presumed to have gained access to the continent during the Pleistocene at the same time as the sparse representatives of the other groups listed. Particularly N.E. Australia. 2 Particularly N.E. Australia. 3 Particularly N.E. Australia. 2 Particularly N.E. Australia. 1 Particularly N.E. Australia. 1 Particularly N.E. Australia. 3 1 Particularly N.E. Australia. Grasses 1 (Aust.) 1 (N.Z.) N.S.W., Tasmania, N.Z. Grasses, or rushes Not of northern origin and possibly of con- siderably earlier derivation. 16 I 2 3 4 5 6 7 Group Distribution Possible Geographical Origin Monotypic Endemic Genera Other Endemic Genera Total Endemic Species (in 4 and 5) Non-Endemic Genera Groups of Recent Deltocephalini (in part) Cosmopolitan . . ? Xestocephalinae Cosmopolitan . . 1 1 1 Macrostelini Cosmopolitan . . ” 1 1 2 Typhlocybinae (in part) Cosmopolitan . . Possible Recent Agalliinae Cosmopolitan . . i (?) 17 8 9 IO 1 1 12 Comprised Introduced Distribution within Principal Remarks Endemic Species Species Zealand Food-Plants Adventitious Origin r> Grasses 5+ + Grasses r* ? Grasses r> Various trees, shrubs and herbaceous plants. The insects in this category are presumed to be either of recent adventitious origin or else introduced since the days of white settlemente. Introduction i (?) 18 Distribution Leafhoppers have not been extensively collected in Australia hence distribution records of nearly every known species are scanty. Records of food-plant associations are even scantier and this is unfortunate since doubtless the distribution of many leafhoppers is determined by that of their food-plants. While plant distribution may be the most important factor determining the distribution of many leafhoppers, the occurrence of particular environments will be another, and the distribution of some species may be limited by a single factor of the physical environment, of which temperature is doubtless the most important. If the Eurymelidae are selected for discussion the following diverse patterns of distribution may be observed: widespread species, occurring in every State and every latitude (. Eurymeloides pulchra , Anacornutipo lignosa) ; species confined to a particular latitude in both eastern and western Australia ( Cornutipoides tricornis ) ; species pairs, in which one of a pair occurs in eastern and one in western Australia ( Malipo spp.) ; species confined to a particular climatic zone in eastern, or, western Australia (Eurymelella tonnoiri (Mt Kosciusko), Ipo pellucida (Queensland and Northern Territory) Eurymeloides walkeri (south-western Australia)]. While the present distribution of most species of eurymelids is doubtless associated with prevailing climatic conditions, the distribution of a few will have been influenced by former climates. Thus, for example, Pogonoscopus myrmex was evidently able to extend its range to eastern Australia, from a western Australian source, at a time when favourable climatic conditions would have permitted this to happen. Evolution It would seem that both the Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea have been in existence as distinctive groups of insects for a period of some two hundred million years. During this long time representatives of both groups have changed from gymnosperm to almost exclusively angiosperm feeders. They have, as well, experienced great climatic changes and periods of population isolation have alternated with periods of population interchange. Because of these happenings, it is, in most instances, very difficult to establish evolutionary sequences and inter-relationships. Nevertheless, such sequences can sometimes be recognized, particularly among the various components of some endemic groups, such as the Eurymelidae, and these are discussed in the appropriate sections. In general, a tribe represents a discontinuous group which has known or supposed affinities with another group. Thus, the Cephalelini are known to be related to, and in fact, to be derived from the Ulopini, while the Trocnadini and Reuplemmelini have been similarly derived from the Jassini. A sub-family, on the other hand, is usually a discontinuous group of unknown derivation, though sometimes its affinities may be surmised. Thus, while the relationship of the Cicadellinae with other sub-families of the Cicadellidae is unknown, it is very probable that the Ledrinae have been directly derived from the Ulopinae (Evans, 1959). Many authors, including the present writer, have published hypothetical phylogenetic trees, which express views on the inter-relationship of the several sub-families of the Cicadelloidea. However, because of the factors mentioned at the beginning of this section, it is clearly impossible to construct such a tree with any real confidence. This is because sufficient evidence to enable the true position of the greater number of the branches is, and probably always will be, lacking. 19 Although it is seldom possible to establish certain relationships between diverse groups* of leafhoppers and froghoppers, many evolutionary trends of a varied nature can be recognized; some of these affect structural characteristics and others coloration. While some observed evolutionary developments are seemingly of adaptive significance, others apparently lack such an association. Examples of those in the former category are provided by changes in the position of the ocelli and the reduction of the number of veins which support the apex of the forewings. The primitive position of the ocelli in the Cicadelloidea is on the ventral face of the head and such a condition is to be found in the Macropsinae, Jassini, Agalliinae and Idiocerinae. These groups of leafhoppers have no close affinity with each other, though formerly, because of this shared characteristic, they were regarded as belonging to a single sub-family. Ventrally placed ocelli arc also of universal occurrence in the Eurymelidae. There are many more groups of leafhoppers, however, which have either marginal ocelli, or else ocelli situated on the crown of the head and these conditions are undoubtedly secondary developments. In the Gercopoidea the ocelli are invariably dorsal in position. The fact that changes in ocelli position are always in the one direction suggests that it is advantageous for the ocelli to be in an exposed position, hence, that this is a character of selective value. The majority of known late Palaeozoic and early Mesozoic Homoptera had forewings in which 7 veins supported the apex of the wing (Fig. 7). Most representatives of present day cicadelloids and cercopoids have 4 veins which serve the same function. Because of the frequency of the occurrence of this latter number, and also because of the fact that vein reduction has been achieved in several different ways, it is possible that this venational feature is, like ocelli position, the result of selection. The bizarre pronota of mcmbracids have frequently been discussed from the point of view of their evolutionary significance. While in some instances the pattern of pronotal development is seemingly mimetic, more often this is not the case and it is difficult to understand how some of the many and varied shapes can be of adaptive importance. Other observed evolutionary trends in leafhoppers have to do with increases in size, such as are discernible, for example, in the Eurymelini, and in colour pattern development. The most generalized cicadelloids and cercopoids are either brown, or black, in colour, while green has been acquired secondarily, and independently, in many groups. The adaptive significance of these colours can be readily appreciated. It is, however, not so easy to understand how any benefit can be conferred by the possession of vivid and very varied colour pattern combinations, particularly when, in some species, the range of variation is so considerable that insects in nearly every population differ in colour from those in others. Abundance Populations of both leafhoppers and froghoppers are usually maintained by their natural enemies at a low level of abundance. These have been very little studied and although eggs are known to be extensively parasitized by myrmarids (Hymenoptcra) and nymphs and adults by dryinicls (Hymenoptera) there are certainly other groups of* Hymcnoptera and, as well, certain Diptera and Lepidoptera, which play a significant part in population regulation. It is interesting to conjecture how the population balance of these insects was maintained during late Palaeozoic and early Mesozoic times when, presumably, there were no parasitic Hymcnoptera, nor parasitic or predatory, Diptera or Lepidoptera. 20 Possibly Mecoptera, which would then have existed in far greater abundance than they do at the present time, played a significant role. The frequency with which fossil Homoptera are found suggests, in any case, that these nsects were formerly far more abundant than they are in most environments at the present time. Economic Significance Apart from a few typhlocybids, not a single undoubted endemic cicadelloid, and no cercopoids, have been recorded as serious pests in either Australia or New Zealand. Such few species as are of some economic significance are of uncertain origin and are regarded as injurious on account of being virus vectors. One of the best known of these is Orosius argentatus , which is of widespread occurrence throughout Australia. In comparison with other parts of the world the grasslands of Australia and New Zealand carry a very small leaf hopper population and support even fewer cercopoids. Consequently, with the possible exception of grasslands in northern Australia, these insects can have very little effect on pasture productivity. Some Research Suggestions The major obstacle hindering investigations with Australian insects of almost any sort is lack of background literature. The present work, which is very far from a complete and well-rounded contribution to knowledge, might be compared with a distorted sieve which needs to be replaced by a symmetrical basin. The fact that the sieve has shape provides a foundation of some sort for future work. The holes represent knowledge which is lacking; the distortion, the probability that errors occur in respect to some of the relationships suggested. Almost any one of the several groups of insects described provides special problems and the few mentioned below are given as examples of possible research projects. Eurymelidae A study of the status, distribution and food-plant relationships of the several stable colour-forms of the Eurymela dislincta-fene strata complex. factors. Cicadellinae The status, distribution, food-plants and time of specific differentiation of holla upp. Macropsinac— Factors associated with speciation. Austroagalloidinae — Distribution; correlation of the sexes; relationships. Typhlocybinae -A study of the fauna as a whole. Tartessinae — Systematic and biological study. 21 Collecting Methods and Collections In a well-known textbook of entomology (Imms, 1957), it is stated that leafhoppers are “probably the most abundant of all Homoptera, and may readily be collected by sweeping grass, herbage and other foliage”. As has already been mentioned, in southern Australia and in New Zealand, leafhoppers, and, likewise, froghoppers are not usually abundant on grasses. Furthermore, most forms which occur on them are introduced. Although grasses are seldom productive, “rushes” and herbage generally, growing in moist situations, sometimes yield leafhoppers. By far the greatest number of Australian and New Zealand cicadelloids and Australian cercopoids live on trees and shrubs and may be obtained by beating. The occurrence of eurymelids on trees is always accompanied by the presence of ants which are more readily noticed than the leafhoppers. Some leafhoppers live on the trunks of eucalypts and may be found concealed under the bark. The best collecting is often obtained on isolated trees, or shrubs, on which leafhoppers have been enabled to increase their numbers without interference from parasites. While light-traps may be expected to yield an abundance of material, it is seldom representative of either the leaf hopper, or lroghopper, fauna of an area but is of a restricted nature. This does not mean that such a method of collecting should be neglected as sometimes it makes available insects which have never been taken by other means (e.g., Inghamia dayi). Groups which seem to be particularly attracted by light are the Deltocephalini, Balcluthini, Xestocephalinae, Jassinae, Typhlocybinae, and Machaerotinae. Compared with many other groups of insects, leafhoppers and froghoppers have been neglected by Australian entomologists and the reason for this neglect may be largely due to identification difficulties. Irrespective of the extent to which literature may be helpful as an aid to identification, there nearly always comes a time when reference needs to be made to a well-documented collection. While considerable collections of Australian insects in these particular groups are to be found in many museums, both within Australia and overseas, none of them is particularly representative and the principal importance of many lies in their possession of type specimens. Over a long period of years, and with the co-operation of other workers, the author has succeeded in assembling a collection of Australian cicadelloids and cercopoids which, though far from complete, is yet more comprehensive than any other at present in existence. While this has been made primarily for personal research needs it has been made also on the assumption that the availability of a representative collection can be just as much a stimulus to further study of a group as the preparation of a written document. When this collection is no longer needed for personal research it will become the property of the Australian Museum. PART II SYSTEMATICS Morphology The account of certain aspects of the external morphology of cicadelloids and cercopoids which follows, and the accompanying illustrations, are intended to provide an interpretation of the descriptive terms used in the text. At the same time brief particulars are given of some of the characteristics in which the 2 super-families, and the 3 families of the Gicadelloidea differ from each other, even although these are mentioned again, and in greater detail, i appropriate sections. > in Fig. 2: Ledromorpha planirostris, CR, crown; CS, coronal suture; OG, ocellus; OVP, ovipositor; PN, pronotum; SCT, scutellum; TB, tibia; TG, tegmen; TS, tarsus. The insect illustrated in Figure 2 ( Ledromorpha planirostris) is the largest Australian leaf hopper. The part of the head which is visible in dorsal aspect is known as the crown . This term has no morphological significance. Both leafhoppers and froghoppers have 2 ocelli. These may be on the crown, as in L. planirostris , or ventrally or, marginally situated. The tergum of the first thoracic segment is known as the pronotum , and it overlaps the greater part of the tergum of the second, or, mesothoracic segment. The only part of the latter which is exposed consists of part of the scutum and the whole of the scutellum, which are separated from each other by a well, or, an ill-defined transverse fold. For descriptive purposes, the whole of the exposed mesnotum is known as the scutellum. 23 Fig. 3: A, Eurymela fenestrata (Eurymelidae), internal view of head. B, Aufidus trifasciatus (Cercopidae), anterior view of head after removal of the ante- and post-clypeus. A, antenna; AC, ante-clypeus ; AT, .anterior arm of tentorium; F, frons; FC, fronto-clypeus; G, gena; H, hypopharynx; LBR, labrum; LR, lorum ; M, mandible; MS, maxillary suture; MX, maxilla; MXP, maxillary plate; PT, posterior tentorial bar; SP, salivary pump. 24 Fig. 5 : A, Tartessus Jlavipes (Cicadellidae), prothorax, anterior aspect; B, Sertorius australis (Membracidae), prothorax anterior aspect; C, Eoscarta carnifex (Cercopidae), prothorax, anterior aspect; D, Macropsis tasmaniensis (Cicadellidae), mesothorax, dorsal aspect; E, Tartessus flavipes , mesothorax, dorsal aspect; F, Eufairmairia acanthaspis (Membracidae), mesothorax; G, Esocarta carnifex , meso- and metathorax, dorsal aspect; H, Eoptyelus australis, ventral aspect; I, Sextius virescens (Membracidae), hind tibia and tarsus; J, Eurymela bakeri (Eurymelidae), hind tibia and tarsus; K, Tartessus pulchellus (Cicadellidae), hind tibia. AC, ante-clypeus; C, coxa; LAB, labium; LR, lorum; PC, post-clypeus; PN, pronotum; PSC, post- scutellum; SCT, scutum; SCTL, scutellum; SP, spine; SR, spur; TR, trochanter; TB, tibia. 25 In Figure 3, A which represents the head of a eurymelid viewed from behind, the maxillary plate and the infolded hind border of the head are lacking on the left-hand side. In Figure 3,B which is of a head of a cercopoid viewed from in front, both the ante-clypeus and the post-clypeus have been detached. These illustrations serve to show the association of the mandibular stylet with the mandibular plate or lorum and the maxillary stylet with the maxillary plate. They also show how the lora are continuous medially, underneath the ante-clypeus, with the ventral surface of the sucking pump, and how the maxillary plates may be separated from the genae by a transverse suture. Attention is drawn to the lack of contact between the anterior arms of the tentorium and the posterior tentorial bar in the head of the cicadelloid and the presence of a complete tentorium in the cercopoid head. The several parts of the heads of leafhoppers and froghoppers which are referred to in descriptions are appropriately labelled in Figure 4. The central sclerite of the head of a leafhopper usually consists of the post-clypeus together with the “frons 55 , and is known as the fronto-clypeus (Figure 4, D.) . Sometimes, however, the frons is separated from the post-clypeus by a well, or more usually an obscure, transverse suture, the epistomal suture (Figures. 4, A, B). In Figure 5 some of the structural features of the thorax, and its appendages, of various cicadellids, membracids, eurymelids and cercopids are illustrated. In order to interpret relationships, some understanding of wing venation is essential. The forewings, or tegmina, of a eurymelid, cicadellid, membracid and cercopoid, together with 2 hind wings, are illustrated in Figure 6. These should be studied in conjunction with the 2 wings shown in Figure 7, which illustrate the venation of the tegmen and the hind-wing of the forerunners of present-day leafhoppers. These lived during the Permian geological period. Fig. 6: A, Ipo pellucida (Eurymelidae), tegmen: B, Kahavalu gemma (Cicadellidae), tegmen; C, Eufrenchia alcata (Membracidae), tegmen; D, Eurymeloides punctata (Eurymelidae), wing; E, Eoptyelus australis (Aphrophoridae), tegmen; F, E . ptyelus , wing. It will be seen that while in late Palaeozoic times the fore and hind wings of cicadelloids differed from each other in shape that their venation was then identical. Attention is drawn to the following features of the tegmina of cicadelloids and ccrcopoids. The radius (R) originally had 3 branches (Ria, Rib, Rs) and the median vein (M) had 4 branches. In the Eurymelidae (Figure 6, A) R has been modified by specialization; the radial sector, Rs, is lacking and M has 2 branches (M 1 + 2 and M 3d- 4). 26 In the Cicadellidae (Figure 6, B) and likewise in the Membracidae (Figure 6,C),Rr retains its original condition, while Rs is apically incorporated in the same vein as M 1 + 2. It will be noted that in one respect, the fossil tegmen of Homaloscytina plana (Figure 7, A) is more specialized than that of the present-day membracid illustrated ( Eufrenchia falcata ,, Figure 6, G). This is because in the former, though not in the latter, R and M form a single vein proximally. Fig. 7: A, Homaloscytina plana Tillyard, tegmen; B, Prosbole ivagorae Bekker-Migdisova, wing. The tegmen of the cercopoid illustrated ( Eoptyelus australis , Figure 6, E) differs fronr that of the 3 cicadelloids in the retention of the subcostal vein (Sc) proximally; in the apically multi-branched condition of R 1 ; in the reduction of M to a single vein and in having M basally incorporated in the same vein as the first cubitus (Cul). The last-named feature, though of frequent occurrence within the Cercopoidea, is not universal, since M and Cu 1 may be separate, although joined by a basal cross-vein. However, unlike the condition which occurs in the majority of the Cicadelloidea, in the Cercopoidea, M is never proximally fused with R. The hind wings of both the Cicadelloidea and the Cercopoidea are considerably more- modified from the ancestral condition than the tegmina. Moreover, although there are superficial differences between the venations of representatives of the various families of the Cicadelloidea and between these and those of the Cercopoidea, close analysis discloses that the differences have no basic significance. The several structures of the male genitalia of cicadelloids and cercopoids are illustrated in Figure 8. The whole of the genitalia are associated with the 9th abdominal segment of which the sternum is usually, though not invariably, distinct. Ventrally there are a pair of processes, the subgenital plates , which are usually entirely separate, but may be medially fused (Figure 8, E). These enclose a pair of claspers, or parameres , which lie alongside and are attached to a central connective, or basal plate (Figure 8,.. H), from which, except in the Eurymelidae (Figure 8, B) the intromittent organ, or aedeagus,,. arises. Sometimes the aedeagus is protected laterally by extensions of the tergite of the 9th segment, which is known as the pygophore. Examination of the male genitalia is frequently necessary for purposes of identification. The genitalia, after removal from an insect, need to be treated in a 10 per cent solution of caustic potash, cleaned, dehydrated and cleared. Then, for permanent reference purposes they can be mounted in Canada balsam on a perforated card, backed by a piece of cover slip, and kept on the same pin as the insect from which they were removed. 27 Fig. 8 — Male genitalia: A, Austragalloides rosea (Cicadellidae) ; B, Eurymeloides punctata (Eurymelidae) ; 3, Lubra spinicornis (Membracidae) ; D, Sextius virescens (Membracidae) ; E, Alosextius carinatus (Membracidae) ; F, Megastethodon urvillei (Cercopidae) ; G, Tonnoiria tasmaniana, (Cercopidae) ; H, Eoscarta carnifex (Cercopidae) ; AED, aedeagus; BP, basal plate; PAR, paramere; SGP, subgenital plate. Characters Distinguishing the Cicadelloidea and Cercopoidea The Cicadelloidea, or Jassoidea, are a large and diverse assemblage of insects. Although n size, shape and coloration, many superficially resemble Cercopoidea there are several :onstant characteristics in which the 2 groups differ from each other. These suggest that they iiave followed separate lines of evolutionary development for a very considerable period, dossil evidence supports this assumption since forewings which have been ascribed to both >uper-families have been recorded from strata of Permian age (Evans, 1 964) , The following are among the more important features separating the two groups: — - Cercopoidea In the head (Figure 3,B) anterior tentorial arms are present. These arise from near he antennae on each side and extend to, and join, the posterior tentorial bridge. In the tegmen (Figure 6,E) the subcostal vein is always present, though sometimes )bscure and it lies well away from the costal margin of the tegmen. A radial sector is likewise dways present (except in those forms in which the tegmina are elytra-like) and the median /ein which is never, in part, associated with the radial sector, is usually incorporated basally n the same vein as the first cubitus. In the hindwing (Figure 6,F) the first cubitus divides into Cula and Culb distally of the :ross-vein which links it with the media. 28 The hind tibiae (Figure 5,H) which are cylindrical, bear one or two strong spurs and lack spines. The nymphs live immersed in froth, or in liquid contained in calcareous tubes of their owm making, and have an open or closed ventral abdominal air canal. Cicadelloidea In the head (Figure 3, A) the anterior tentorial arms are not associated with the posterior- tentorial bar. In the legmen (Figure 6,B) a subcostal vein is not present as a separate vein except im certain South American representatives of the Family Aetalionidae. A radial sector may be* present, or absent, and when present is incorporated in the same vein as the anterior branch of the media. The media except in those forms in which the venation is secondarily reduced,, has always, at least, 2 branches. Basally, it is usually incorporated in the same vein as the: radius, but it may have a separate origin and, exceptionally, be basally fused with the first: cubitus. In the hindwing (Figure 6,D) the first cubitus divides into Cula and Culb proximally of a cross-vein (which may represent a branch of M) which links it with the media. The hind tibiae (Figure 5, I, J, K) almost invariably bear spines and, when in addition spurs are present, they consist of the enlarged bases of spines. The nymphs occupy the same environment as the adult insects and usually lack specialized structural features of an adaptive nature. The Families of the Cicadelloidea The Cicadelloidea may be separated into 7 primary divisions as follows: Nicomiidae, Biturritidae, Aetalionidae, Membracidae, Hylicidae, Eurymelidae and Cicadellidae (Evans, 1946, a, 1948). The three first named, and the Hylicidae, which are relict groups, are not represented in the Australian region. The remaining families may be distinguished from each other by the following features: — 1 . Pronotum always considerably enlarged, sometimes grotesque Membracidae Pronotum almost invariably of normal proportions, but if considerably enlarged then directed anteriorly and the scutellum completely exposed 2 2. Ocelli on the ventral surface of the head; tegmen with vein M 1 + 2 extending to the apex independently of Rs; hind tibia, except in myrmceophiles, with one or more spines, mounted on prominent bases Eurymelidae Leaf hoppers lacking the above combination of characters Cicadellidae Classification The system of classification adopted in this work conforms to a great extent, with one proposed previously (Evans, 1946, b, 1947, a). In the period which has elapsed since this system was proposed it has been adopted, in part, but by no means in its entirety, by other authors. Thus Linnavuori (1959) for example, is of the opinion that the Penthimiini and Selenocephalini, which I had regarded as components of the sub-family Jassinae, and the Hecalini, which I had considered as a tribe of the sub-family Hecalinae, are more correctly placed as tribes of the Deltocephalinae. 29 While in respect to the above groups, the associations suggested by Linnavuori may be correct, it is nevertheless possible that some, or all, of these groups may contain diverse components. In other words, while some “Penthimiini” may have affinity with the Jassini, others may be more closely related to the Deltocephalini and some may even be of altogether different derivation. It is for this reason that some only of Linnavuori’s amendments have been incorporated in the present work. The Family Eurymelidae ■ The Eurymelidae is a family of leafhoppers which, apart from sparse representation in New Guinea and New Caledonia, is confined to Australia. Biology The insects range in length from 3-14 mm. They feed on the branches and, in some instances, the roots of trees and shrubs. The nymphs, and during some part of their lives the adults also, are gregarious, and both nymphs and adults are attended by ants. Eggs are laid in batches in parallel slits in twigs of their food plants and the “nests” are sealed with a secretion produced by the females. The nymphs of most species have their legs widely spread and do not jump if disturbed. (Evans, 1931.) Characteristics Eurymelids may be recognized immediately by the characteristic face of their heads (Figure n, Gi, 14, A). This is quite unlike those of most cicadellids, with the exception of a few species comprised in the sub-family Idiocerinae. The pronotum is never enlarged. The mesonotum has paired median longitudinal unsclerotised areas and is apically acute. The tegmina of those species which have simple, as apart from reticulate venation, have 3 distinguishing features. These are, that Ri has usually more than 2 branches; Rs would seem to be lacking and M 1 -f 2 extends to the apex of the tegmen. Some cicadellids •also have Ri with more than 2 branches and in a few groups Rs is lacking, but in none is Mi + 2 more than a cross-vein basally, being dis tally incorporated in the same vein as Rs. 1 A comparative study of Recent and fossil forms establishes that in the Cicadellidae, when additional branches of R 1 and absence of Rs occurs, that these are secondary specializations, "unlike in the Eurymelidae, where they represent a basic condition. By this it is meant that this feature will have occurred in the original stock from which the Eurymelidae have been f derived. I The hind tibiae are quadrilateral in section, and have one, or a few, spines mounted on prominent bases. They may, as well, have additional unmounted spines. In the male genitalia the aedeagus, which has a large basal apodeme, is situated dorsally just below the anal segment and lacks any association with the basal connective that lies between the paired | parameres. Status and Origin Some authors (e.g., Ross, 1957) have been unwilling to grant family status to this group of insects and have associated it with forms, in particular leafhoppers comprised in the cicadellid subfamily, the Idiocerinae, with which it almost certainly lacks close affinity. It would seem, however, that as the Eurymelidae have such distinctive features, they merit complete separation « 30 'from any of the other family groups comprised in the Cicadelloidea. Once, however, family status is claimed, it becomes necessary to try and explain the problem involved in the present restricted distribution of the comprised insects. This is because, apart from 2 relict families which occur in the Neotropical region, no other family of leaf hoppers is so lestricted and family status would seem to imply a Mesozoic period of initial differentiation. A Mesozoic origin is supported also by the discovery in Upper Triassic strata in •Queensland of a fossil wing which is seemingly that of a eurymelid (Evans, 1956). When part of a population is isolated geographically it sometimes happens that rapid evolutionary development follows, and such an occurrence may be the explanation for the extensive radiation of the Eurymelidae which took place in Australia during Tertiary times. This hypothesis, however, leaves unexplained the absence of eurymelids from other parts of the world. The family Aetalionidae has 3 genera, of which two, Aetalion Latreille and Schiza Laporte, have representatives only in the Neotropical region, while the third genus Darthula Kirkaldy, which is mono ty pic, occurs in the Oriental region. This family, which is a relict one of undoubted Mesozoic origin, must formerly have been widespread. Its present restricted distribution can be due only to the fact that its representatives have failed to survive over the greater part of their former range. Such an explanation, with respect to the Eurymelidae, might be the reason for their present limited distribution, even although the Aetalionidae, unlike the Eurymelidae, did not, to the same extent, acquire an evolutionary stimulus following isolation during the Tertiary. The Eurymelidae, furthermore, are in no sense a relict family since not only are they the dominant leaf hoppers in Australia but ecologically they are particularly well adapted to the present-day Australian environment. Following an initial evolutionary stimulus resulting from early Tertiary isolation they may have received an additional one, when, during the latter part of the Tertiary a period of abundant rainfall conditions was replaced by the present arid cycle. This is because the greater number of eurymelids feeds on eucalypts and the evolutionary radiation of these trees is apparently linked with the same climatic change. The Eurymelidae are of particular interest from the point ol view of a comparative study of differing levels of evolutionary development. These various levels range from unstable local populations to tribal or sub-family groupings and are as follows:— (a) Local populations of a species lacking a stable colour pattern. Insects in one population may differ from those in others, not only in colour pattern but also in minor differences in the shape of the various parts of the male genitalia. . . . (Examples among Ipoella spp.) ■(b) Populations of species (which may be polymorphic) that differ from other populations in having constant, as apart from variable, colour pattern differences. They lack, so far as is known, differences in genitalia characteristics (Examples comprised in the Eurymela fenestrata complex) (c) Populations at a specific level of differentiation, between which occur constant differences of size and colour pattern and in the shape of the aedeagus . . (Example Eurymelops spp.) ■(d) Genera, between which there may be no greater differences than between many species but which have been accorded generic status because the passage of time has permitted secondary speciation to take place (Examples, Stenipo, Ipoides) (e) Genera which arc regarded as such because the comprised mono ty pic species have developed some unusual structural feature (Examples, Eurymelita, Cornutipo) 3i W hile the special characteristics of the Eurymelidae as a whole seemingly justify the group being accorded family status, the 3 sub-families into which it has previously been divided (Evans, 1933) do not correspond in their degree of distinctiveness with those of the sub-families of the Cicadellidae. Consequently, they are here regarded as tribes. One of these tribes is differentiated by adaptive characters associated with a subterranean existence. The 2 others, though distinctive, are linked by forms which have the principal distinguishing features of each! Food Plants Most species of eurymelids feed on eucalypts, but the degree to which any may be restricted to particular species of these trees is unknown. A few have been recorded from Loranthus growing on eucalypts, some from Casuarina and a few from shrubs belonging to the family Proteaceae, but only one, and this may be an incorrect record from Acacia. Distribution Because of lack of knowledge of food plant relationships, it is not known to what extent the distribution of the various species of Eucalyptus determines the distribution of eurymelids. Many species have a very wide distribution, being found in every State. Others are limited to a restricted area {see p. 18). None of the several species which have been recorded from New Guinea are distinctive and the single species recorded from New Caledonia is also closely related to a continental form. The myrmecophilous Pogonoscopini are particularly associated with south-western Australia but as already mentioned they have, at some comparatively recent period, been enabled to extend their range, since they now occur also in restricted areas in Central Australia, South Australia and north-eastern Victoria. KEY TO TRIBES OF THE EURYMELIDAE 1 . Head, including the eyes, wider than, or of equal width, with the hind margin of the pronotum ; hind tibia with one or more prominent spurs bearing apical spines, with or without, additional spines. Living on trees and shrubs and ant-attended 2 Head, including the eyes, narrower than the hind margin of the pronotum; hind tibia with approximately evenly distributed spines of equal length, 1 row of which is mounted on enlarged, but not on prominent, bases; tegmen brown, sometimes with pale markings. Living in ants' nests and feeding on the roots of eucalypts Pogonoscopini 2. Tegmen either black with whitish, or, coloured fasciae, or blue, or red, separately, or combined ; male genitalia with broad subgenital plates bearing ventral or dorsal accessory styles. Living solely on eucalypts Eurymelini Tegmen colourless-hyaline, buff, brown, grey or pink, with, or without, darker or paler rnarkings ; male genitalia with narrow or broad sub-genital plates lacking accessory styles. Living on eucalypts, other trees and shrubs, and Loranthus ' Ipoini Ipoini The Ipoini comprise numerous genera containing small, somewhat drab-looking insects which superficially resemble cicadellids and which frequently can be distinguished from each other only by a critical examination of the male genitalia; also a few genera containing species with well defined characteristics. Seventeen genera comprising 47 species are considered in the pages that follow. Many more await description; some because they are not represented in collections and others, because, although known in collections, they are represented only by female specimens. 32 Particular use is made of tibial armature for diagnostic purposes and also the shape of the various parts of the male genitalia. The genitalia furnish a ready and certain means of generic and usually also of specific identification, even although, as already mentioned, populations occur comprising insects which display some degree of variability of aedeagus- shape. KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE IPOINI 1 . Fronto-clypeus flat or evenly convex 2 Fronto-clypeus not as above 2. (i) Tegmina tectiform 3 Tegmina not tectiform, overlapping apically Bakeriana Evans 3. (2) Narrowly wedge-shaped insects 4 Broadly wedge-shaped insects Ip° Kirkaldy 4. (3) Hind tibiae with a single spur, *with, or without, additional spines 7 Hind tibiae with 2 spurs * * 5 5. (4) Insects with a bold yellow and black tortoise-shell colour pattern Opio Evans Not as above 6 6. (5) Small pink and brown insects Katipo Evans Large brown, grey, and white insects Malipo gen. nov. 7. (4) Hind tibiae with numerous strong spines in addition to a single spur 8 Hind tibiae with a few weak spines in addition to a single spur . . Xpoella Evans S. (7) Insects less than 4 mm in length Ipelloides gen. nov. Insects 4 mm or more in length * 9 9. (8) Insects less than 7 mm in length 10 Insects 7 mm or more in length Nanipoides gen. nov. 10. (9) Crown of head of even, or almost even, length throughout 1 1 Crown of head longer against the eyes than in the centre 12 it. (10) Tegmina apically narrow, appendix wide Stemipo Evans Tegmen apically broad, evenly and profusely mottled with black and with a single anterior, more or less circular, white fascia Citripo Evans 12. (10) Not eurymeline (i.e. predominantly black) in appearance 13 Eurymeline in appearance Eurymelella Evans 13. (12) Lora raised laterally above the level of the maxillary plates 14 Lora on the same plane as the maxillary plates Aloipo gen. nov. 14. (13) Ante-clypeus anteriorly depressed and apically up-turned Ipolo gen. nov. Ante-clypeus anteriorly depressed and flat Ipoides Evans 15. (1) Fronto-clypeus transversely ridged * . * * * Face of head with 3 horns Cornutipoides Evans 16. (15) Fronto-clypeus medially spatulate Cornutipo Evans Fronto-clypeus with an anterior lip-like ridge Anacornutipo Evans * In counting tibial spurs, apical ones are omitted. 33 Fig. 9: Ai, Ipelloides macleayi, head and thorax; A2, I. macleayi, aedeagus; A3, I. macleayi, subgenital plate and paramere; Bi, Bakeriana pro cur rens ; B2, B. procurrens, aedeagus; B3, B. procurrens, subgenital plate and paramere; Ci, Bakeriana obscura, aedeagus; C2, B. obscura, subgenital plate and paramere; Di, Bakeriana nigra , aedeagus; D2, B. nigra, subgenital plate and paramere; Ei, Aloipo ooldeae, aedeagus; E2, A. ooldeae subgenital plate and paramere; Fi, Ipoides honiala, subgenital plate and paramere; F2, I. honiala, aedeagus; Gi, Ipoides hackeri, aedeagus; G2, I. hackeri, subgenital plate and paramere; H, Ipoides translucens, aedeagus; Ii, Ipoides melaleucae, aedeagus; I2, /. melaleucae, subgenital plate and paramere; J, Ipoides minor , aedeagus; K, Ipoides laeta, aedeagus; L, Ipoides loranthae, aedeagus; M, Ipoides brunomaculata, aedea- gus; N, Ipoides leai, aedeagus; O, Ipolo davisi, aedeagus; Pi, Citripo Jlandersi, aedeagus; P2, C. flandersi , subgenital plate and paramere. G 2690 — 2 34 Ipelloides gen. nov. On the face of the head the labium extends to between the hind coxae, the genae are marginally sinuate and antennal ledges are lacking. The crown of the head, which is wider against the eyes than in the centre, is considerably anteriorly produced and the pronotum is slightly declivous. The hind tibiae have i spur and numerous short hairs, but lack additional spines. In the male genitalia the subgenital plates are approximately parallel-sided and the parameres extend almost as far as the apices of the sub-genital plates. Type species — Ipelloides macleayi sp. nov. Ipelloides , which superficially resembles Macropsis Lewis (Macropsinae, Cicadellidae) resembles Ipoella Evans in the character of tibial armature, but differs in those furnished by the male genitalia. Ipelloides macleayi sp. nov. (Fig. 9, Ai, A2, A3) Length, <£, 3.2, 3.4 mm. Face yellowish-buff with pinkish markings, except for the lora and maxillary plates, which are whitish. Crown, pronotum and scutellum evenly buff. Pronotum punctate. Tegmen punctate, sometimes with dark brown markings; costal area and apex, whitish hyaline. Thorax and abdomen, ventral surface, yellowish-buff. Male genitalia as in Figure 9, A2, A3. Holotype £ and Allotype $ from £ 4 South Australia 55 in the Australian Museum. I. macleayi , which is the smallest known eurymelid, differs from most representatives of the Ipoini in having a small accessory clasping process on the ventral margin of the sub-genital plate but this process is not in the nature of a style. Bakeriana Evans Ipocerus Evans, 1934, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust.58:i65 (preoccupied). Bakeriola Evans, 1938, Pap. Roy.Soc.Tasm.i 938:17 (preoccupied). Bakeriana Evans, 1953, Mem. Inst. Sci. Madagascar £.4:129. The labium is long and terminates between the hind coxae. The crown of the head is only slightly wider against the eyes than in the centre. The tegmina, which are long and narrow with a wide appendix, overlap apically and are not tectiform. The hind tibiae have 3 spurs and numerous strong spines. Type species — Ipo procurrens Jacobi. Bakeriana procurrens (Jacobi) (Fig. 9, Bi, B2, B3) Ipo procurrens Jacobi, 1909, Faun. S.W. Aust., Michaelsen u. Hartmeyer 2:340. Ipocerus procurrens (Jacobi), Evans, 1934, Trans. Roy. Soc.S. Aust. 58:165. Length, 4. 8-5. 8 mm. Head grey, or cream, mottled with brown or black. Pronotum grey mottled with brown. Scutellum dark brown with yellowish markings. Tegmen pale, or dark brown, with oval, round, and irregularly-shaped hyaline areas. Male genitalia as in Fig. 9, B2, B3. 35 As previously recorded, B. procurrens , unlike other eurymelids, is apparently not attended by ants and the nymphs are capable of jumping. (Evans, 1934.) Type Location — Paratype in Zoological Museum, Hamburg (Type destroyed). Type Locality — Boyanup, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Perth, Carlisle (Western Australia). Bakeriana rubra (Evans) Bakeriola rubra Evans, 1947, Trans. Roy. Soc.S.Aust. 71:227. Length, g, 4.8 mm. Face of head evenly convex, dark brown mottled with reddish-brown. Scutellum dark brown, mottled antero-medially with pale reddish-brown. Tegmen hyaline, dark and reddish-brown with oval white markings. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Moolooka, Queensland. Bakeriana nigra sp. nov. (Fig. 9, Di, D2) Length, 4.8 mm. Face of head brown, densely mottled with dark brown, except for the maxillary plates and lora which are grey mottled with brown. Crown of head, pronotum, scutellum and tegmen concolorous with the head. Tegmen mottled hyaline-brown with numerous irregular, and some oval, pale areas. A pale form is also known. Male genitalia as in Figure 9, Di, D2. Holotype and Allotype from Innisfail, Queensland (coll. R. A. O’Brien, 10/58) in the Australian Museum. B. nigra differs from the type species, B. procurrens , principally in the shape of the aedeagus. Known distribution elsewhere — Cunnamulla (Queensland) ; Little Desert (Victoria) ; National Park (New South Wales). Bakeriana obscura sp. nov. (Fig. 9, Ci, C2) Length, n the other on which the spurs are more closely set, there are from one to 4 large spurs. The nale genitalia have broad sub-genital plates with ventral styles. In this genus the shape of he aedeagus is regarded as the principal feature indicating generic relationship, the armature >f the hind tibiae being of secondary importance. Type species — Eurymela bicincta Erichson. 62 i. 2. (i) 3 - ( 2 ) 4- (3) 5- (2) ■6. ( 5 ) 7 . ( 6 ) «• (7) 9. (1) I0 - (9) 11. (10) 12. (n) * 3 - (10) Key to the Species in the Genus Eurymeloides Insects predominantly black with, or without, white or coloured markings 2 Insects not predominantly black 9 Apart from black, predominantly yellow or orange in colour 3 Apart from black, yellow, or orange, not predominant 5 Insects less than 8 mm. in length 4 Insects at least 10 mm in length pulchra (Signoret) Insects 6 mm in length with a yellow and black longitudinally-striped appearance perpusilla (Walker) Insects 7 mm in length, lacking a longitudinally striped appearance (Western Australia only) walkeri Distant Insects more than 6 mm in length O' Insects less than 6 mm in length minutum Evans Insects 8 or 9 mm in length; abdomen usually scarlet lineata (Signoret) Insects either less, or more, than 8 or 9 mm; abdomen not scarlet 7 Insects never more than 8 mm in length 8 Insects 10 mm in length, predominantly black; eyes red (New Guinea) nigra Evans Insects 6-7 mm in length, usually with 2 narrow white, transverse, tegminal fasciae bicincta (Erichson) Insects 7 mm in length, with irregular pale tegminal markings (a very variable species) punctata (Signoret) Insects less than 8 mm in length 10 Insects 9 mm in length adspersa (Signoret) Insects 5 mm in length 1 1 Insects 7 mm in length 13 Hind tibia with 3 large and 1 small spur on the margin bearing widely spaced spurs 12 Hind tibia with 5 appreciable spurs (New Guinea) kalimensis Evans Tegmen with indistinct transverse fasciae; male genitalia as in Figure 12, Si, S2 (Australia) musgravei sp. nov. Tegmen lacking fasciae; male genitalia as in Figure 12, Q (New Guinea) »■] sogerensis Evans Hind tibia with total of 4 spurs on 2 edges nigrobrunnea Evans Hind tibia with a total of 7 spurs on 2 edges marmorata (Burmeister) Eurymeloides bicincta (Erichson) (Fig. 12, Ii, I2) Eurymela bicincta Erichson, 1842, Archiv.Naturgesch, 8: 286. Eurymeloides bicinctellus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii. Sug.Ass. Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 352. 63 Eurymeloides bicincta (Erichson), Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 83. Length, 6*5, ?, 7 mm. Head largely brown or black. Pronotum black, brown,, yellow or orange, sometimes with the hind margin white. Scutellum usually concolorous with the pronotum, but sometimes black when the pronotum is orange. Tegmen black, with 2 white fasciae, the anterior extending from close to the apex of the scutellum to approximately the centre of the costal margin; the posterior from the apex of the claval suture transversely to the costal border. Hind tibia with 3 large and 2 small spurs on 1 edge and two on another. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, 1 1, I2. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — Leura, Tubrabucca (New South Wales); Toowoomba, Brisbane (Queensland); Adelaide (South Australia) ; Shepperton (Victoria). Eurymeloides pulchra (Signoret) (Fig. 12, Hi, H 2 , U) Eurymela pulchra Signoret, 1850, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 8: 508. Eurymela discifera Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 641 Eurymeloides hymcinthus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass. Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 351. Eurymeloides pulchra (Signoret), Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 83. Length, 10-10*5 mm ; $ 3 n mm. Head, ante-clypeus, fronto-clypeus medially md vertex, except for an orange median longitudinal stripe, black; maxillary plates, lora and fronto-clypeus laterally orange, or straminaceous, entirely black, or entirely orange, scutellum anteriorly black, posteriorly yellow or orange. Tegmen black, with 2 yellow, oinkish, or whitish, transverse fasciae. The anterior fascia, which may be lacking, is usually n 2 separate parts, the posterior one narrowly wedge-shaped. Hind tibia with 5 spurs on 1 edge and 3 large and 2 small spurs on the adjacent one. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, Hi, H2. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — New Holland. Known distribution elsewhere — Cairns, Maryborough, Brisbane (Queensland) ; Sydney (New South Wales); Adelaide (South Australia); Lake Hattah (Victoria). Eurymeloides punctata (Signoret) (Figs. 6, D; 8, B; 12, K) Eurymela punctata Signoret, 1850, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 8: 51 1. Eurymela trifasciata Signoret, 1850, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 8: 512. Eurymela ocellata Signoret, 1850, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 8: 51 1. Eurymela varia Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 644. Eurymeloides ornatus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass. Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 352 (syn. nov.). Eurymeloides cumulosus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass. Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 351. 64 Eurymeloides testaceus Distant, 1908, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 52: 101. Eurymeloides atromaculatus Distant, 1908, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 52: 103. Eurymeloides punctata (Signoret), Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 84. Eurymeloides motuana Evans, 1947, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 71 : 225 (syn. nov.). Eurymeloides nigrobrunnea Evans, 1947, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 71: 225 (syn. nov.). Length, g, 6-7 mm; $, 8-9 mm. Head and pronotum black, mottled with yellow, pale brown mottled with yellow, or dark brown mottled with white. Scutellum concolorous with the pronotum, or with black or brown markings, or entirely black or brown. Tegmen usually black, sometimes pale or dark brown. There may be 2 incomplete, or complete, whitish or hyaline fasciae, the anterior oblique and the posterior transverse; sometimes a third median fascia is present; clavus frequently mottled with white or light brown ; termination of anal veins usually white. Hind tibia with 3 large and 2 small spurs on 1 edge and 2 large and 1 small spur on the adjacent one. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, K. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — “Australia”. Known distribution elsewhere — Perth, Port George (Western Australia); Adelaide (South Australia); Seven Mile Beach (Tasmania); Canberra (A.C.T.) ; Brisbane, Ravenshoe (Queensland); Melbourne (Victoria); Sydney (New South Wales); Port Moresby (New Guinea). Eurymeloides adspersa (Signoret) (Fig. 12, M) Eurymela adspersa Signoret, 1850, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 8: 510. Eurymeloides adspersa (Signoret), Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 87. Length, (J, 9 mm. A narrow drab insect, not typically eurymeline in appearance. Head, pronotum and scutellum black mottled with reddish brown and yellow. Tegmen unusually long, dark brown, or black, with yellowish and whitish irregular markings, sometimes arranged so as to form 3 indistinct fasciae. Hind tibia with 3 large and 2 small spurs on one edge and 2 large and 1 small spur on the adjacent edge. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, M. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — New Holland. Known distribution elsewhere — New Guinea. Eurymeloides nigra Evans Eurymeloides nigra Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 88. Length, $, 10 mm. Head black, but for the external margins of the maxillary plates, lora and fronto-clypeus, which are white or testaceous. Eyes bright red. Pronotum and scutellum black. Tegmen black with a wedge-shaped posterior white fascia and sometimes with small anterior white markings. Hind tibia with 3 large and 4 small spurs on 1 edge and 4 spurs on the adjacent margin. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Port Moresby, New Guinea. 65 Cnown distribution elsewhere — Donadobu, New Guinea. None of the numerous available specimens of this species is a male. However, it is iistinctive and can readily be identified. It is very probably derived from Eurymeloides pulchr a. Eurymeloides perpusilla (Walker) (Fig- 12, J) Eurymeld^perpusilla Walker, 1858, Ins.Saund,Homopt. 83. eurymeloides perpusilla (Walker), Evans, 1933, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 86. Length, ?, 6 mm. A small distinctive species, black with longitudinal yellow tripes. Head, maxillary plates, lora and fronto-clypeus externally, yellow; remainder black. Pronotum black, laterally yellow. Scutellum black. Tegmen black with a broad crescentic longitudinal yellow fascia, extending from the base of the tegmen to the costal margin opposite he termination of vein iA; also a posterior wedge-shaped transverse fascia; other markings nay also be present on the tegmen. Hind tibia with 2 large and 3 small spurs on one edge tnd 2 spurs on the adjacent edge. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, J. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — “New South Wales 55 . Known distribution elsewhere — Tambourine Mountains (Queensland) ; Maroota (New South N ales) . Eurymeloides kalimensis Evans (Fig. 12, R) Eurymeloides kalimensis Evans, 1939, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 63: 48. Length, 7 mm. Head, pronotum and scutellum pale brown mottled with dark orown. Tegmen hyaline brown with 2 broad transverse white fasciae. Hind tibia with 5 purs on 1 margin and three on the adjacent one. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, R. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Bioto-Kabimu Road, New Guinea (at the time of description Kabimu was 'ead on the label as “Kalima 55 and it was not appreciated that the locality was a New Guinea one). Eurymeloides minutum Evans (Fig. 12, O) Eurymeloides minutu?n Evans, 1933, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 87. Length, 5 mm. Head black, mottled with yellow and brown. Pronotum black, with a few scattered small yellow spots. Scutellum black. Tegmen, very dark shiny brown or almost black, sometimes with a narrow ribbon -like transverse white fascia, or white marking, md invariably with a posterior transverse white fascia. Clavus sometimes spotted with /ellow; a number of round pale spots against the costal margin. Hind tibia with 3 large md 1 small spur on one edge and 1 large and 1 small spur on the adjacent margin. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, O. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Gosford, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Adelaide (South Australia). g 2690—3 66 Eurymeloides lineata (Signoret) (Fig. 12, P) Eurymela lineata Signoret, 1850, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 8: 509. Eurymela livida Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 642. Eurymela decisa Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 643. Eurymeloides lineata (Signoret), Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 84. Length, 8, 9 mm. A highly variable species. Head black, fronto-clypeus red, or pinkish, with a central longitudinal black stripe; coronal suture pinkish. The maxillary plates may be narrowly bordered with white, the lora externally testaceous, and a pale area may be present anterior to each antenna or the head may be almost entirely red. Pronotum black, sometimes with a median red longitudinal stripe and sometimes edged posteriorly with white, or entirely red. Scutellum black, sometimes posteriorly red. Tegmen black, veins frequently white or pinkish ; a posterior white, wedge-shaped fascia and sometimes also a narrow anterior broad, or narrow pale fascia. Hind tibia with 3 large and 2 small spurs on 1 edge and 4 spurs on the adjacent edge. Legs, coxae and femora in part red, remainder of femora, tibiae and tarsi, black, except first tarsal segment which is in part white. Abdomen red. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, P. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — “Australia”. Known distribution— Warburton, Eltham, Mt Buffalo (Victoria); Adelaide (South Australia); Swan River (Western Australia); Numinbah (Queensland) ; Mt Kosciusko (New South Wales). Eurymeloides marmorata (Burmeister) (Fig. 12, N) Eurymela marmorata Burmeister, Genera Insectorum, 1838-45. Bythoscopus nigro-oeneus Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 867. Eurymeloides zonatus Distant, 1908, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 52: 104. Eurymeloides marmorata (Burmeister), Evans, 1933, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 86. Length, <$, 7 mm. Head black mottled with light or dark brown. Pronotum light biown mottled with black and dark brown. Scutellum black sometimes with pale markings posteriorly. Tegmen usually brown, sometimes blackish with 2 indistinct, irregular yellowish 01 reddish, transverse fasciae; also numerous small pale markings which, together with the fasciae, may occupy at least half the area of the tegmen. LI ind tibia with 3 large spurs and 2 small ones on 1 edge and 2 spurs on the adjacent edge. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, N. Type Location — Unknown. Known distribution Lilydale, Warburton (Victoria); Tooloom (New South Wales). Eurymeloides sogerensis Evans (Fig. 12, Q) Eurymeloides sogerensis Evans, 1947, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 71: 225. Length, <3, 5 mm. Head evenly dark brown, outer margins of lora and maxillary plates, cream. Pronotum brown mottled with pale greyish brown. Scutellum, dark brown. 67 Tegmen dark brown irregularly mottled with dark grey. Hind tibia with 3 large and 1 small spur on 1 edge and 1 large and 1 small spur on the adjacent edge. Male genitalia as in Fig. 12, Q. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Sogeri, New Guinea. Eurymeloides walkeri Distant (Fig. 12, T) Eurymeloides walkeri Distant, 1908, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 52: 102. Eurymeloides walkeri Distant, Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 87. Length, 7*5 mm. Head bright egg-yellow, fronto-clypeus medially and vertex ,in part black. Pronotum bright yellow with black markings laterally and a pair of median black longitudinal stripes. Scutellum black, apex and markings on disc, yellow. Tegmen black with an irregular broken anterior oblique white fascia and a broken transverse, hyaline, whitish fascia. Hind tibia with 3 spurs on one edge and 2 spurs on the adjacent edge. Male genitalia as in Figure 12, T. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Albany, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Swanbourne (Western Australia). Eurymeloides musgravei sp. nov. (Fig. 12, Si, S2) Length, j; i 3 j h) Eurymela bakeri Evans, 1933, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 78. Length, 6, £, 7 mm - Head black, maxillary plates white. Pronotum black, hind margin sometimes white. Scutellum black. Tegmen black; costal and claval margins fulvous with 2 white, or grey, fasciae; anterior fascia irregular in shape, sometimes extending 73 onto clavus; posterior fascia arcuate. Abdomen, ventral surface black. Male genitalia as in Figure 13, H. Type Location — Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Type Locality — Canberra, A.C.T. Known distribution elsewhere — Leura (New South Wales). There are almost certainly at least 2 other species belonging to this genus, both of which belong to the species-group comprising E. bakeri , E. rubrolimbata and E. erythrocnemis. These have not been described because of present inadequacy of available material. Eurymeiops Kirkaldy Eurymelops Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass. Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 350. Eurymeiops Kirkaldy, Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 80. Large insects 1 1-14 mm in length, with a predominantly red and black colour pattern. The fronto-clypeus is produced as a transverse shovel-shaped process which is concave dorsally. As a result, when viewed from above, the eyes appear prominent. The venation of the tegmen is apically reticulate and the hind tibiae have 2 prominent spurs. Type species — Eurymela rubrovittata Amyot and Serville. Characters distinguishing species in the Genus Eurymeiops Tegmen metallic purplish, sometimes, in part, red bicolor (Burmeister) Tegmen predominantly brick-red, usually with 2 transverse black fasciae. . generosa (Stal) Tegmen black, with 2 transverse red fasciae rubrovittata (A. & S.) Tegmen black, anteriorly reddish-brown, hence with appearance of having 3 transverse red fasciae latifascia (Walker) Eurymeiops rubrovittata (Amyot and Serville) (Kg- 13, K) Eurymela rubrovittata A. and S. 1843, Hist.Nat.des Ins.Hemipt. 555. Eurymela rubrofasciata Stal, 1865, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 22: 156. Eurymeiops rubrovitta Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 354. Eurymeiops rubrovittata A. and S., Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 80. Length, <£, 13, $,14 mm. Head black, maxillary plates, and narrowly between eyes, red. Pronotum black, posteriorly red. Tegmen, a small area against the costal margin anteriorly and 2 transverse fasciae, red; remainder black. Abdomen, ventral surface red. Male genitalia as in Figure 13, K. Type Location — Unknown. Known distribution — Albany, Wilga, Katanning (Western Australia); Canberra (A.C.T.) ; Tyabb (Victoria); Stanthorpe, Beenleigh (Queensland). 74 Eurymelops bicolor (Burmeister) (Fig. 13, Ii, I2) Eurymela bicolor Burmeister, 1838-45, Genera Insectorum. Eurymela basalis Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 640. Eurymelops bicolor (Burmeister), Evans, 1933, Trans. Roy. Soc.S.Aust. 57: 82. Length, 12, $, 14 mm. Head, metallic blue or greenish black; maxillary plates and fronto-clypeus posteriorly, red; sometimes head entirely red. Pronotum bluish or greenish-black, or, black with the hind margin red. Scutellum bluish or greenish-black sometimes with a central red spot. Tegmen entirely metallic greenish or bluish-black, or anteriorly red and posteriorly black, or with some other arrangements of these colours. Abdomen, ventral surface red. Male genitalia as in Figure 13, Ii. Type Location — Unknown. Known distribution — Lakemba, Cronulla (New South Wales); Brisbane (Queensland). Recorded also from Victoria and South Australia. Eurymelops latifascia (Walker) (Fig. 13, L) Eurymelops latifascia Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus.3: 639. Eurymela pascoei Distant, 1908, Ann.S0c.Ent.Belg.52: 106. Eurymela latifascia (Walker), Evans, 1933, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust.57: 82. Length, $, 1 1 mm. Head ochreous, sometimes with a central black area on the fronto-clypeus and another on the vertex. Pronotum black, black with a reddish hind margin, or pale, or dark, ochreous with anterior lateral black areas. Scutellum black. Tegmen black, basally ochreous and with 2 red, or reddish, fasciae which are confluent along the costal margin. Male genitalia as in Figure 13, L. Type Location— British Museum. Type Locality — King George’s Sound, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Orrooro, Prunong, Adelaide (South Australia); Narrogin, Murchison House Station, Katanning (Western Australia); Ovens, Redcliflfe, Lake Hattah (Victoria). This species is very closely related to E. rubrovittata and might be better considered as the same species. Eurymelops generosa (Stal) ( Fi g- 13, J) Eurymela generosa Stal, 1865, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 22: 156. Eurymela bunda Distant, 1908, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 52: 106. Eurymelops generosa (Stal), Evans, 1933. Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 57: 82. A strikingly handsome insect. Length, ^,13, $, 15 mm. Head ochreous or reddish- testaceous with irregular bluish-black markings on the fronto-clypeus and vertex. Pronotum and scutellum bluish-black, or testaceous, or a combination of both colours. Tegmen reddish- 75 testaceous with 2 transverse complete, or incomplete, bluish-black fasciae; apically hyaline brownish-ochreous. Abdomen, ventral surface, reddish-testaceous. Male genitalia as in Figure 13, J. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Stockholm. Type Locality — Moreton Bay, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Mt Edwards, Lawes (Queensland). Pogonoscopini Pogonoscopinae China, Trans. Ent.Soc. London 1926: 290. Pale, or dark, brown insects, with or without, pale markings on the tegmina. Face of the head and sometimes the thorax and tegmina, pubescent. Eyes small, not prominent, the crown and genae confluent behind them. Pronotum posteriorly wider than the head including the eyes. Tegmina moderately coriaceous, reduced (not brachypterous), or fully developed. The femora of all 3 pairs of legs extend laterally beyond the margin of the bodv and the tibiae of the 2 first pairs of legs are considerably longer than the femora. The tibiae of the hind legs lack spurs and bear numerous fine hairs and usually, in addition, numerous short spines. The males have broad sub-genital plates with short marginal processes and there is but little difference in shape between the aedeagi of the various species in the several genera. Key to the Genera of the Pogonoscopini 1. Face of head, longer than wide; labium extending beyond hind coxae 2 Face of head as wide as long; labium extending to between middle coxae Myrmecoscopus gen. nov. 2. Last ven trite of $ medially indented * 3 Last ventrite of female not medially indented Australos copus China 3. Fronto-clypeus and ante-clypeus forming an even curved surface Pogonoscopus China Post-clypeus transversely ridged anteriorly so that the fronto-clypeus and ante- clypeus do not form an even curved surface Lasioscopus China Pogonoscopus China Pogonoscopus China, 1924, Ann. Mag.Nat. Hist. (9) 14: 529. Pogonoscopus China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc. London, 1926: 292. The labium is long extending beyond the hind coxae. The face of the head is longer than wide and either hairy or glabrous. The fronto-clypeus is diamond-shaped and the antennal ledges obsolete. The crown of the head is narrowly developed. The scutellum is longer than the pronotum. The tegmina extend slightly beyond, or do not reach as far as, the apex of the abdomen. Cross vein r-m may be absent so that R and M 1 + 2 are confluent, or it may be present; accessory cross veins (more than three) may be present between M and Cul and the 2 principal branches of M may each branch into 2 veins, or be even further subdivided. The hind tibiae are quadrilateral in section with numerous irregularly spaced spines and hairs. The last abdominal ventrite of the female is medially in dentate. Type species — Pogonoscopus myrmex China. 76 As well as the type species, 3 others have formerly been included in this genus, but only two are recognized here and even these are not well differentiated from each other. All characters which have been used for species separation are unreliable being of a highly variable nature. These include general coloration; presence or absence of shaggy hairs on the face of the head ; the nature of the markings on the tegmina ; the shape of the last ventrite of the female; the number of teeth on the ovipositor and the shape of the different parts of the male genitalia. The 2 species that are retained can best be separated by their general appearance rather than by any detailed structural characteristics. Characters distinguishing species in the Genus Pogonoscopus General coloration chocolate brown; tegmen always with pale areas which may be more extensive than the dark background myrmex China General coloration pale or dark coffee, or nigger, brown; tegmen usually lacking pale areas, which if present are never extensive lenis (Jacobi) p m y rmex has the appearance, which it has been found impossible to substantiate by measurement, of being a smaller and more fragile insect than the seemingly more substantial P. lenis. 77 Pogonoscopus myrmex China (Fig. i 4 , H, I, N) Pogonoscopus myrmex China, 1924, Ann. Mag.Nat.Hist. (9) 14: 530. Pogonoscopus myrmex China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc.London, 1926: 292. Width of head across eyes, 1 *8 mm; across hind margin of pronotum, 3 mm. Length of tegmen, $, 5-8 mm. General coloration chocolate brown. Face of head, except vertex, usually with shaggy hairs. Pronotum often considerably wider posteriorly than anteriorly. Tegmen chocolate-brown with anterior and posterior complete or, broken, pale fasciae which may be widely confluent along the costal border. Male genitalia as in Figure 14, H, I. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Perth, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Busselton, Albany, Lesmurdie, Narrogin (Western Australia) ; Mt Gambier (South Australia); Kiata (Victoria); in Western Australia recorded from the nests of Carnponotus testae eipes Smith. Pogonoscopus lenis (Jacobi) (Fig. 14, F, G, J) Eurymeloides lenis Jacobi, 1909, Faun.S.W.Aust.Michaelsen u. Hartmeyer 2: 341. Pogonoscopus lenis (Jacobi), China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc.London, 1926: 293. Pogonoscopus clarki China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc.London, 1926: 293 (syn. nov.). Pogonoscopus fuscus China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc.London, 1926: 293 (syn. nov.). Width of head across eyes, (J, 2 mm; across hind margin of pronotum, 3 mm. Length of tegmen, (J, $, 5*8-8 mm. General coloration pale or dark coffee, or nigger, brown. Face of head with, or without, short hairs. Pronotum either slightly, or consideral}ly, wider posteriorly than anteriorly. Tegmen evenly dark brown, or pale coffee brown, either without pale markings, or else with a small anterior fascia which may be adjacent to another on the clavus, and with, or without, a small pale posterior marking close to the costal border. Male genitalia as in Figure 14, J. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Lion Mill, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Cannington, Mundaring, Albany, South Perth, Ludlow, in the nests of Carnponotus perthiana Forel and C. testaceipes Smith (Western Australia) ; Karoonda — • Peebringa (South Australia) ; Grampians (Victoria). OPPOSITE Fig. 14: A, Myrmecoscopus minutus, face of head; B, Lasioscopus acmaeops , head; C, Australoscopus whitei, head; D, A. whitei; E, Lasioscopus acmaeops , head in profile; F, Pogonoscopus lenis , second instar nymph; G, P. lenis , tegmen; H, Pogonoscopus myrmex , subgenital plate and paramere; I, P. myrmex , aedeagus; J, Pogonoscopus lenis , aedeagus; K, Australoscopus whitei , subgenital plate and paramere; L, A. whitei , apex of abdomen, $; M, A. whitei, aedeagus; N, Pogonoscopus myrmex, hind tibia and tarsus. BP, basal plate; PAR, paramere; ST, style. 78 Lasioscopus China Lasioscopus China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc.London, 1926: 294. The face of the head has short, sparse hairs ; the ante-clypeus is at a wide angle to the post-clypeus, which is anteriorly transversely ridged, and bears short, sparse, spines. The vertex is wide, flattened and rugose. The crown of the head is of even width, or widest against the eyes. The tegmina are fully developed and the veins sometimes raised in relief. The venation is simple or else somewhat reticulate. The hind tibiae are quadrilateral in section with hairs and short spines. The last abdominal ventrite of the $ is indented. Type species — Lasioscopus acmaeops (Jacobi). Lasioscopus acmaeops (Jacobi) (Fig. 14, B, E) Eurymeloides acmaeops Jacobi, 1909, Faun.S.W.Aust., Michaelsen u. Hartmeyer 2: 340. Lasioscopus acmaeops (Jacobi) China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc.London, 1926: 295. Width of head across eyes, 2 *5 mm; across hind margin of pronotum, 3 mm. Length of tegmen, 7-8 mm. General coloration, even deep nigger brown; tegmina without pale fasciae. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Mundaring Weir, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere— Albany, Midland, in nests of Camponotus testaceipes , C. perthiana and C. clavipes Mayr (Western Australia). Australoscopus China Australoscopus China, 1926, Trans. Ent.Soc.London, 1926: 296. The face of the head anteriorly, and the post-clypeus, have short hairs. The vertex is slightly roughened and the crown of the head is of even width or widest against the eyes. The tegmina are fully developed, or short, and the venation sometimes apically reticulate. The hind tibiae are rectangular in section and bear hairs and numerous needle-like spines. The last abdominal ventrite of the $ is medially lobe-like. Type species — Australoscopus whitei China. Australoscopus whitei China (Fig. 14, K, L, M) Australoscopus whitei China, 1926, Trans.Ent.Soc. London, 1926: 296. Width of head across eyes, 2 mm; across hind margin of pronotum, $ 3 mm Length of tegmen, & ?, 5-7 mm. General coloration, blotchy brown. Face of head* pale, 01 daik, brown. Pronotum and scutellum pale coffee, or dark nigger, brown. Tegmen with an irregular and variable pattern of different shades of brown, with, or without, small anteiioi and posterior pale, but not hyaJine fasciae, which may be confluent along the costal margin. Male genitalia as in Fig. 14, K, M. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Charlotte Waters to Hamilton Bore, Central Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Merredin ( W estern Australia) . Myrmecoscopus gen. nov. The head, pronotum and scutellum are finely punctate, with hairs arising from the punctures. The face of the head is as wide as long and the labium terminates between the middle coxae. The anterior half of the ante-clypeus is almost at right angles to the posterior half and the lora, and the post-clypeus medially, are apically swollen. The antennal ledges are well developed and prominent. The crown of the head is wide and declivous and concave medially, and extends anteriorly in front of the eyes. The pronotum, which is two and a half times the length of the crown, and equal in length to the scutellum, is widest posteriorly, and wider posteriorly than the head across the eyes. The tegmina are fully developed, rounded apically, and have small appendices. The hind tibiae lack both spurs and spines but have numerous fine hairs, and the last ventrite of the $ is bilobed. Type species — Myrmecoscopus minutus sp. nov. Myrmecoscopus resembles other genera in the Pogonoscopini in general appearance and coloration and in having small eyes. It differs from them in being considerably smaller in size, and in retaining features lost in representatives of other genera. Thus, the labium is shorter, the face of the head not elongate, and the antennal ledges prominent. Furthermore, although no tibial spurs are retained, tibial spines, which are characteristic of species in all other genera, are lacking. Myrmecoscopus minutus sp. nov. (Fig. 14, A) Length, K) Length, wingless 2*8 mm; wingless 3-8 mm. General coloration pale, or dark, brown. Crown of head, thorax and tegmina punctate. iolotype $ and Allotype $ from near Waldheim, Cradle Mt, Tasmania (coll., on grasses, .W.E. 2/64) in the Australian Museum. Woodella gen.nov. The labium extends as far as the hind coxae. The ante-clypeus is pear-shaped and the ora, which are slightly convex anteriorly, extend anteriorly as far as the margins of the naxillary plates. The maxillary plates are broadly exposed and the maxillary sutures distinct. The fronto-clypeus is slightly convex anteriorly and slightly concave posteriorly and there is a ow median longitudinal ridge extending from the frons to the vertex. The antennal ledges ire almost in alignment with the sides of the post-clypeus. The crown is longest in the centre md considerably greater in length than the pronotum, and the ocelli, which are on the crown, ire white and probably functionless. The tegmen is apically acute and the hind margin is jroadly angulate. The hind tibiae are armed with small spines. Type species — Woodella wanungarae sp.nov. Woodella resembles Austrolopa in the shape of the head, in particular in having the antennal edges almost in alignment with sides of the post-clypeus. It differs from Austrolopa in having he ante-clypeus completely exposed. Woodella wanungarae sp.nov. (Fig- 15, G) Length, wingless Y, 3-4 mm. General coloration brown, the tegmen with a transverse vhitish band posteriorly. Holotype g from Mt Wanungara, McPherson Ranges, Queensland (coll. T. Woodward, in noss, 1958), in the Queensland Museum. 88 Novolopa gen.nov. The face of the head is broader than long. The labium extends to between the middl coxae. The ante-clypeus is pear-shaped and swollen, and the post-clypeus, which is anteriorL swollen and declivous, is medially flat and slopes laterally ; an epistomal suture is not discernible! The maxillary plates are narrow and maxillary sutures well defined. The antennal ledges an U-shaped and anteriorly lobed. The vertex is laterally depressed behind the epicranial suture and there is an obscure median longitudinal ridge. The crown of the head is longer than the pronotum, and flat, and the ocelli are obolescentt The pronotum and scutellum are on the same plane as the crown. The tegmina (of wingless; forms) are elytra-like and taper apically. The venation is obscure. Type species — Novolopa townsendi sp.nov. Novolopa resembles Ulopa Fallen more than any other ulopid described from the southern hemisphere. It differs in having a flat crown, which laterally forms a continuous curveo surface with the eyes. Novolopa townsendi sp.nov. (Fig. 15, L) Length, wingless $, 4-7 mm. General coloration straw-coloured, irregularly mottledl with brown. Tegmen with a proximal oval brown marking adjacent to the claval suture;; veins whitish. Holotype $ from Mt Owen, 5,000 ft South Island, New Zealand (coll. 2/60 J. I. Townsend and; W. P. Thomas), in the collection of the Entomology Division, D.S.I.R., Nelson. Described; from 5 wingless females, all from the same locality. Cephalelini Insects in this tribe which occur in South Africa, as well as in Australia and New Zealand, range in length from 3*5 to 15 mm. In the larger forms, more than one- third of the total length consists of the crown of the head. All seem to feed principally on rushes belonging to the Family Restioniaceae, although sometimes found in abundance on Acacia spp. and other shrubs. Winged and wingless forms a species are seldom taken together and n development of either. The two forms may be distinguished Winged Forms Head shorter and wider than in wingless form. Ocelli functional. Pronotum anteriorly declivous and widest posteriorly. Tegmen apically rounded, sometimes partially hyaline; venation distinct; claval suture well developed. g is known of the factors which determine the follows : — Wingless Forms Head sometimes longer and narrower than in winged form. Ocelli functionless (white in appearance) or absent. Pronotum flat and parallel-sided. Tegmen apically acute, usually coriaceous and elytra-like; venation frequently obscure; claval suture often obsolete. 89 Previously (Evans, 194.7) I have stated that the Cephalelini are unable to jump, but this incorrect. As with certain genera of the Ulopini, there is a considerable degree of variability [thin the Cephalelini, and the true status of the various forms cannot be determined until a ideal investigation of the comprised species is undertaken. In this tribe there is a gradual transition from small forms, but little different from certain f the Ulopini, to others which are narrowly elongate and seed-like in appearance. Whether ture study will show that the tribe is best regarded as comprising several genera, or one only, uncertain. For the time being all but the most highly specialized species are regarded as plonging to a single genus. Characters distinguishing the Genera of the Cephalelini Face of head convex, flattened or slightly medially concave; eyes usually not in ignment with the sides of the head; ocelli white (functionless) in wingless form. Cephalelus Percheron Face of head percurrently concave; eyes usually in alignment with the sides of the head; :elli absent in wingless forms. Paracephaleus Evans Cephalelus Percheron phalelus Percheron, 1832, Mag.Zool. 9: 48. orydium Burmeister, 1835, Handb.Ent. 2: 106. otocephalius Jacobi, 1909, Faun.S.W.Aust.Michaelsen u. Hartmeyer 2: 339. wcephaleus Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 43. nacephaleus Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 46. phalelus Percheron, Evans, 1947, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 14: 145. Insects ranging in length from 3-5 to 12 mm and in colour from light to dark brown, he labium is short, not usually extending as far as the hind coxae, the ante-clypeus swollen id pear-shaped and the antennal ledges, which overhang deep antennal pits, transverse, he fronto-clypeus is convex, flattened or slightly medially concave and the epicranial suture not defined. The crown is narrowly arrow-shaped; the eyes are usually slightly laterally rominent; ocelli are absent, or functionless, and there is usually a slight median carina. he pronotum, in winged forms, is anteriorly declivous and flat in forms lacking wings. The Egmina are apically narrow and the venation may be reticulate. The hind tibiae are eternally flattened and parallel-sided. 'ype species — Cephalelus infumatus Percheron (South Africa) . Cephalelus ianthe (Kirkaldy) (Fig. 16, G) forycephalus ianthe Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 340. 'orycephalus trilineatus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 341 (syn.nov.b nacephaleus simplex Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 44 (syn.nov.). 90 Length, $, 7 mm; of crown of head, 2 mm (wingless form). General coloration, evenly pale brown or greyish-brown with dark brown markings on the tegmen. Crown oi head with an ill-defined median longitudinal carina; ocelli present but functionless; eyes not in alignment with the sides of the head. Tegmen, venation slightly reticulate. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Mordiallac (Victoria) ; Coolum, Stradbroke Island (Queensland) • Sydney (New South Wales). lug. 16 . A, Cephalelus minutus , winged form; B, C. minutus , wingless form; C, C. minutus , tegmen; D 7 Cephalelus foveolatus, face of head; E, C. foveolatus ; F, Paracephaleus montanus , winged form. G, Cephalelus ianthe ; H, Cephalelus marginatus ; I, Cephalelus bulbosa; J, Cephalelus punctatus ; K, Paracephaleus hudsoni, face ot head; L, P. hudsoni; M, Cephalelus ulopae ; N, Paracephaleus leptocarpi ; O, Paracephaleus brunneus; P y Cephalelus dobsonensis. Cephalelus foveolatus (Signoret) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 1 6, D, E) Dorydium foveolatus Signoret, 1880, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (5) 10, 144. Paradorydium foveolatum (Signoret), Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 340. 91 orycephalus subreticulatus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 340 (syn.nov.). iradorydium michaelseni Jacobi, 1909, Faun.S.W. Austral., Michaelsen u. Hartmeyer, 2: 339 yn.nov.). Length, $, 6*5 mm. This species differs from C. ianthe in having the sides of the crown irved and not straight, the median coronal carina pronounced and the venation of the tegmen ore reticulate. ype Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. 'ype Locality — Western Australia. nown distribution elsewhere — Fremantle (Western Australia) ; Springwood, Sydney (New South fales). Cephalelus bulbosa (Evans) (Fig. 16, I) wcephaleus bulbosa Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 43. Length, $, 8-2 mm; of crown of head 3 mm (wingless form). Head, crown more or ss circular in section, slightly bulbous apically; ocelli rudimentary, eyes in alignment with the des of the crown. ype Location — Australian Museum. ype Locality — Carlisle, Western Australia. nown distribution elsewhere — Kiata (Victoria). Cephalelus ulopae (Evans) (Fig. 16, M) nacephaleus ulopae Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 44. Length, wingless $, 5 mm; of crown of head, 1-2 mm. General coloration pale T>wnish-yellow with brown and white markings. Eyes prominent. Venation of tegmen :ticulate; veins in relief. ype Location — South Australian Museum. ype Locality — Adelaide, South Australia. nown distribution elsewhere — Swan River (Western Australia); Maroota (New South Wales). Cephalelus minutus (Evans) (Fig. 16, A, B, C) nacephaleus minutus Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 43. nacephaleus carribenis Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 44 (syn.nov.). nacephaleus latus Evans, 1939, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 63: 45 (syn.nov.). Length, $, winged and wingless forms, 3*5-4 -4 mm; of crown of head, 07-1 mm. eneral coloration pale, or dark brown, with, or without brown markings. 92 Wingless Form : Head, labium extending to base of hind coxae; maxillary sutures present: fronto-clypeus flat, vertex sloping gradually to the margin with the crown; eyes prominent, ocelli functionless. Tegmen elytra-like, basally punctate, distinct; venation normal. Winged form ( latus ) differs in having functional ocelli, the pronotum widest posteriorly and posteriorly humped, and the claval suture in the tegmen distinct. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Perth, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — King George’s Sound (Western Australia) ; Carribie, York Peninsular (South Australia); Mt Wellington, Hobart (Tasmania); Durkes Forest (New'. South Wales); Forrest (Victoria). Cephalelus marginatus Waterhouse (Fig. 1 6, H) Cephalelus marginatus Waterhouse, 1839, Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. 2: 195. Notocephalius hartmeyri Jacobi, 1909, Faun.S.W.Aust.Michaelsen u. Hartmeyer, 2 : 339 (syn.nov,). Anacephaleus punctatus Evans, 1937, Pap.R0y.S0c.Tasm.1936: 45 (syn.nov.). Length, wingless 8-10 mm; wingless 10-11 mm; of crown of head 3-5 mm. General appearance streaky mottled brown, rugose. Head, face with short white hairs; labium terminating between middle coxae; ante-clypeus narrowly pear-shaped; lora extending posteriorly as far as antennal pits, flat; remainder of face slightly concave. Head, sloping laterally; ocelli approximately the same distance from the eyes as the length of the eyes; eyes not in alignment with the sides of the head. Tegmen apically acute, punctate, venation obscure, or veins distinct and raised in relief. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — King George’s Sound, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Kiata (Victoria); Bogan River (New South Wales). Cephalelus punctatus Evans (Kg- >6, J) Cephalelus punctatus Evans, 1939, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 63: 46. Length, wingless ^,13*5 mm; wingless 9,15 mm. General coloration pale brownish- yellow. Crown of head apically narrow. Tegmen punctate, pale brownish-yellow with a wide dark brown band which may extend onto the pronotum and head close to, but not against, the costal margin. Venation distinct, but veins not raised in relief. Type Location — Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. Type Locality — King George’s Sound, Western Australia. When previously (1947) I separated the described species of the Cephalelini into 2 genera, Cephalelus Percheron and Notocephalius Jacobi, C. infumatus Percheron was cited as the type of Cephalelus and N. hartmeyri Jacobi as the type of Notocephalius. Further investigation has disclosed that N. hartmeyri is better included in the same generic grouping as C. infumatus Percheron. A generic name is accordingly required for the species remaining in the second 93 ^enus of the Cephalelini. The name Paracephalus Evans, which previously (Evans, 1947) had )een listed as a synonym of Notocephalius , is available. This genus was created for a winged orm at a time when I had not appreciated that species in the Ulopinae might be polymorphic. Paracephaleus Evans °aracephaleus Evans, 1942, Proc.Roy.Soc. Queensland, 54: 49. Differs from Cephalelus in the following characteristics : The face of the head, posterior to he antennae, is percurrently concave and never bears hairs. The lateral antennal indentations ire less pronounced. The dorsal surface is always smooth and never rugose. The crown r ipically, is nearly spatulate, otherwise convex. Ocelli are absent in wingless forms and the -yes are completely, or almost, in alignment with the sides of the head. The tegmina are larrow, and apically acute and the venation of wingless forms obscure. Type species — Paracephaleus montanus Evans. Paracephaleus brunneus (Waterhouse) (Fig. 16, O) Cephalelus brunneus Waterhouse, 1839, Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. 2: 195. \otocephalius brunneus (Waterhouse) Evans, 1947, Ann. Mag.Nat. Hist. 14: 148. Notocephalius pallidus Evans, 1947, Ann. Mag.Nat. Hist. 14: 146 (syn.nov.). Length, winged 9-2 mm; wingless 12 mm; of crown 3-8 and 5 mm. General :oloration, even yellowish-brown. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Hobart (Tasmania); Blundells (A.C.T.); Swan River (Western Australia); Kiata, Inverloch, Lucindale (Victoria). Paracephaleus montanus (Evans) (Fig. 16, F) °aracephaleus montanus Evans, 1942, Proc.Roy.Soc. Queensland 54: 50. Length, winged $, 7 mm; of crown of head 1 *8 mm; wingless 6-8 mm; of crown )f head 1 *8 mm; wingless $, 8 mm; of crown of head 2 mm. General coloration, pale brown. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Mt Wellington, Hobart, Tasmania. Paracephaleus dobsonensis sp.nov. (Fig. 16, P) Length, wingless 8-9 mm; wingless $, 9 mm length of head, 2*8-3 mm. General toloration, pale straw-colour, pale brown. 94 Holotype $ and Allotype $ from Lake Dobson, Tasmania (coll. T. Woodward, 2/55) in th Queensland Museun. Paracephaleus dobsonensis differs from P. brunneus in the proportions o the head in relation to the rest of the body and in having the apex of the head less acute. I differs from P. monlanus in being considerably larger and in having less prominent eyes. Paracephaleus hudsoni (Myers) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 16, K, L) Cephalelus hudsoni Myers, 1923, Trans.N.Z.Inst. 54: 417. Length, 10, $, 11-5 mm, of crown of head, 3-37 mm. Head slightly spatulate. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Wellington, New Zealand. Known distribution elsewhere — Paiaka (Manawatu), (North Island). Paracephaleus leptocarpi (Myers) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 16, N) ' Cephalelus leptocarpi Myers, 1923, Trans.N.Z.Inst. 54: 420. Length, 8*5-9 mm ; $5 10-5 mm, of crown of head, 3-3*5 mm. Head distinctly spatulate. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Wangeri (North Island, New Zealand). Myerslopiini Myerslopiini , Evans, 1957, Rev.Chil.Ent. 1957 (5): 368. I his tribe contains 2 described genera, Myerslopia , Evans from New Zealand, and Paulianiana Evans, from Madagascar. A third genus occurs in Chile but at present is known only from immature stages (Evans, 1962). 1 he principal distinguishing characteristics are the flattened, broadly arrow-shaped crown of the head, and the presence of narrow pronotal paranota. Insects in both genera would seem to live in leaf mould on the forest floor and when found have been covered with adhering soil. Myerslopia Evans Myerslopia Evans, 1947 , Ann. Mag.Nat.Hist. 14: 143. 1 he labium is long and extends beyond the hind coxae. The ante- and post-clypeus are swollen, and the former is raised medially while the latter is elevated laterally and medially depicsscd. Maxillary sutures are not retained and the antennal depressions are deep. The antei 101 margin ol the head is foliaceous, the crown is variable in shape, the eyes are prominent and ocelli absent. I he pronotum is laterally produced as a pair of small, posteriorly directed, par anotal lobes and has a pair of longitudinal ridges. The tegmina are coriaceous and pitted and usually bear either a few, or several, raised prominences and the ventral margins bordering t le anal area are straight; beyond the anal area they are sharply curved inwards. The 95 venation is obscure; some of the veins may be raised in relief. The hind tibiae, which are flattened exteriorly, bear 2 rows of widely spaced strong spines and have as well numerous, hairlike spines. Type species — Myerslopia magna Evans. Myerslopia magna Evans Myerslopia magna Evans, 1947, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 14: 144. Length, wingless ?, 6-7 mm. General coloration dark brown. Head, post-clypeus with 2 pairs of lateral prominences, the anterior ones larger than the posterior ones. Crown triangular in shape, marginally foliaceous, antero-medially concave. Pronotum with the external margins of the paranota U-shaped. Tegmen with several large, and 1 small,, prominence. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Waimarino, North Island, New Zealand. Known distribution elsewhere — Anomalatu Valley, Marlborough (South Island). Myerslopia parva Evans (Fig. i 5 , M) Myerslopia parva Evans, 1947, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 14: 144. Length, wingless $, 3*5-5 mm; width of head 2 mm, of pronotum, 2*3 mm.. General coloration dark brown. Head, post-clypeus postero-medially depressed. Crown approximately semi-circular in outline, anterior margins slightly sinuate. Pronotum with :he outer margins of the lateral lobes straight. Tegmen with 3 elongate prominences. Type location — British Museum. Type Locality — Ohakune, North Island, New Zealand. Known distribution elsewhere — Titirangi (Auckland). Ledrinae All but one of the four tribes into which this sub-family has been divided (Evans, 1947) >ccur in Australia, and one of these has representation also in New Zealand. The Ledrinae ire principally brown, green or orange insects, and nearly all have hind tibiae armed with pines mounted on enlarged bases. The nymphs of the majority are considerably flattened. Reasons for associating together into one sub-family representatives of the 3 tribes listed below lave been discussed elsewhere (Evans, 1947a); also, evidence of their derivation from the- Jlopinae (Evans, 1959). Key to the Tribes of the Ledrinae Represented in Australia 1 . Crown of head extensive and broadly spatulate; ocelli on the crown Ledrini 2. Ocelli in marginal depressions; anal veins forming a Y-vein Stenocotini Head variously shaped; ocelli usually on, or near, the crown, never in marginal depressions Thymbrini 96 Ledrini This tribe might well be separated into two, one tribe to contain Rubria spp., and the other the remaining genera. The reason this step has not been taken is because it needs to be preceded by a study of the ledrids of Africa and the Oriental region, as well as of those comprised in the Australian fauna. While most of the Australian genera are endemic, some have representation also in the Oriental region. Because of the preponderance of endemic genera and their wide distribution within the continent, it is presumed that the Ledrini, which are essentially a tropical group of insects, may have gained access to Australia from the north, prior to the period of Tertiary isolation. Key to the Genera of Ledrini Occurring in Australia 1 . Insects less than 20 mm in length 2 Insects more than 20 mm in length ♦ Ledromorpha Stal 2. (1) Venation of tegmen reticulate . -3 Venation of regmen not reticulate Rubria Stal 3. (2) Pronotum lacking lateral wing-like processes 4 Pronotum with lateral wing-like processes Porcorhinus Goding 4. ( q) Crown widest across the eyes, thence tapering apically ; pronotum not keeled .... Ledropsis White Crown not widest across the eyes ; pronotum keeled 5 5. (4) Pronotum flat or only slightly raised posteriorly . Platyledra Evans Pronotum steeply elevated posteriorly 6 6. (5) Pronotum considerably higher than the scutellum Ledropsella gen.nov. Pronotum, posteriorly, on the same level as the scutellum . . Jukaruka Distant Ledromorpha Stal Ledromorpha Stal, 1864, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (4) 4: 68. The face of the head is longer than wide and the labium extends to the base of the hind coxae. The maxillary plates narrowly enfold the ante-clypeus and extend anteriorly beyond it. The position of the maxillary suture is discernible as a transverse fold. The anterior tentorial pits are prominently exposed. The frons, which is considerably wider than the post- clypeus, is medially convex and narrow posteriorly; laterally it is deeply longitudinally depressed. The crown of the head, which is foliaceous, is convex. The eyes are prominent and the ocelli, which are raised on slight prominences, are nearer to each other than to the eyes on each side. The pronotum, medially, is on the same plane as the crown and is laterally depressed. The scutellum is slightly raised posteriorly, the elevated portion being transversely striated. The tegmen, which is coriaceous, progressively widens to a little beyond the apex of the claval suture and it is apically bent. The venation is profusely reticulate apically; in particular there are numerous costal veinlets and Cu 1 is multi-branched. The tibiae of all 3 pairs of legs are foliaceous. In the 2 , the ovipositor extends beyond the folded tegmina. Type species — Fulgora planirostris Donovan. 97 Ledromorpha planirostris (Donovan) (Fig. 2) ndgor a planirostris Donovan, 1805, Ins.New Holland; Hem. PL 1, Fig. 1. Ledra caudata Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 813. Ledra valida Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 814. Ledromorpha vaginata Stal, 1864, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (4) 4: 68 (syn.nov.). Length, $, 23-28 mm; width of head across eyes 8 mm. General coloration, reddish Drown, nigger brown or buff mottled with dark brown. Hind tibia with 6 spurs and a few lair-like spines. Type Location — Unknown. Known distribution — Gatton, Ipswich (Queensland) ; Como, Sydney, Katoomba (New South Wales); Invermay, Blackburn (Victoria). Ml specimens available to me for examination have been females, and it is of interest to note that Donovan’s original illustration is apparently of a male. While undoubtedly best included in the Ledrini because of its foliaceous head and the position of the ocelli, L. planirostris has also certain characteristics in common with insects in a related tribe, the Stenocotini. Thus, in the tegmen, Cu 1 is multi-branched and there is a tendency for the anal veins to form a Y vein. Porcorhinus Goding Porcorhinus Goding, 1903, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 28: 38. Gudwana Distant, 1917, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 20: 189. The face of the head is oval in shape and the labium extends to the base of the middle coxae. The ante-clypeus is approximately diamond-shaped and the fronto-clypeus, which is convex, is more or less parallel-sided. The antennal depressions are deep and basin-like, but prominent antennal ledges are lacking. The crown is spatulate, transversely convex and has a median longitudinal carina. The pronotum, which is slightly longer than the crown, is anteriorly declivous. Posteriorly it is raised into 2 forwardly directed lateral processes, which narrow apically. The basal third of the tegmen is punctate and coriaceous; the remainder corrugated. The venation is reticulate and the anal veins sometimes form a Y-vein. The tibiae of all 3 pairs of legs are foliaceous. Type species — Porcorhinus master si Goding. Porcorhinus masters! Goding (Fig. 17, C) Porcorhinus mastersi Goding, 1903, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 28: 39. Gudwana typica Distant, 1917, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 20: 189. Length, $, 11-14 mm. Crown mottled yellowish-brown. Pronotum and scutellum, in part brown, in part green, or entirely mottled with brown, d egmen, basal third green, or, brown, the remainder hyaline-colourless; veins greenish-brown. Hind tibia with 7 small spurs and a row of closely set minute spines. Type Location — Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. G 2690 — 4 98 Ind thlra£ E ^ A D > Ledr °P™ hea< H, Platyledra hirsuta fece of head T V^l d “ *°, rax; G ’ Ledr0 P sMa monstrosa, legmen K A informis, J L RubHa bteJfroT % ^ 7’ \ t£gmen ; ; ■ J ’ “ ?, head and prothorax j , 0 , KUDria brevijrons, J, M, Rubna smalei. N, Rubria sanguinosa, <*; O Rubric ingens. <$. ’ 99 Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Gippsland (Victoria). Although many Ledrids have paired pronotal processes, this is the only Australian species in which this development occurs. It was originally described as a membracid. Ledropsis White Ledropsis White, 1844, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 14: 425. The face of the head is concave and the labium, which is short and proximally, together with the fore coxae, sunk below the level of the mesosternum, projects at right angles to the head. The maxillary plates overlap the anteclypeus antero-laterally and the slightly swollen lora slope inwardly. The antennae are situated on the posterior margins of deep lateral depressions. The crown is convex with an obscure central ridge and is widest across the eyes. The eyes protrude beyond the margin of the head and the ocelli are closer to each other than to the eyes on each side. The pronotum is collar-like and raised posteriorly. The venation of the tegmen is distally reticulate. The tegmina of male insects are parallel-sided; those of females are wider at the apex than the base. The tibiae are flattened and parallel-sided. Type species — Ledropsis cancroma White (Hong Kong). Ledropsis crocina Distant (Fig. 17, B) Ledropsis crocina Distant, 1917, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 20: 188. Ledropsis froggatti Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 192 (syn.nov.). A variable species both in size and colour pattern. Length 9-11*5 mm; §, 12-14 mm. Crown of head 2-3 and 3-4 mm. General coloration, even dull brown, or pale yellowish- brown, evenly mottled with reddish-brown. Tegmina of males sometimes with a well-defined, though variable, colour pattern of pale brown and chocolate-brown. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Tamworth, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Blackheath, Sydney, Barrington Tops, East Dorrigo (New South Wales); Mt Tambourine (Queensland); Mordialloc (Victoria). Jukaruka Distant Jukaruka Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 190. “Vertex of head about as long as space between eyes, centrally carinate; ocelli about the middle of the crown; face of head foliaceous elongate, narrowed anteriorly; disk centrally sulcate. Pronotum longer than wide, centrally longitudinally laminately ridged. Legs slender, hind tibiae narrowly foliaceous, parallel-sided, hind coxae with short spines; apical veins of tegmen coarse and reticulate.” Type species — Jukaruka typica Distant. 100 Jukaruka typica Distant Jukaruka typica Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51 : 190. Length, 10 mm. “Ochraceous, much mottled with black and piceous; body beneath and legs stramineous; face black, narrowed anteriorly where on each side is a carmine- red spot posteriorly bordered with black ; tegmina piceous, inner basal margin and apical area to clavus, pale testaceous ; the whole apical area of tegmen pale sub-hyaline with the reticulate veins piceous. 55 Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Queensland. Jukaruka grisea sp.nov. (Fig. 17, F) Length, 7-9 mm. General coloration pale yellowish-grey sparsely mottled with brown, particularly on the pronotum and the tegmen, proximallyi Crown of head approxi- mately five-sided, the sides of equal length, wider anteriorly, but not apically, than between the eyes. Pronotum with a ventral longitudinal ridge which is lacking on the declivous portion. Scutellum slightly raised posteriorly. Holotype from Swan River, Western Australia (coll. E. J. Newman) in the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Known distribution elsewhere — Bunbury (Western Australia). J. grisea differs from the type species in having a considerably less prominent median keel on the pronotum. Platyledra Evans Platyledra Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 39. On the face of the head, which is oval in shape and concave, the labium extends almost to the base of the middle coxae. The ante-clypeus is pear-shaped and the fronto-clypeus elongate-oval, bordered by deep longitudinal channels, excepting for its posterior quarter, where it is narrow and lateral channels are lacking. The crown of the head is twice the length of the pronotum and spatulate across the eyes. The surface is rugose and corrugated and there is a longitudinal median carina which extends onto the pronotum. The ocelli are on the crown, on prominences, and are closer to the eyes on each side than to each other. The pronotum is flat or may be slightly elevated posteriorly. The scutellum, posteriorly, is raised into a low crest. I he tegmina have reticulate venation and the veins are raised in relief. The tibiae of all 3 pairs of legs are foliaceous and the hind tibiae, which lack spines and spurs, have a fringe of short hairs on each of their outer edges. The ovipositor, which extends well beyond the apex of the folded tegmina, is concave ventrally and tectiform dorsally. Type species — Platyledra hirsuta Evans. Platyledra hirsuta Evans (Fig. 17, H) Platyledra hirsuta Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 40. Length, $, 1 3- 1 7 mm > face of head sparsely covered with short white hairs; ante- cfy peus red, the remainder dull yellow witn brown markings. Crown of head pale brown with dark brown markings; at its widest only slightly wider than across the eyes. Tegmen 101 grey or brown, sometimes apically vitreous, widest in line with the apex of the claval suture. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Ooldea, South Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Watning (Western Australia). Platyledra acuminata (Distant) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 17, A) Ledropis acuminata Distant, 1917, Ann. Mag.Nat. Hist. 20: 189. Length, $, 14 mm. General coloration, pale brownish yellow mottled with reddish- brown. Crown of head at its widest point considerably wider than across the eyes. Tegmen widest distally of the apex of the claval suture. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Gayndah, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Mt Lawley (Queensland). Ledropsella gen.nov. The face of the head is longer than wide and the labium reaches as far as the middle coxae. The ante-clypeus is pear-shaped and the lora anteriorly concave and posteriorly convex. The fronto-clypeus, which is oval in shape, is margined by deep channel-like longitudinal depressions. The antennal pits are basin-like depressions and antennal ledges are obsolete. The crown of the head, which is equal in length to the pronotum, is spatulate. There is a median longitudinal carina which is raised into a small crest in alignment with the ocelli, which are on oblique prominences. The pronotum, anteriorly, is in alignment with the crown and has 3 longitudinal ridges in line with those on the crown. It is raised posteriorly and has a median longitudinal crest. The propleura form overhanging flaps which partly enfold the face of the head. The scutellum is anteriorly flat and raised posteriorly. The tegmina, which are broadest beyond the apex of the claval sutures, have reticulate venation. The tibiae of all 3 pairs of legs are externally flattened, and the hind tibiae are margined by a row of minute, even spines. The ovipositor does not extend beyond the folded tegmina. Type species — Platyledra monstrosa Evans. Ledropsella differs from Platyledra particularly in the shape of the pronotum. Ledropsella monstrosa (Evans) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 17, G) Platyledra monstrosa Evans, 1939, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 63: 45. Length, (J, 6 mm. General coloration, dark brown. Type Location — Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. Type Locality — King George’s Sound, Western Australia. 102 Rubria Stal Rubria Stal, 1865, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 22: 158. Ledracephala Evans, 1947, Trans.Roy.Ent.Soc. London. 98: 252 (syn.nov.). This genus comprises species which occur in Australia and the Oriental region. Them is considerable variation in the shape and proportions of the crown of the head, and sexua dimorphism occurs. The ante-clypeus narrows anteriorly and extends beyond the margin of the maxillary plates.. The post-clypeus widens progressively posteriorly as far as the antennae, which lie posterior to the eyes. The antennal depressions are basin-like and antennal ledges are lacking An obscure epistomal suture is retained, and the frons, which is ill-defined, is either concave or raised medially. The crown of the head, which is longer in the $ than in the 9, is- spatulate and transversely convex, or widely tectiform, with a median longitudinal ridge It may be as long or more than twice the length of the pronotum. The ocelli are nearer to. each other than to the eyes. The pronotum is laterally wide and on a single plane (not humped posteriorly) . The tegmina are steeply tectiform and have normal venation, sometimes with accessoiy costal veinlets. The hind tibiae have 2 widely spaced spines mounted on prominent spurs and a row of evenly spaced long spines. 1 ype species — Petaloc-ephala sanguinosa Stal. Five species of Rubria are briefly described below. It is certain that many more await description. Rubria sanguinosa (Stal) (Fig. 17, N) Petalocephala sanguinosa Stal, 1865, Ofvers.Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. 22 : 158. Rubria carnosa Stal, 1865, Ofvers.Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. 22: 159 (syn.nov.). Ledropsis coccinea Butler, 1874, Proc.Zool.Soc.London, 673 (syn.nov.). Rhotidus monstrum Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 367 (syn.nov.). Length, cj, 6-8 mm; 8-10 mm; length of crown 2-8-3 mm, width of head across eyes i *0-2 mm. A distinctive slender species uniformly pinkish in colour. 'Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — North Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Sydney (New South Wales). Rubria brevifrons (Walker) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 17, I, L) Ledra brevifrons Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 825. Rhotidus horrendus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 368 (syn.nov.). Ledracephala brevifrons (Walker), Evans, 1947, Trans.Roy.Ent.Soc.Lond. 98: 252. , Len y h ’ A . ?> 1 1 "5 mm ; crown of head, 2-2 and 3 mm. Crown of A, brown mottled with pale yellowish brown; of $, green. Pronotum of concolorous with the crown : oi 4, anteriorly green, posteriorly sometimes brown. Tegmen pale hyaline green. 103 Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — “Australia”. Known distribution elsewhere — King Island (Tasmania) ; Brighton (Victoria) ; Kuranda (Queensland); King George’s Sound (Western Australia). Rubria informis (Kirkaldy) (Fig. 17, J, K) Rhotidus informis Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 367. Rhotidus ledropsiformis Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 367 (syn.nov.). Rhotidus viridicens Kirkaldy, 1905, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 368 (syn.nov.) Length, 7-8 mm; $, 9-10 mm, of crown of head 2*8 mm. General coloration brownish yellow (dried specimens). Pronotum sometimes brownish, mottled with yellow. Tegmen hyaline or near opaque. May be distinguished from R. brevifrons by having the crown somewhat triangular in shape, and unlike R. brevifrons , the sides of the crown immediately in front of the eyes are not parallel with each other. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Nelson, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Brisbane (Queensland); Yanco, Mittagong (New South Wales); Swan River (Western Australia); Kiata, Tallarook (Victoria). Rubria ingens (Kirkaldy) (Fig. 17, O) Rhotidus ingens Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 366. Rhotidus flavomaculatus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii, Sug.Ass.Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 367 (syn.nov.). Length, $, 9-12 mm; of crown of head, 2*8-4 mm. General coloration pinkish brown evenly mottled with yellow. Sometimes there is a partial, or complete, dark reddish-brown band on the tegmen which extends transversely from the neighbourhood of the apex of vein 2A. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Carnavon Ranges (Queensland); Eltham (Victoria). Rubria smalei sp.nov. (Fig. 17, M) Length, 7*3, $, 10*4 mm. Length of crown, 1 *2, 2*8 mm. General coloration (dried specimens), pale brownish yellow, the scutellum mottled with pale brown or reddish-brown. Crown of head with a median longitudinal ridge. Holotype <$ and Allotype $ from Burleigh, Queensland (coll. M. Smale, 11/42), in the Australian Museum. 104 Rubria smalei differs from R. sanguinosa , which it resembles more closely than other species in the genus, in proportions, in having a less apically pointed crown and in the coloration of the scutellum. Stenocotini This tribe comprises a group of insects which is confined to Australia. Walker (1851) described a stenocotid ( Ledra conferta ) from Hong Kong and another ( Ledra unicolor) from the Philippines. Both would seem to be males of Stenocotis depressa (Walker) and almost certainly the locality records are incorrect. Stenocotids range in length from 7-24 mm, and, so far as is known, live only on eucalypts, on which they feed on the trunks. The nymphs are almost paper-flat. These insects are immediately recognizable by the venation of their tegmina, in which Cul always has more than the usual 2 branches, and the anal veins usually, as in the Fulgoroidea, form a Y-vein. Occasionally both anal veins terminate separately at the margin of the tegmen, but when this occurs they are still joined together for part of their lengths. The ocelli are situated in marginal depressions and in some species are directed ventrally\nd in others dorsally. While the Stenocotini are undoubtedly related to the Ledrini, they probably represent a parallel development from an original ulopid stock and are not secondarily derived from the Ledrini. . This suggestion is based, partly in the marginal position of the ocelli, which is the same as in the generalised ulopid, Moonia Distant, and partly on the evidence provided by speciation in the ulopid genus, Colob or rhis Germar, in Madagascar. (Evans, 1959.) Key to the Genera of the Stenocotini 1. Crown of head shorter than the pronotum 2 Crown of head as long, or longer, than the pronotum Ledracotis Evans 2. (1) Labium extending beyond the hind coxae Labium not extending beyond the hind coxae 3 3. (2) Antennal ledges situated between the eyes ^ Antennal ledges situated considerably posterior to the eyes Anacotis Evans 4 * (3) Face of head longer than wide; ocelli directed ventrally; scutellum not elevated posteriorly Smicrocotis Kirkaldy Face of head as wide as long; ocelli directed dorsally; scutellum elevated posteriorly Khyphoctella gen.nov. 5. (2) Insects, of either sex, not more than 15 mm in length; pronotum anteriorly declivous; scutellum usually elevated posteriorly Khyphocotis Kirkaldy x insects not less than 20 mm in length; pronotum almost, and scutellum entirely, at *■ Stenocotis Stal Stenocotis Stal Stenocotis Stal, 1854, Ofvers.Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. 11: 254. Stenocotis Stal, 1856, Ofvers.Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. 13: 67. Stenocotis Stal, Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51 : 194. Stenocotis Stal, Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 27 Stenocotis Stal, Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 158. 105 The labium extends beyond the hind coxae and the maxillary plates narrowly beyond the apex of the ante-clypeus. The maxillary suture is discernible as a transverse fold and the post-clypeus is narrow, parallel-sided and flat. The frons, which is three times as wide as the post-clypeus and extends as far as the hind margin of the face, is raised medially into a ridge. The antennal ledges are oblique and the ocelli, which are in marginal depressions, are visible only in dorsal aspect. The crown is wider in the centre than against the eyes and the eyes are prominent. The pronotum is almost as wide as long and the scutellum is flat. In the tegmina, Ri has numerous costal veinlets, Cul has several branches and the anal veins from a Y-vein. The hind tibiae, which are quadrilateral in section, have 3 rows of small marginal spines and a row of 6 flattened spurs with apical spines, which decrease in size from the apex to the base. In the female the abdomen extends slightly beyond the folded tegmina. The males are approximately seven- tenths the lengths of the females. In the male genitalia the sub-genital plates are narrow and parallel-sided and the parameres are less than half the length of the sub-genital plates. The pygophores are broad and have marginal styles. Type species — Stenocotis subvittata Stal (Kirkaldy, 1907). Stenocotis depressa (Walker) (Fig. 18, A, B) Leclra depressa Walker, 1851, List, Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 817. Ledra brevis Walker, 1851, List. Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 820 (syn.nov.). Ledra australis , Walker, 1851, List. Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 821 (syn.nov.). Ledra corticalis Walker, 1851, List. Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 314 (syn.nov.). Ledra varia Walker, 1851, List. Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 819. Ledra ferruginea Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 817 (syn.nov.). Ledra conferta Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 818 (syn.nov.). Ledra unico lor Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 819 (syn.nov.). Stenocotis planiuscula, 1854, Ofvers.Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. n: 254 (syn.nov.). Stenocotis subvittata Stal, 1854, Ofvers.Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. 11: 254 (syn.nov.). Ledra delineata Walker, 1858, List. Homopt.Brit.Mus. Supplement, 250. Stenocotis dimorpha Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 27 (syn.nov.). Stenocotis reticulata Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 27 (syn.nov.). Length, <$, 10-15 mm 5 ?, 21-24 mm. Coloration, an even pale, chestnut, or dark greyish-brown, or, with an even mottled appearance, or a bold pattern of light and dark brown. The $ is similarly coloured to the $ in so far as the head, thorax and the clavus of the tegmen is concerned. The remainder of the tegmen is vitreous with, or without, a brown pattern development. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Van Diemen’s Land. Known distribution elsewhere — Widely distributed in every State. 106 Until a critical study is made of the status of the numerous forms, which differ from each other in size and colour pattern, but not, apparently, in characters furnished by the male genitalia and until the sexes are correlated with each other, it is more satisfactory to regard all forms as constituting a single species of wide distribution in every State than as distinct species. A ’, ^li? C ? tlS & pY f S %^ C o of head; B ’ Sm de P ressa > head and thorax; C, Anacotis hackeri , head; D, hhyphocotis tessellata head; E, Smicrocotis obscura, head; F, Ledracotis gunnensis, head and thorax; G, L. gunnensis, egmcn, H, Smicrocotis sidnica , head; I, Khyphoctella distorta , head and thorax; J, K. distorta: K, Smicrocotis brunneus, head; L, Anacotis hackeri , head and thorax; M, Smicrocotis solomoni . head. AC. ante-clypeus; F, frons; FC, fronto-clypeus; PC, post-clypeus Kyphocotis Kirkaldy Kyphocotis Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass. Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 370. Kyphocotis Kirkaldy, Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 161. 107 The labium extends beyond the hind coxae and the face of the head is as wide as long. The post-clypeus is parallel-sided, the antennal ledges transverse and the frons is twice the width of the post-clypeus, which does not extend quite as far as the hind margin of the face. The ocelli are marginal in position and face ventrally. The crown is widest against the eyes. The pronotum, which is at a lower level anteriorly than posteriorly, is rugose posteriorly and laterally has transverse longitudinal ridges. The scutellum is sometimes raised into a crest posteriorly. The venation of the tegmen is as in Stenocotis. The ovipositor in the $ extends beyond the folded tegmina and the hind tibiae have from 5-7 flattened spurs. The male genitalia are as in Stenocotis. Type species — Kyphocotis tessellata Kirkaldy. The material available for study of representatives of this genus is not only insufficient to permit adequate description of insects of high variability, but also to make it possible to decide whether, or not, 4 specific names are justified. However, while it might be preferable to regard all named forms as belonging to a single species, as has been done in the case of Stenocotis , it has been decided, for the time being, to recognize 4 species which may be separated by the following Key: — 1 . Both sexes greater than 9 mm in length 2 Both sexes 8 mm in length parva Distant 2. (1) Crown medially excavate 3 Crown with a slight median ridge claudenda (Walker) 3. (2) Scutellum considerably raised posteriorly tessellata Distant Scutellum slightly raised posteriorly nigrescens (Distant) Kyphocotis tessellata Kirkaldy (Fig. 18, D) Kyphocotis tessellata Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass. Exp. sta. 1 (9): 371. Kyphocotis tessellata Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Sta. 3: 28. Kyphocotis fasciata Distant, 1907, Ann. Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 196 (syn.nov.). Length, c?, 10, $,12-14 mm. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu (apparently missing). Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Claudie River (Northern Queensland) ; Ord River (Western \ustralia) . Kyphocotis claudenda (Walker) (comb.nov.) Ledra claudenda Walker, 1858, List. Elomopt. Brit. Mus. Supplement, 359. itenocotis claudenda (Walker), Distant, 1907, Ann. Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 194. Length, S, 13 mm. Crown of head considerably larger than the crown, flattened; :oronal ridge distinct. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — More ton Bay, Queensland. 108 Kyphocotis parva Distant Kyphocotis parva Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51 : 197. Length, $, 8 mm. Crown of head of even length with the eyes ; ocelli not visible from above. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Queensland. Kyphocotis nigrescens (Distant) Stenocotis nigrescens Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51 : 194. Length, $, 9 mm. Crown of head larger than the eyes; ocelli visible from above in marginal depressions. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Queensland. The remarks made in reference to the difficulty of deciding the limits of species in the genus Kyphocotis apply also to species comprised in the genus Smicrocotis. Four species of S?nicrocotis are likewise recognized, but in the present state of knowledge, and with the limited material available for study, it is impossible to be certain of their true |i status. Some specimens examined seem to belong to none of the 4 species listed, but, for the time being, it is preferable for them to remain undescribed. Smicrocotis Kirkaldy Smicrocotis Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 370. Smicrocotis Kirkaldy, Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 159. The labium terminates between the middle coxae and the face is longer than wide. The ante-clypeus and lora are recurved apically and the face is almost evenly slightly convex. The post-clypeus is almost parallel-sided anterior to the antennal ledges, which are short and transverse. The frons, apically, is approximately oval in shape, slightly concave and with a low median ridge. The ocelli are marginal and face forward, or ventrally. The crown is usually widest in the centre, the pronotum almost flat, and the scutellum flat. The venation of the tegmen has, as in Stenocotis , a tendency to being reticulate. The hind tibiae have 6 or 7 flattened spurs. Type species — Smicrocotis obscura Kirkaldy. Key to Species in the Genus Smicrocotis 1 . Crown of even length, or slightly longer against the eyes 2 Crown considerably longer in the centre than against the eyes. . obscura Kirkaldy 2. (1) Crown slightly longer against the eyes than in the centre 3 Crown of even length throughout sidnica Kirkaldy 109 3- (2) In the tegmen, Cu i with 2 branches; anal veins not forming a Y-vein brunneus Evans In the tegmen Cu i with more than 2 branches; anal veins forming a Y-vein solomni Evans Smicrocotis obscura Kirkaldy (Fig. 1 8, E) Smicrocotis obscura Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug. Ass. Exp. Sta. 1 (9): 370. Smicrocotis infuscata Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51 : 195. Smicrocotis pallescens Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 195 (syn.nov.). Smicrocotis projecta Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 196 (syn.nov.). Length, 8-13 mm. Crown of head considerably wider in the centre than against the eyes, sometimes laterally sinuate and with a median longitudinal ridge and a pair of lateral oblique ridges; apically upturned, brown. Pronotum and scutellum concolorous with the crown. Tegrnen pale brown or greyish, with a pale, or dark brown, scribble pattern and sometimes with oval, white markings of varying size. Type Location— H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Tubrabucca, Mt Wilson (New South Wales); Rockhampton (Queensland); Caulfield, Inglewood, Bogong Plains, 6,000 ft (Victoria). The available material of this species comprises female insects only. These differ from each other only significantly in size. However, as the larger forms were all collected in New South Wales and Queensland and the small forms in Victoria, it is possible that if males were available for genitalia examination it might be possible to recognize more than a single species. Smicrocotis sidnica Kirkaldy (Fig. 18, H) Smicrocotis sidnica Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 28. Smicrocotis c he Ionia Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 60 (syn.nov.). Length, 7*5-8 mm; , 8-5 mm. Face of head, reddish-brown mottled with yellowish-brown. Crown of even length throughout, lacking ridges. Pronotum anteriorly grey, yellowish or reddish-brown, with a brown, or black, median longitudinal stripe; posteriorly mottled with dark brown. Tegmen hyaline, or greyish, regularly mottled with light or dark brown. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — National Park, 3,500 ft (Tasmania) ; Upper Manning River (New South Wales); Timber Top, Bogong Plains, 5,500 ft, Eltham (Victoria). 110 Smicrocotis solomoni Evans (Fig. 1 8, M) Smicrocotis solomoni Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 160. Length, <$, 7 mm. Face of head evenly convex, pale yellowish-brown mottled with black and reddish-brown; antennal depressions black; ocelli on face, directed ventrally; epistomal suture discernible. Crown of head short, longest against the eyes, yellowish-white with reddish-brown markings. Pronotum, yellowish-white, mottled with black and pale orange brown. Scutellum pale yellowish-brown. Tegmen, whitish-hyaline, with irregular scattered brownish-black areas; veins brown with raised white spots. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — Crawley, Western Australia. Smicrocotis brunneus (Evans) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 18, K) Kyphocotis brunneus Evans, 1947, Trans.R.Ent.Soc.London, 98: 252. Length, (J, 7 mm. Face of head black mottled with light and dark brown; crown with a pair of oblique lateral ridges and a sharp, upturned, anterior rim-like margin, slightly wider against the eyes than in the centre. Pronotum brown, mottled with black in the centre, and at the sides posteriorly. Scutellum flat. Tegmen whitish hyaline, partially suffused with light and dark brown ; veins brown. Venation of tegmen, Cu 1 with 2 branches and anal veins, though linked distally by a cross-vein, each extending as far as the anal margin. Hind tibiae with 4 spines mounted on prominent bases. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Anacotis Evans Anacotis Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 161. The labium extends as far as the middle coxae and the face of the head is as long as wide. The maxillaiy plates narrowly extend beyond the ante-clypeus. The antennal ledges, which are situated considerably posterior to the eyes, are curved. The post-clypeus is slightly raised posteriorly and the frons is concave with a median longitudinal ridge. The crown is widest in the centre and the ocelli, which are on the crown, are situated on the sides of outwardly acing ridges, and the eyes are prominent. The pronotum and scutellum are transversely sti iated and the latter is raised into a low hump posteriorly. The venation of the tegmen is as in Stenocotis. The fore and middle femora are flattened and the hind tibiae have eleven flattened spurs. The subgenital plates are short and narrow and do not extend as far as the apex ot the pygophores. Type species — Anacotis hacker i Evans. Anacotis hackeri Evans (Fig. 18, L) Anacotis hackeri Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 162. R Length, o, 12 mm. Face of head anteriorly black, posteriorly straminaceous. Crown o head pale brown. Pronotum pale brown with narrow, dark brown markings. Scutellum Ill ale brown. Tegmen vitreous, excepting the costal margin, which is pale brown and the ostal and anal areas proximally, which are suffused with yellowish-brown. r m ype Location — Queensland Museum. f ype Locality — Brisbane, Queensland. Ledracotis Evans .edracotis Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 162. The head, pronotum and scutellum are coarsely rugose. The labium terminates etween the hind coxae and the face is longer than wide. The maxillary plates, which arrowly enfold the ante-clypeus anteriorly, do not extend beyond it. The post-clypeus is lmost parallel-sided and widest between the antennal ledges, where it is laterally curved, lie frons, which is parallel-sided and declivous has a central longitudinal ridge at its apex, lie anterior tentorial pits are exposed. The crown is approximately equal in length with the ronotum, is medially depressed and has a pair of lateral longitudinal ridges which bear the celli at their anterior apices. The pronotum is raised posteriorly, the raised part being 'ansversely striated and the scutellum is flat. The venation of the tegmen is as in Stenocotis nd the abdomen of the $ extends beyond the folded tegmina. The hind tibiae have 5 attened spurs. ype species — Ledracotis gunnensis Evans. Ledracotis gunnensis Evans (Fig. 18, F. G) ■edracotis gunnensis Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 162. Length, $,15-17 mm. General coloration brown. Head and thorax coarsely rugose, "egmen brown with sparse pubescence. ype Location — Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. ype Locality — Gunning, New South Wales. inown distribution elsewhere — Cheltenham (New South Wales); Warburton district, Warragul Victoria) . Kyphoctella gen.nov. The labium extends to the base of the hind coxae. The maxillary plates narrowly nfold the ante-clypeus and the post-clypeus is flat and depressed below the level of the genae. "he maxillary suture is discernible as a transverse ridge. The genae are convex and the x>ns, which is parallel-sided and concave, extends to the posterior apex of the face of the head, die head from above has a hooded appearance and is rugose. The true crown is narrowly riangular and is continuous with the vertex laterally as far as the antennal ledges. The celli are marginal and dorsally directed. The pronotum is declivous and transversely striated, he scutellum is raised into a high crest. The venation is as in Stenocotis , excepting that both nal veins, though converging in the middle of the clavus, may also separately extend to the nal margin. The hind tibiae are flattened and have 4 spurs and a fringe of long spines. "ype species — Kyphoctella distorta sp. nov. 112 Kyphoctella distorta sp.nov. (Fig. 1 8 , I, J) Length, io mm. Head and thorax pale or dark brown. Tegmen vitreous; veins; brown with white bars. Holotype , from Adelaide River, Northern Territory (coll. Sgt Kent) in the South Australian Museum. Known distribution elsewhere: Groote Eylandt; Coen (North Queensland). Thymbrini The Thymbrini are a group of robust insects which range in length from 5-16 mm. In colour they are various shades of black, brown, orange and green and often have a mottled! appearance. The ante-clypeus is often depressed below the level of the post-clypeus and the' lora. The antennal ledges are prominent, and transverse or oblique. The ocelli lie posterior to a ti ansverse lidge and may be ventral, marginal or dorsal in position, depending on the* shape of the crown ol the head, which may be rounded and declivous, arrow-shaped or narrowly produced. The pronotum is flat, or declivous, and the scutellum flat. The tegmina always have normal cicadellid venation (Fig. 19, A2), and the hind tibiae, which are heavily armed with spines, have 1 row mounted on enlarged bases, which decrease in size from the- apex to the base. Representatives of this tribe, with the exception of species in the genus- Novothymbris , which occur in New Zealand, and a few species recorded from New Guinea, are confined to Australia. Thymbrids, like several other groups of Australian leaf hoppers, aie in a phase of active evolutionary change. While, for the most part, genera can be readily determined, species recognition depends on the examination of the male genitalia. 1. 2. (I) 3- (2) 4- (2) 5- (4) 6 - ( 5 ) Key to the Genera of the Thymbrini Occurring in Australia Green insects Hackeriana Evans Brown, or, black insects, sometimes with white markings 2 Insects, more than 6 mm in length a Insects, 6 mm or less, in length 2 Crown of head widest in the centre, not separated from the face by a sharp ridge; oce li marginal, directed forwards Epipschydion Kirkaldy Grown of equal width with the eyes, separated from the face by a sharp ridge; ocelli on crown of head Ledrella Evans Gi own of head produced into a long, narrow conical structure which is more than twice the length of the pronotum Ledraprora Evans Crown not as above e * 5 Ci own broadly arrow-shaped, somewhat declivous, not continuous with the face; ocelli on the crown . , Rhotidus Stal Crown not as above g Insects resembling Rhotidus spp. except that the crown is not broadly arrow-shaped, is css sharply separated from the face, and the pronotum is more declivous; ocelli on the crown Thy mbris Kirkaldy Not as above ^ I 113 8. 9 - io. 1 1 . (6) Pronotum flat, or almost so Putoniessa Kirkaldy' Pronotum declivous ® (7) Pronotum, crown and face of head forming one curved surface; crown widest against the eyes Macroceps Signoret Not as above * 9 (8) Pronotum steeply declivous, forming a continuous curved surface with the vertical crown; ocelli in marginal depressions Mitelloides Evans Not as above; a narrow distinct dorsal crown, widest against the eyes, or as wide in the centre as against the eyes 10 (9) Pronotum evenly rounded Rhotidoides Evans Pronotum anteriorly depressed and in alignment with the crown 1 1 (10) Ocelli situated in shallow depressions, forwardly directed. . . . Stenalsella gen.nov. Ocelli not in depressions, ventrally directed Alseis Kirkaldy Ledrella Evans Ledrella Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 40. The ante-clypeus and lora are anteriorly re-curved. The post-clypeus, which is almost parallel-sided, widens slightly posteriorly. The antennal ledges, which are prominent, are curved and in line with the centre of the eyes. Posterior to the antennal ledges the fronto- clypeus slopes steeply to the hind margin of the face and there is, posteriorly, a short, median longitudinal ridge. The crown of the head, which is of equal width with the eyes, is declivous and sharply separated from the face by an apical ridge. The ocelli are on the crown, somewhat closer to the eyes on each side than to each other. The pronotum is anteriorly declivous and forms a continuous curved surface with the crown. It is approximately four times the length of the crown. The hind tibiae are flattened externally and have 5 spurs and 5 strong spines facing the spurs on the opposite margin. Type species — Ledrella brunnea Evans. Ledrella brunnea Evans (Fig. 19, N) Ledrella brunnea Evans, 1 937 ? Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1 93 ^ : 4 °- Length, 5 mm. Face of head rugose. General coloration pale brown. Tegmen hyaline; veins brown with white bars. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Kiata, Victoria. Known distribution elsewhere — Perth (Western Australia). Ledraprora Evans Ledraprora Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 40. This genus is clearly derived from Ledrella . The crown of the head is narrowly conically produced and is three times the length of the pronotum. The ocelli are on the sides of the crown and approximately the same distance from the eyes as the width of the eyes, d he hind tibiae are similar in shape and armature to those of Ledrella. Type species — Ledraprora insularis Evans. 114 Fig. 19: Ai, Mitelloides moaensis, head: A2 M mnamn: jf , . . .. . Stenalsella testacea, head; Ba, S testacea head and 1 hLv r n g ’ A 3 ’ ™ moaensis, hind tibia; Bi. tonnoiri, head and thorax ; E, S Fi^T/T D, Macro ceps teleform is, head; G, Ledrafirora comfiressa h^aTand Thorax ^ TeT ^formis head and thorax; Fa, /?. Rhotidoides bunctivena head- It ww-,.; / , ax ’ Ledraprora msulans , head and thorax; I, 4 ru>m«a, head and thorax; O Alseis osborni head pF ’ ^ P^wnessa galhensis head and thorax; N, Ledrella ,»d thorax; ft, ***** head;' X*85SS|?5fei^JS S£f* ^ 115 Ledraprora insularis Evans (Fig. 1 9? H) Ledraprora insularis Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 41. Length, $, 9-5 mm, of crown of head, 3*3 mm. General coloration, brown. Anterior Drolongation of head apically rounded, with 2 lateral swellings and with dorsal and ventral teels. Anterior margin of pronotum, only slightly anteriorly arched. Tegmen pale hyaline- Drown; veins brown with white bars. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Kangaroo Island. Ledraprora compressa Evans (Fig. 19, G) Ledraprora compressa Evans, 1939, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 63: 45. Length, $, 7 mm; of crown of head, 2 mm. Face of head pale brown, rugose.. Anterior prolongation of crown diamond-shaped in section, tilted dorsally. Pronotum brown, posteriorly mottled with grey. Scutellum brown. Tegmen whitish-hyaline; veins, brown barred with white. Type Location — Macleay Museum, University of Sydney. Type Locality — King George’s Sound, Western Australia. Ledraprora victoriensis Evans Ledraprora victoriensis Evans, 1937 ? Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 41. Length, $, 10 mm, of crown of head, 4 mm. General coloration brown. Anterior prolongation of head approximately circular in section, lacking swellings and keels. Anterior margin of pronotum arched between the eyes. Tegmen hyaline-yellowish; veins pale and dark brown with regularly spaced pale bars. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Kiata, Victoria. Alseis Kirkaldy Alseis Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 30, 37. The face of the head is wider than long, the ante-clypeus depressed and the lora swollen. The sides of the fronto-clypeus are almost parallel, the antennal ledges oblique and the labium terminates between the middle coxae. Lateral frontal sutures are present but the fronto-clypeus posteriorly is continuous with the vertex. The transverse ridge characteristic of the Thymbrini is indistinct and the ocelli are marginal in position, facing forwards. The crown of the head is apically acute and widest in the centre. The pronotum is slightly declivous and depressed behind the eyes. This genus differs from Ledrella , in having the crown of the head not sharply differentiated from the face, and from Macroceps in having a less steeply declivous pronotum and angulate head. Type species — Alseis osborni Kirkaldy. 116 Alseis osborni Kirkaldy (Fig- 19, O) Alseis osborni Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 38. Length, <£, $, 8, 8*7 mm. General coloration pale parchment mottled with browr Tegmen, whitish-hyaline sparsely, and evenly, mottled with brown; clavus punctate basally Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Brisbane, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Gatton (Queensland). Female specimens of several undescribed species belonging to this genus are knowi but need to await description until male insects become available. Macroceps Signoret Macroceps Signoret, 1879, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (5) 9: 53, (5) 10: 363. The face of the head is wider than long. The ante-clypeus is depressed below the lora and post-clypeus and anteriorly re-curved. The fronto-clypeus, which is parallel-sided! is convex anteriorly. The vertex is sometimes vertical in position and approximately a right angles with the face. The ocelli are anteriorly directed. From above, the head i, 1 visible only narrowly against the eyes. The pronotum is steeply declivous and evenly convex Type species — Macroceps fasciatus Signoret. Macroceps fasciatus Signoret (Figs. 19, E, 20, I) Macroceps fasciatus Signoret, 1880, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. 5 (10): 364. Length, 5-5, §, 5-6*8 mm. General coloration chestnut-brown. Face of head posteriorly, and pronotum, sometimes pale brown. Vertex of head vertical. Tegmen hyaline-brown with an oblique white fascia extending from the anal angle to the costal border. Male genitalia as in Figure 20, I. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — “ Australia ”. Known distribution elsewhere — Stanthorpe, Maryborough (Queensland); Kangerilla (South Australia); Cabramatta (New South Wales). Macroceps tamarensis Evans (Fig. 20, G) Macroceps tamarensis Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 67. Length, 5*5, $, 6*6 mm. General coloration mottled brown. A narrow, but distinct, crown developed. Pronotum not as steeply declivous as in the type species,, together with scutellum, mottled brown. Male genitalia as in Figure 20, G. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Launceston, Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere— Lake St Clair, Tasman Peninsula, Snug (Tasmania). 117 Macroceps tonnoiri Evans (Fig. 19, D) Macroceps tonnoiri Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 66. Length, 7 mm. Head evenly brown, or a mottled appearance, with a sloping crown, longest against the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly declivous but not steeply so, light brown mottled with dark brown, sometimes with a broad median longitudinal black stripe. Scutellum, chestnut-brown. Tegmen opaque or hyaline, with white, brown and black markings; usually there is a broad white proximal fascia extending from the costal margin to the anal margin adjacent to the scutellum; veins brown with black bars. Type Location — Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Type Locality — Mt Kosciusko, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere— Warburton (Victoria); Barrington Tops (New South Wales). Macroceps darwinensis sp.nov. (Fig. 20, Hi, Ha) Length, 6-2, ?, 8 mm. Face of head entirely dark brown, or dark reddish-brown, or in part 'pink and in part brown. Vertex facially situated, except for a narrow crown, longest against the eyes. Pronotum not steeply declivous, ochreous in in $ grey with dark brown, or black, markings and with scribbled pale brown markings. Scutellum evenly brown or reddish-brown. Tegmen pale greyish-hyaline, irregularly mottled with brown, the brown markings denser in £ than in % veins brown, in part white. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, Hi, H2. Hololype $ and Allotype £ from Darwin, Northern Territory (coll. E. Reye) in the Australian Museum. Stenalsella gen.nov. The face of the head is wider than long and the labium extends to between the middle coxae. The ante-clypeus and lora, which are slightly declivous anteriorly, are on the same plane as the post-clypeus. The post-clypeus is almost flat and an obscure transverse epistomal suture is discernible. This is in alignment with the strong transverse antennal ledges. The frons is rectangular, and the hind margin, which is discernible, is separate from the angulate transverse facial ridge. The ocelli, which lie in shallow depressions immediately posterior to this ridge, are in alignment with the antennae and are directed anteriorly nnd not facially. The crown is sometimes narrowly produced, so that its length in the centre may be equal to its length against the eyes. A he pronotum, which is slightly declivous and anteriorly depressed, has deep transverse striations, and the scutellum is slightly raised posteriorly. In the tegmina the anal veins form a Y-vein. In the female the ovipositor extends slightly beyond the folded tegmina. Type species — Stenalsella testacea sp.nov. Stenalsella , which is closely related to Alseis and Macroceps , differs from these genera in that the ante-clypeus is not depressed below the level of the post-clypeus; in the retention of an obscure epistomal suture, and in having the hind margin of the frons separate from the posterior transverse facial ridge. It resembles certain genera in the Stenocotini in the possession of a Y-vein in the clavus and in having the ocelli in marginal depressions. 118 Stenalsella testacea sp.nov. (Fig. 19, Bi, B2) Length, 7-8 mm; 8-9 mm. General coloration, pale yellowish-browi irregularly mottled with dark brown, or whitish mottled with brown and sometimes with £ wide median longitudinal band extending from the anterior margin of the pronotum to the base of the scutellum. Tegmen whitish, yellowish, brownish, or colourless hyaline; veins brown; sometimes with pale bars. Clavus sometimes basally whitish and punctate and witl reticulate venation. Holotype , from Mt Glorious, Queensland, in the Queensland Museum. Additional specimens from Iluka Rain Forest, Clarence River and National Park, New South Wales. Epipsychidion Kirkaldy Epipsychidion Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9) : 345. This genus is closely related to Macroceps. It differs in having the head evenly longitudinally convex with the ocelli ventrally directed and not in 3 planes as in Macroceps . The pronotum is depressed posterior to the eyes. Type species — Epipsychidion epipyropis Kirkaldy. Epipsychidion epipryopis Kirkaldy (Fig. 19, R) Epipsychidion epipryopis Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 346. Epipsychidion epipyropis Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 37. Length, 6 mm. Face of head pale brown; fronto-clypeus and vertex rugose. Grown, brown with indistinct greyish markings posteriorly. Thorax with a bold, characteristic colour pattern; the pronotum with a pair of central broad, and a pair of lateral narrow, longitudinal white stripes, margined with brown. The central stripes continue nanowly onto the scutellum and the lateral ones onto the clavus of the tegmen. Tegmen hyaline, pale brown proximally; veins entirely brown, or part white and part dark brown. Abdomen, in $, extending slightly beyond the folded tegmina. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Wandong, Baxter (Victoria). Putoniessa Kirkaldy Putoniessa Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 50. The face of the head is wider than long, the labium terminates between the middle coxae and the ante-clypeus and the lora are recurved anteriorly. The fronto-clypeus, which is almost parallel-sided, but widens slightly posteriorly, is flat or slightly convex. The antennal ledges are distinct but not prominent and the antennal depressions shallow. The hind margin of the fronto-clypeus is distinct and is bordered by a well or ill-defined ridge, which extends to the eyes on each side and which is parallel with the antennal ledges. The 119 ocelli are on the face of the head, posterior to the transverse ridge and immediately behind the frontal sutures. The crown which is narrow, is longest against the eyes. The pronotum is flat or slightly declivous. The hind tibiae have 9 spurs of which the basal three are very small. In the male genitalia the aedeagi are extremely diverse in shape. This suggests that the genus, as here defined, is a composite one and requires critical study to determine the inter-relationships of the several comprised species. Type species — Putoniessa dignissima Kirkaldy. Several of the twelve species ascribed to this genus resemble others very closely in general appearance and their recognition is possible only by means of examination of the male genitalia. Putoniessa rivularis (Walker) (Fig. 20, R) j Bythoscopus rivularis Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 865. Bythoscopus dorsalis Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 867. Bythoscopus repletus Walker, 1858, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus.Supplement 267. Putoniessa dignissima Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 50 (syn.nov.). Length, 8-8*8 mm; $, 9-10*5 mm. General coloration drab mottled brown, or, greyish brown. Face of head anteriorly dark brown; fronto-clypeus and vertex pale brown with dark brown markings; lora, maxillary plates and genae, pale brown. Crown of head, pronotum and scutellum greyish-brown, or pale greyish-yellow irregularly mottled with dark brown; crown raised above level of anterior margin of pronotum. Tegmen, hyaline, densely and evenly marked with pale and dark brown. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, R. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Leura, Pt Hacking (New South Wales); Meredith, Warandtye (Victoria); Hobart (Tasmania); W. Midland (Western Australia). Putoniessa nigra (Walker) (Figs. 19, K, 20, V, W) Gypona nigra Walker, 1862, J.Ent. 1: 319. Length, 10, , 12 mm. General coloration, black. Head, pronotum and scutellum black with scattered, small, evenly distributed yellowish-brown markings.. Tegmen, clavus concolorous with the head and thorax, the remainder black with oval and irregularly- shaped small greyish-white areas. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, V, W. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Moreton Bay, Queensland. Collected on Melaleuca . 120 Putoniessa galliensis Evans (Fig. 19, M) Putoniessa galliensis Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 65. Length, $, 7 mm. General coloration pale brown with longitudinal white stripes. Face of head pale whitish-yellow mottled with pale brown anterior to the antennal ledges: posteriorly, as far as the apical transverse ridge, black. Crown reddish-brown with 3 pale areas against the hind margin. Pronotum, anteriorly and laterally, pale yellowish-white: remainder mottled with light and dark brown and with 2 broad, greyish longitudinal stripes. The striped pattern is continued onto the scutellum and tegmen, which is pale and dark- brown with greyish longitudinal stripes. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Leura, New South Wales. Putoniessa maculata Evans (Fig. 20, N) Putoniessa maculata Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 65. Length, 8-9 mm; 11 mm. General coloration black with prominent white markings which are best developed in the Head, fronto-clypeus, vertex and genae dark brown, or black, mottled with pale brown; remainder pale brownish-yellow with irregular brown markings. Crown of head, pronotum and scutellum grey or greyish-brown with a dark brown, or black, scribbled pattern. Tegmen black with oval, hyaline-grey and brown areas, or largely hyaline-grey, irregularly mottled with black and brown; an oblique broad anterior white fascia, a transverse interrupted posterior white fascia and a white marking on the hind margin of the oval area. 1 he fasciae may be well developed or indistinct, and the posterior one may be absent; veins brown. Male genitalia as in Figure 20, N. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Seven-mile Beach, Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — Tubrabucca, Mt Victoria (New South Wales); Baxter, Mt Cobrunga (Victoria). Putoniessa nota Evans (Fig. 20, Q) Putoniessa nota Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 151. Length, . Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. 121 Putoniessa mackei sp.nov. (Fig. 20, S) Length, <$, 7 mm. Face of head black with yellowish-brown and brown markings; anterior apex of head, yellowish brown. Pronotum black with 6 narrow pale brown longitudinal stripes, of which the 2 central ones meet anteriorly and posteriorly continue onto the scutellum. Tegmen black, with a few irregular bold white markings and a series of small oval hyaline areas in the costal region and apically, and with yellow spots alongside some of the veins. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, S. Holotype — t ^ ie National Museum of Victoria. 122 123 Putoniessa nigrella sp.nov. (Fig. 20, U) Length, <$, J -6 mm. Closely resembling P. nigra in coloration but differing in its smaller size and in characteristics furnished by the male genitalia. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, U. Hoiotype from Bargo Forest, near Batlow, New South Wales (coll. C. Rosegger) in the Australian Museum. Known distribution elsewhere — Hobart (Tasmania); Forrest (Victoria). Rhotidoides Evans Rhotidoides Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 59. The face of the head is wider than long, the labium terminates between the middle coxae and the lora and ante-clypeus are anteriorly recurved. The fronto-clypeus, which may be raised above the ante-clypeus, is flat or slightly convex; its hind margin forms part of a transverse ridge which may be well, or, ill-defined and extends to the eyes on each side and is marginal in position. The ocelli are marginal, facing forwards or ventrally. The crown, which is not sharply separated from the face of the head, is of even length, or longest against the eyes. The head is evenly rounded in profile. The pronotum is slightly declivous and the hind tibiae have 7 spurs. Type species — Rhotidoides norfolkensis Evans. Rhotidoides punctivena (Walker) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 19, I, L: 20, L) Bythoscopus punctivena Walker, 1858, Ins. Saund. Homopt. 104. Thymbris iphianassa Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 50 (syn.nov.). Rhotidoides norfolkensis Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 60 (syn.nov.). Length, (J, $, 9-9*5 mm. Face of head pale brownish-yellow, sometimes flecked with brown; crown declivous. Pronotum brown, with small circular and narrow transverse white markings; in length, greater than one-half the width, slightly declivous. Tegmen pale, or dark, hyaline-brown with white spots on the veins and sometimes finely mottled with white. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, L. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Colong, Tubrabucca, Sydney (New South Wales) ; Frankston, Langworrin (Victoria); New Norfolk (Tasmania); Sunnybank (Queensland). OPPOSITE Fig. 20: A, Thymbris melvillensis , male genitalia; B, Thymbris rieki, aedeagus; C, Thymbris convivus, aedeagus; Di, Hackeriana glauca , aedeagus; D2, H. glauca , paramere; Ei, Hackeriana huonensis , aedeagus; E2, H. huonensis , paramere; F, Hackeriana translucens , aedeagus; G, Macroceps tamarensis , subgenital plate and paramere; Hi, Macroceps darwinensis, paramere; H2, M. darwinensis , aedeagus; I, Macroceps fasciatus , subgenital plate and paramere; J, Rhotidoides montana , aedeagus; K, Rhotidoides sidnica , aedeagus; L, Rhotidoides punctivena , aedeagus; Mi, Rhotidoides dongarrensis , aedeagus; M2, R. dongarrensis , paramere; N, Putoniessa maculata , male genitalia; O, Putoniessa taraaalensis , aedeagus; P, Putoniessa minima , male genitalia; Q,, Putoniessa nota, aedeagus; R, Putoniessa rivularis, aedeagus; S, Putoniessa mackei , aedeagus; T, Putoniessa iraba, aedeagus; U, Putoniessa nigrella , aedeagus; V, W, Putoniessa nigra , aedeagus; X, Putoniessa sordida, aedeagus. 124 Rhotidoides montana Evans (Fig. 20, J) Rhotidoides montana Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 60. Length, 6*5-7 mm; g, 8 mm. Face of head, in <$, black or dark brown mottlec with pale brown, with a broad transverse pale yellowish, or greyish, stripe between the antennal ledges and the marginal transverse ridge; in $, pale brown evenly mottled with brown. Crown declivous, visible only adjacent to the eyes. Pronotum almost flat, pale brown, evenly and densely mottled with dark brown; in length less than half the width Tegmen pale hyaline brown, or whitish, densely, finely and evenly mottled with light on dark brown. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, J. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Mount Wellington, Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — Barrington Tops, Mt Victoria, Mt Kosciusko, Sydney (New. South Wales); Macedon, Mt St Bernard, Mt Buffalo (Victoria). Rhotidoides sidnica Evans (Fig. 20, K) Rhotidoides sidnica Evans, 1939, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 63: 47. Length, <$, 8 mm. Face of head reddish-brown mottled with black. Crown of head, visible only narrowly against the eyes. Pronotum and scutellum black, or brown,, sparsely mottled with yellowish-brown. Pronotum declivous, the length slightly more than half the width. Tegmen pale or dark brown, coarsely mottled with hyaline grey, mostly in the form of oval areas ; rows of evenly spaced yellow spots may lie along the costal margin. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, K. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Rhotidoides dongarrensis Evans (Fig. 20, Mi, M2) Rhotidoides dongarrensis Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 152. Length, ? 5 7 mm . Face of head, fronto-clypeus and vertex, pale yellow, or yellowish- white. Remainder, mottled with pale brown, dark brown or black. Crown of* head slightly longer against the eyes than in the centre. Pronotum yellowish- or brownish- grey with brown markings. Scutellum pale brown. Tegmen hyaline colourless, evenly mottled with dull brown. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, Mi, M2. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dongarra, Western Australia. Rhotidoides minor sp.nov. Length, 4*2, $, 6 mm. Face of head, posteriorly black or dark brown, with, in the d\ a broad, transverse, pale brown marginal stripe. Crown of head well-defined in <$■> of equal length with the eyes; in the $ somewhat longer in the centre than laterally. 125 Tonotum and tegmina, pale brown mottled with dark brown; scutellum evenly pale brown, Vpex of abdomen in $ extending beyond folded tegmina. Male genitalia closely esembling those of R. montana (Fig. 20, J). Lolotype 5 and Allotype from near Waldheim, Cradle Mt, Tasmania (coll. J.W.E. 2/64) n the Australian Museum. Additional specimens from Bowral, and Mt Kosciusko, New ^outh Wales. R. minor resembles R. montana in the structure of the various parts of the male genitalia md in the presence of a pale transverse band on the face of the head. It differs in having his band more posteriorly placed, in the greater development of the crown and in constant lifferences of size. Thymbris Kirkaldy Thymbris Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 49. The face of the head is as wide, or wider, than long. The fronto-clypeus, which videns posteriorly, is flat as far as the antennal ledges, which are oblique and strongly ieveloped. Posterior to the antennal ledges the face is rounded as far as the apically situated ransverse ridge. The crown, which is of even length throughout, or slightly, or considerably, onger in the centre, is steeply declivous and the ocelli, which are on the crown, are visible rom above. The pronotum is anteriorly declivous. Iype species — Thymbris inachis Kirkaldy. Thymbris convivus (Stal) (comb.nov.) (Figs. 19, C, 20, C) Rhothidus convivus Stal, 1865, Offers. Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. 22: 157. Rhothidus breviceps Stal, 1865, Offers. Vetensk.-Akad.Forh.Stockh. 22: 157. Rhotidus inachis Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 49. Rhotidus aequalis Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 193 (syn.nov.). Length, 8, $, 11-5-14 mm. Face of head straw-coloured, sometimes sparsely mottled with brown; fronto-clypeus laterally depressed posterior to the antennal ledges. Crown slightly declivous, arrow-shaped, slightly longer in the centre than against the eyes, pale brown, finely or evenly mottled with brown or reddish-brown. Pronotum anteriorly declivous, together with scutellum, concolorous with the crown. Tegmen pale or dark hyaline-brown sparsely, or densely, mottled with brown; veins brown with pale bars. Several costal veinlets additional to Rla and Rib may be present. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, C. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — ec Australia 55 . Known distribution elsewhere — Adelaide (South Australia) ; Maryborough, Brisbane (Queensland) ;. Crib Point, Melbourne (Victoria). 126 Thymbris melvillensis Evans (Fig. 20, A) 'Thymbris melvillensis Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 59. Length, JL J2; 20, Ei, E2) Hackeriana huonensis Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 68. Length, (J, 7 mm. General coloration yellowish-green. Apical margin of head with a transverse white stripe which separates the crown from the face. Crown flat; ocelli slightly nearer to the eyes than to the apex of the head, which is rounded, not acute. Legmen hyaline, costal margin anteriorly green; veins pale green. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, Ei, E2. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Huonville, Tasmania. 129 Hackeriana glauca Evans (Fig. 20, Di, D2) hackeriana glauca Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 68. Length, (J, 7*5 mm. General coloration, pale greenish-yellow. Anterior apex of lead with a white stripe, narrowly margined with brown. Crown with a shallow median ongitudinal depression; ocelli nearer to the eyes on each side than to the apex of the head. Tegmen pale yellowish-hyaline; veins pale green. Male genitalia as in Fig. 20, Di, D2. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Huonville, Tasmania. Hackeriana cuspidata (Walker) (comb.nov.) Ledra cuspidata Walker, 1851, List, Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 830. Rhotidus cuspidatus (Walker) Distant, 1907, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 51: 193. hackeriana rotundata Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 68 (syn.nov.). Length, 8-2 mm. General coloration pale greenish-yellow. Head less flattened, nore apically swollen and more elongate than in the preceding species. Apically, a white tripe bordered with brown; ocelli much closer to the eyes on each side than to the apex )f the head. Pronotum more convex than in the preceding species. Tegmen hyaline, veins rreen. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — New Holland. Known distribution elsewhere — Kangaroo Island (South Australia). Hackeriana translucens Evans (Fig. 20, F) hackeriana translucens Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 152. Length, 7 mm. General coloration, greenish-yellow. Ocelli closer to the larrow apex of the head than to the eyes on each side. Crown pale greenish-yellow with 'aint oval white markings; medially flat, laterally declivous. Pronotum and scutellum :oncolorous with the crown. Tegmen, colourless-hyaline; veins green. Male genitalia as n Fig. 20, F. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Burracoppin, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Eltham district (Victoria). Novothymbris Evans Xovothymbris Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.N.Z. 71: 162. Because of the dorsal position of their ocelli, on the crown of the head, the insects :omprised in this genus were originally ascribed by Myers (1923) to the genus Diedrocephala Spinola. This is a genus of Nearctic leaf hoppers belonging to the Cicadellini. s 2690—5 Although Novothymbris spp. are not closely related to species in any of the genera of the Thymbrini occurring in Australia they would seem, nevertheless, to have been derived! from an early thymbrid stock. It is possible that their forerunners reached New Zealand by adventitious means, during early Tertiary times. This suggestion is made because some*; species in the genus retain cephalic characteristics of a more generalised nature than are toil be found in any present-day Australian representatives of the tribe. The face of the head is wider than long and may be approximately flat, or evenly ' convex. In insects with flattened heads, the post-clypeus may be separated from the frontal! region by an incomplete epistomal suture. In those with convex heads, the cibarial muscles extend posteriorly onto the frons. Other generalised features retained in the heads of some- Novothymbris spp. with a flattened facial region, are traces of former maxillary sutures in the- form of transverse ridges at the base of each maxillary plate; also the association of the base- of each lorum with the corresponding anterior tentorial pit (Fig. 19, Pi). The tegmina may be fully developed, or reduced, and when in the latter condition,, may be apically rounded and elytra-like. The hind tibiae have, as well as hair-like spines,, 2 rows of strong spines, of which those in 1 row are mounted on enlarged bases. Type species — Diedrocephala zealandica Myers. The shape of the various parts of the male genitalia of all specimens examined has; been found to be remarkably constant. For this reason, and also because of the apparent wide range of variability in coloration, overall size and proportions of the various forms, available for study, species recognition has been found difficult. A critical study is needed to determine whether those insects already described merit specific status and also whether - others require description. Brief descriptive notes follow in respect to the several described species. Of these- only the two first can, with any confidence, be recognized as truly distinctive. Novothymbris zealandica (Myers) (Fig. 19, Pi, P2) Diedrocephala zealandica Myers, 1923, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 409. Length, 6 mm. General coloration brownish speckled with fuscous and white. Face of head flattened; post-clypeus separate from the frons. Crown of head usually only' slightly produced, about 4 times as wide as long. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dun Mountain, Nelson, New Zealand, 2,000 ft. Novothymbris cassiniae (Myers) (Fig. 19, Q.) Diedrocephala cassiniae Myers, 1923, Trans.N.Z. Inst. 54: 408. Length, 4 mm. A short squat species, pale olivaceous brown with whitish streaks; and spots. Face of head convex; frontal region not separately differentiated. Crown of head more than twice as long as medially wide. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Wellington, New Zealand. Collected on — Cassinia leptophylla and Olearia solandri . 131 Novothymbris dunensis (Myers) diedrocephala dunensis Myers, 1923, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 41 1. Length, $, 5 mm; a small species distinguished by its pale greenish colour; bsoletely flecked with fuscous and with dark eyes. Grown of head twice as wide as nedially long. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dun Mountain, Nelson, New Zealand, 3,000 ft. Novothymbris hinemoa (Myers) Diedrocephala hinemoa Myers, 1923, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 412. Length, 5-5*5 mm. A short and squat species with small tegmina. Tegmen with 2 white areas separated by a transverse dark patch. Crown of head considerably more han twice as broad as medially long. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Nelson, New Zealand. Novothymbris hudsonica (Myers) Diedrocephala hudsonica Myers, 1923, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 414. Length, $, 6*4 mm. A rather large species with pointed vertex and pale tegmina with a broad chocolate band along the outer border of the clavus. Crown of head less than :wice as broad as medially long, irregularly and coarsely corrugated and punctured. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Karori, Wellington, New Zealand. Novothymbris tararuia (Myers) Diedrocephala tararuia Myers, 1923, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 410. Length, $, 5*5-6 mm. General coloration testaceous or dark greyish-olivaceous; 2 oblique bands on corium, one tipping the tegmen distally. Crown of head considerably less than twice as wide as medially long, strongly punctate with large shallow punctures. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Tararua Range, 3,300 ft, Wellington Province, New Zealand. Novothymbris maorica (Myers) Diediocephala maorica Myers, 1923, Trans.N.Z. Inst. 54: 409. Length, 5*4 mm. In appearance uniform yellowish-testaceous. Crown of head about twice as broad as medially long, coarsely but sparsely punctate. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Wainaiomata, New Zealand. 132 Fig. 21 : Ai, 2, Hecalus pallescens, head and thorax; A3, H.fallescens , brachypterous form; A4, H. pallescens,, tegmen; B, Hecalocratus pallidus ; G, Linnavuoriella porrecta\ Di, Linnavuoriella australis ; D2, L. australis, aedeagus and basal plate; E, Linnavuoriella arcuata\ F, Paradorydium viridis; Gi, Paradorydium brighamv, G2, P. brighami, face of head; Hi, Paradorydirum ovidii, tegmen; H2, P, ovidii; I, Paradorydium pseudolyric en J, Paradorydium insularis; K, Paradorydium menalaus ; Li, Paradorydium westwoodie, face of head; L2, P. westwoodie ; M, Paradorydium gourlayi ; N, Paradorydium stewartensis ; O, Paradosydium philpotti ; P, Mapochiella woodwardi; Q., Mapochiella rotundata 133 Hecalinae The sub-family is represented in Australia by 2 tribes, the Hecalini and the Paradorydiini both of which are widely distributed in other parts of the world. The Australian representatives lack distinctive features and while some may be of adventitious Tertiary origin, others are probably of recent introduction. Although insects comprised in the Hecalini, and in the Paradorydiini, differ considerably from each other in general appearance, they nevertheless share several characteristics not found in combination in other groups (Evans, 1947a). Hecalini The most typical representatives of this tribe may be recognised by their spatulate heads, which superficially resemble those of ledrids, but differ in having marginal, instead of dorsally placed, ocelli. Another characteristic is the shape of the pronotum, which is approximately rectangular. It is probable that all species are grass-feeders and this food relationship may provide an explanation for the wide distribution of the tribe. Many are polymorphic in respect to wing development, and sexual dimorphism also occurs. Hecalus Stal Hecalus Stal, 1864, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (4) 4: 65. It is uncertain whether the single leaf hopper occurring in Australia which is ascribed to this genus is really congeneric with the type species. Accordingly no generic description is given. Instead, certain characters which normally would form part of a generic description are included in the specific description. Type species — Hecalus paykulli Stal (West Africa). Hecalus pallescens Stal (Fig. 21, A, 1-4) Hecalus pallescens Stal, 1864, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (4) 4: 65. Hecalus pallescens Stal, Signoret, 1879, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (9) 5: 270. Hecalus immaculatus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 338 (syn.nov.). Hecalus basedowi Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 11 (syn.nov.). Hecalus elongatus Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 11 (syn.nov.). Length, 6-6-5 mm ? of head, -8 mm; $, 8-10 mm, of head 1*5-2 mm. General coloration pale green. Face of head of $ convex, of $ convex, except for the posterior marginal rim. Anterior apex of head of $ broad, yellow, margined on each side with a narrow brown stripe; of $, narrow, green. Crown of head, of convex in the centre, slightly longer than the pronotum; of $, more than twice the length of the pronotum, convex with a flattened marginal rim or flat with an upturned marginal rim. Shape of crown in $ highly variable. Pronotum rectangular. Tegmen pale hyaline green; veins green. The tegmina may be fully developed, sub-brachypterous, or brachypterous. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Stockholm. Type Locality — “ Austral boreal 55 . 134 Known distribution elsewhere — Wyndham, Derby (Western Australia) ; Cairns, Burnside. Gregory Downs (Queensland). Collected on — Grasses. Linnavuori’s (1961) establishment of the synonymy of Parabolocratus Fieber, type species P. glaucescens , Fieber with Hecalus Stal, type species H. paykulli (Stal) leaves certain species, formerly attributed to the genus Parabolocratus , lacking a generic designation. As- pointed out by Linnavuori, some of these species are referable to the genus Glossocratus Fieber,. but others, including the 3 species which follow, are not, and a new genus is accordingly^ described below to contain them. Linnavuoriella gen.nov. The crown of the head is flat and elliptically produced and the anterior margin forms; a narrow parallel-sided band. The ocelli are immediately adjacent to the eyes. The: pronotum is laterally wide. The tegmina are long and narrow and overlap apically and have: well developed appendices. The hind tibiae are flattened and have 3 rows of long spines; with several minute spines between each of the strongest spines. Type species — Parabolocratus arcuatus Motschulsky. Linavuoriella differs from Hecalus and Glossocratus in not having a spatulate head and from Hecalocratus in having a more pronounced anterior marginal rim. Linnavuoriella arcuata (Motschulsky) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 21, E) Acocephalus arcuatus Motschulsky, 1859, Etud.Ent. 8: 115. Parabolocratus citrinus Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 36 (syn.nov.). Parabolocratus arcuatus (Motschulsky), Capco, i960, Philipp. J.Sci. 88: 330. Length, 5-8 mm, of crown, *7 mm; $, length, 6 mm. General coloration pale green with orange markings. Apex of head with a narrow brown marginal stripe. Crown with a single, and pronotum with a double, inverted V-shaped orange marking. Tegmen pale hyaline green with some of the veins orange; the others broadly green; apex of tegmen smoky. Type Location — Moscow. Type Locality — Ceylon. Known distribution elsewhere — Cairns, Sunnybank, Brisbane (Queensland); Oriental Region generally. Collected on — Grasses. Linnavuoriella porrecta (Walker) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 21, C) Tocephalus porrectus Walker, 1858, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. Supplement 262. homsoniella porrecta (\Aalker), Distant, 1908, Faun. Brit. Ind.Rhyn. 4: 278. Parabolocratus porrectus (Walker), Distant, 1918, Faun.Brit.Ind.Rhyn. 7: 31. 135 Parabolocratus porrectus (Walker), Capco, i960 Philipp J.Sci. 88: 327. Length, celli, which are on the crown, are slightly nearer the sides of the head than the centre. Hie pronotum is slightly arched anteriorly and obtuse-angularly emarginate posteriorly. rype species — Kosmiopelix varicolor Kirkaldy. This genus is seemingly closely related to Chiasmus Mulsant and Rey. Fig. 22: A, Kosmiopelix varicolor , head and thorax; B, K. varicolor, face of head; C, Euacanthella brunnea tegmen; D, E. brunnea, brachypterous form; E, E. brunnea, fully winged form, face of head; F, E. brunnea. brachypterous form; G, E. palustris, brachypterous form, head and thorax; H, E. palustris, fully winged form, head and thorax. Kosmiopelix varicolor Kirkaldy (Fig. 22, A, B) Kosmiopelix varicolor Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 335. Kosmiopelix rieki Evans, 1947, Trans. Roy. Ent.Soc. London 98: 253 (syn.nov.). Length, $, 3-5 mm. General coloration pale or dark brown or black. Face of head with a median and posterior lateral depressions, pale brown with brown punctures ; antennal depressions dark brown. Crown pale browmish-yellow with evenly distributed brown punctures. Thorax pale brownish-yellow with brown punctures posteriorly. Tegmen, brachypterous, reduced to half the normal length, whitish with brown punctures (hind 142 margin sometimes broadly white), or fully developed and vitreous. Dorsal surface of abdomen whitish mottled with brown; hind margin of every segment brown with a median longitudinal brown streak. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Risdon (Tasmania); Avalon (New South Wales). Collected on — Grass. Euacanthellini (Tribe nov.) At the time the genus Eucanthella was described it was stated that it had characteristics in common with the Tettigellinae (Cicadellinae) and Euscelinae (Deltocephalinae) but it was placed in the sub-family Eucanthinae because of assumed closer relationships with Euacanthus Burmeister. Later (Evans, 1947a) it was transferred to the Aphrodini, Aphrodinae. While it is retained in the last named sub-family, its very distinctive characteristics merit the segregation of the genus in a separate tribe and this is accordingly done. Originally 3 species were placed in this genus but further study suggests that only one Australian species occurs, the differences formerly used for purposes of species separation being due to no more than sexual dimorphism and the occurrence of brachypterous forms. It is interesting to note that brachyptery is a frequent development also in insects comprised in the Aphrodini. Euacanthella Evans Euacanthella Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 8. The head, which is arrow-shaped, is longer and narrower in the female than in the male.^ On the face of the head the lora, which are small, do not extend as far as the anterior maigins of the maxillary plates. The ante-clypeus is considerably wider posteriorly than anteriorly and the post-clypeus, which is convex, extends to the hind margin of the face. The anterior margin of the face is deeply emarginate at the anterior apices of the channel-like antennal depressions and the antennal ledges are distinct and oblique. The post-clypeus extends narrowly, laterally, onto the crown of the head and the frontal region, which may be posteriorly differentiated by a transverse epicranial suture, is entirely dorsally situated. I he ocelli which are on the crown are considerably nearer the sides of the head than to each other. Ehe pronotum, which is flat, except in fully-winged females, when it is slightly declivous, is narrower than the head, including the eyes, and the propleurae narrowly separate the eyes from the bases of the tegmina. The tegmina and wings may be fully developed, or very greatly reduced, extending only as far as the second abdominal segment, v ein M 1 + 2 is invariably absent and the venation of the clavus, particularly in females, may be leticulate. I he tegmina of fully winged females do not extend as far as the apex o the abdomen. The tibiae and tarsi of all 3 pairs of legs are heavily spined as is also the ninth abdominal tergite in the female. Type species — Euacanthella palustris — Evans. I he two species ascribed to this genus are of particular interest on account of their po y morph ism, unusual structural features and restricted distribution. They frequent a marsh environment in south-eastern Australia and in New Zealand and are the sole representatives of the Aphrodinae to have an exclusively southern distribution. 143 Euacanthella palustris Evans (Fig. 22, G, H) Euacanthella palustris Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 8. Euacanthella bicolor Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 9 (syn.nov.). Euacanthella insularis Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 9 (syn.nov.). Length, alate <£, 4*5 mm, brachypterous (J, 8 mm; alate $, 6*2-8 mm. Face of head pale yellow with an irregular pale brown pattern, or black, or brown, mottled with yellowish. Crown of head and pronotum concolorous with the face. Tegmen, when fully developed, pale hyaline-brown or dark brown. Thorax, abdomen and legs, in brachypterous forms, dark brown mottled with pale brown, or, pale yellow and pale brown; in winged forms, ventrally, whitish mottled with grey. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Snug, Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — Hobart, Cradle Mt (Tasmania); Mt Kosciusko, Berrima (New South Wales). Euacanthella brunnea sp.nov. (Fig. 22, C, D, E, F) Length, ^,5; ?, 8 mm. Winged form; face of head yellow, mottled with brown, becoming progressively darker up to between the antennal ledges; marginal band, broadly yellow. Crown of head, considerably longer than wide. Crown and pronotum and scutellum, yellowish, with a reticulate brown pattern. Tegmen mottled hyaline, dull brown; veins greyish, costal border pale. Abdomen extending considerably beyond the fully developed tegmina. Brachypterous form evenly pale parchment colour without any pattern development. Crown of head slightly wider than long. Holotype , $, from Portland Road, Auckland, North Island, New Zealand (K.D. Hill, 20/3/56) in the Auckland Museum. Two Paratype $ $, Auckland (E.S. Gourlay, 10/2/41), (D.S.I.R., Nelson, New Zealand). E. brunnea resembles E. palustris in general coloration and appearance but differs in the shape of the lateral emarginations adjacent to the eyes. Cicadellinae Cicadellini This is one of the dominant present-day groups of leaf hoppers. It is particularly richly represented in the western hemisphere and in the Oriental region, including New Guinea. In Australia there are a few species which form part of the late Indo-Malayan fauna and occur in Queensland and northern, coastal, New South Wales, an introduced tropical, or sub-tropical, species and several endemic species which have a wide distribution over the continent. Leaf hoppers in this sub-family are usually cylindrical in shape. The face of the head is convex, the labium short, the ante-clypeus wide and swollen, and the maxillary plates narrow, or of moderate width. The post-clypeus, which is considerably swollen, extends 144 laterally on to the crown. The ocelli are situated on the crown. The antennal ledges, which are situated at the hind margin of the face, are strong and rounded but not prominent. They are visible from above as projecting ledges. The 3 genera represented in Australia may be separated as follows: — 1. Slender insects, 5 mm or less in length; orange and black in colour Kolella gen.nov. Broad insects, more than 5 mm in length 2 2. Head and thorax with yellow and black markings; tegmina dark metallic blue. . Kolia Distant Not as above Cicadella Latreille Cicadella Latreille Cicadella Latreille, 1817, Le Regne Animal 3: 406. Tettigella China and Fennah, 1945, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 12: 71 1. Cicadella Latreille, China, 1961, Bull.Zool.Nomencl. 18 (3): 163. Type species — Cicadella viridis Linnaeus (Europe). Pig. 23 : A, Cicadeda spectra , head and thorax; B, Cicadella parthaon, face of head; C, Cicadella pasiphae , head and pronotum; U, ^Cicadella per kins i, head and thorax; E, Kolia latromarginata, head and thorax; F, Kolia angustata’, G, Kolia tumida\ H, Kolia richmondensis ; I, Kolia albomarginata\ J, Kolia sidnica ; K, Kolella pupul a. 145 Cicadella spectra (Distant) (Fig. 23, A) Tettigonia albida Signoret, 1853, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. 21 (3): 663. Tettigoniella spectra Distant, 1908, Faun. Brit. I nd. 4: 21 1 (nom.nov.). Length, 7-8-3 mm; $, 9-1 1 mm. General coloration pale greenish-white. Face of head pale yellowish, medially brown; muscle impressions distinct; three large black spots posteriorly between the eyes. Crown of head concolorous with the face, also with 3 black spots, posteriorly, between the eyes; two lateral dark markings may surround the ocelli, or be absent. Pronotum and scutellum pale greenish-yellow. Tegmen, very pale hyaline greenish- white; veins usually brown. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Unknown. Known distribution elsewhere— North Australia, as far south as Brisbane in eastern Australia;, Lord Howe Island; widely distributed in tropical Asia and Africa. Collected on — Grasses. Cicadella perkinsi Kirkaldy (Fig. 23, D) Tetigonia perkinsi Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. (1) 9* 3 J 9- Tetigonia koebelei Kirkaldy, 190b, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9)* 3*9 (syn.nov.). Length, , 10-10-5 mm * Head and pronotum apricot-yellow. Pronotum apricot- yellow, sometimes laterally brown. Tegmen apricot-yellow; apical cells colourless, cell enclosed by arms of Cu 1, smoky-grey; a broad chocolate longitudinal stiipe, close to, and parallel with the anal margin. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Ayr, Claudie River (Queensland) ; Sogeri (New Guinea) . Collected on — Grasses. 146 Cicadella pasiphae (Kirkaldy) (Fig. 23, C) Tetigonia pasiphae Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 320. Length, 10, $, 1 1 -8 mm. General coloration, uniform yellowish-white. Scutellum with a pair of small black, round, lateral spots. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Tully (Queensland); Mt Lamington district (New Guinea). Kolia Distant Kolia Distant, 1907, Faun.Brit.Ind.Rhyn. 4: 223. Several ol the cicadellids which occur in Australia are confined to the northern warmer areas of the continent. There is, however, one group of species which is more widely distributed. Some of its representatives occur not only in southern Australia and Tasmania but also, m some localities, form part of the montane fauna. These insects, which when dried have yellow and when alive green and black markings on the head and thorax, and metallic green tegmina with a broad pale costal stripe, seem to be congeneric with the type species of the genus Kolia Distant and are accordingly tentatively placed in this genus. While some of the many colour forms which previously have been regarded as species are now placed in synonymy, a few are retained as their genitalia and other characteristics suggest they merit specific status. Distant s description of this genus, though adequate for the type species, is not sufficient to include the Australian representatives. No useful purpose would be served by attempting a redescription, since characters enabling generic recognition of the comprised species have alieady been given. The illustrations will enable specific recognition. Type species — Kolia insignis Distant (India). In 1938 at the time that several new species ascribed to the genus Cicadella Latreille weie described, illustrations were given labelled uC C. albomarginata Signoret 55 and “ C. nchmondensis Distant ”. These were made from incorrectly identified insects. Both of the insects illustrated, and formerly named as above, represent undescribed species and the ioimer ol these is described as a new species. Representative material of the latter species is not at present available. Kolia albomarginata (Signoret) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 23, I) Tettigonia albomarginata Signoret, 1853, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (3) 1: 347. Tettigonia pettimolua Kirkaldy, 1906? Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp. 1 (9): 321. Cicadella heroni Evans, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 3 (syn.nov.). Length, $, 8 mm. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — “ Australia ”. Known distribution — Mt Tambourine (Queensland); Ulong, Tooloom (New South Wales). 147 Kolia latromarginata (Distant) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 23, E) Tettigoniella latromarginata Distant, 1917, Ann. Mag.Nat. Hist. 20: 190. Length, 6-5-7 mm; $, 7-8-2 mm. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Upper North Pine, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Mackay, Roma, Brisbane (Queensland); Sydney, Bellingers (New South Wales). Kolia richmondensis (Distant) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 23, H) Tettigoniella richmondensis Distant, 1917, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 20: 191. Cicadella turneri Evans, 1942, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1941: 28 (syn.nov.). Length, 8 mm. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Richmond River, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — National Park, Sunnybank, Tambourine Mountain (Queensland). Kolia angustata (Evans) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 23, F) Cicadella angustata Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 3. Cicadella naomiae Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 3 (syn.nov.). Cicadella dianae Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 4 (syn.nov.). Cicadella markei Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 4 (syn.nov.). Length, 6-7 mm; 8 mm. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — National Park, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Cradle Mountain, Mt Wellington (Tasmania) ; Croydon, Balwarriong (Victoria) ; Coonabarabran (New South Wales) ; Comaum (South Australia) ; King George’s Sound (Western Australia); Mt Lidgbird (Lord Howe Island). Kolia sidnica (Evans) (comb.nov.) (Fig- 23, J) Cicadella sidnica Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 4. Length, 6 mm. Type Location — -Australian Museum. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. 148 Kolia tumida sp.nov. (Fig. 23, G) Length, 7 mm. Face of head, orange, the ante-clypeus and the longitudinal! stripes on the fronto-clypeus, black. Apex of head with a circular black marking. Pronotumi and scutellum orange with black markings as shown in Fig. 23, G. Scutellum orange,, lateral corner, black. Tegmen bluish-black with a narrow yellowish stripe along the costal 11 margin. Holotype $ from Berrima, New South Wales (coll. C. Crowe) in the Australian Museum. Kolia quadrata (Walker) Tettigonia quadrata Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 781. This species cannot be identified from the description but certainly belongs to the same group of species as the foregoing. 'Type Location — (missing from the British Museum). Type Locality — Van Diemen’s Land. Kolella gen.nov. Very small leafhoppers, the folded tegmina tapering apically. The face of the head is triangular in shape and the fronto-clypeus medially flat, sloping steeply at the sides. The antennal ledges are steeply oblique and parallel with the interior margins of the eyes. The external margin of the crown of the head, including the eyes, forms a continuous curved surface. The pronotum is rectangular in shape with outwardly, slightly curving, sides. Type species — Kolia pupula Kirby (Ceylon). Kolella differs from Kolia Distant in characteristics of size and in the shape of the head and pronotum. Kolella pupula (Kirby) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 23, K) holla pupula Kirby, 1891, J.Linn.Soc. 5: 24, 169. Tetigonia anemolua Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 322 (syn.nov.). Length, 4-8 mm; $, 5-2 mm. General coloration black with bold orange, or deep pink, markings. Face of head pale yellowish; fronto-clypeus, posteriorly, sometimes black. Crown ol head with a variable pattern of black and orange and pink. Pronotum black with a broad, orange or pink, arcuate marking, or with a pair of broad lateral similarly coloured areas, bcutellum black. Tegmen black with 2 longitudinal orange-yellow, or pink, stripes o varying extent, one situated on the clavus, the other adjacent to the costal margin. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Punduloya, Ceylon. Known distribution elsewhere— Macpherson Ranges, Coen, (Queensland). 149 Mileewanim* Up to the present no representatives of this tribe, which is distributed in the Oriental Region and tropical Africa, have been recorded from Australia, but mention is made of it ( ince at least i species occurs in New Guinea. These insects are fragile in appearance and • re not cylindrical in shape. They are approximately 5 mm long, and in colour dark frown, or black, with pale hyaline areas on the tegmina. The tegmina, which are widest .pic ally and have wide appendices, lack vein Mi + 2. The ocelli are on the crown, and he head is similar in structure to those of insects comprised in the Cicadellini. Mileewa Distant Mileewa Distant, 1907, Faun. Brit. Ind.Rhyn. 4: 238. "ype species — Mileewa margherita Distant (Assam). Nirvaiiinae The Nirvaninae are a group of predominantly tropical leafhoppers which are most ibundantly represented in the Oriental Region. In Australia, they have sparse represent- ition, as pait of the Indo-Malayan fauna of north-eastern Australia, and a few species, one belonging to an endemic genus, have been recorded from other parts of the continent. They are mostly somewhat flattened insects with the ocelli on the crown of the head, A^hich is extensive. The antennae are often very long and the tegminal venation reduced ir obscure. In colour they are usually yellow, white or orange, but may be green, and ■sometimes they have red and brown markings. Baker (1923) separated this group of leafhoppers (to which he ascribed family status) into 3 component sub-families, all of which are represented in Australia and are recognised as tiibes. A fourth tribe is created to contain the very distinctive genus Occinirvana Evans, which is endemic to Western Australia. Key to the Tribes of the Nirvaninae represented in Australia 1 . Ocelli visible from above . . Ocelli not visible from above ; head broadly laminately produced, thickened dorso- ventially Stenometopiini 2. (1) Face of head about as broad as long; crown short, half-ovate; ocelli nearer to eyes than to each other. Macroceratogoniini Not as above, crown of head longest in the centre 3 3. (2) Ocelli nearer to the eyes than to the anterior apex of the crown. . . . Nirvanini Ocelli nearer to the apex of the head than to the eyes Occinirvanini Stenometopiini Stenometopius Matsumura Slenometopius Matsumura, 1914, J. Coll. Agric. Sapporo 5: 217. Stenometopius Matsumura, Baker, 1923? Philipp. J.Sci. 23: 400. *This tribe has recently been assigned to the Typhlocybinae (Young, D. A., 1965 Zodog. Beitrdge 11 *369.) 150 The head is broadly laminately extended and dorso-ventrally thickened. On the face, the ante-clypeus is parallel-sided and the lora extend anteriorly almost as far as the outer margins of the maxillary plates. The fronto-clypeus is anteriorly flattened and posteriorly slopes steeply on cither side; apically it consists of a sharp, deep keel. The ocelli are on the face, adjacent to the sides of the epicranial suture. The crown of the head, which is more than three times the length of the pronotum, is parallel-sided and apically rounded with a raised marginal rim. It is posteriorly slightly convex and anteriorly concave. The eyes are longer than the pronotum, which is parallel-sided. The venation of the tegmina is distinct, and vein Mi + 2 is present and apically incorporated with Rs. 'Type species — Stenomdopius formosanus Matsumura (Formosa). Stenometopius bunyensis sp.nov. (Fig. 24, I, L) Length, 5*4 mm. Face of head pale greyish- brown; crown pale ivory with 2 pairs of stripes, the anterior pair brown and laterally branched; the posterior pair, which commence close to the hind ends of the former, and are more laterally placed, orange,, anteriorly curved outwards and posteriorly extending across the pronotum to the lateral apices of the scutellum. Tegmen, pale hyaline brown with white, sub-apical markings,, and with dark brown markings at the apices of Rla and Rib; appendix wide. Holotype $, from the Bunya Mountains, Queensland (coll. J.W.E., 5/58), in the collection of the Australian Museum. Macroceratogoniini Macroceratogonia Kirkaldy Macroceratogonia Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 323. The face of the head is approximately as wide as long and slightly transversely convex. The ante-clypeus is widest anteriorly and the maxillary plates extend beyond the ante-clypeus. Each lor uni is twice the width of the ante-clypeus. The fronto-clypeus is- slightly convex anteriorly and posteriorly flat and the hind margin of the face is raised into a widely arched rim. The antennae are almost as long, or longer, than the whole insect. The crown of the head, which is almost as long as the pronotum, is medially depressed and the anterior and posterior margins are parallel with each other. The eyes, which are equal in length to half the width of the crown, do not form a continuous line with the margin of the rest of the head. The ocelli are equidistant between each other and the adjacent eye. The scutellum is equal in length with, or longer, than the pronotum. In the tegmen, Rs is present and Mi -f 2 is lacking. Type species — Macroceratogonia anrea Kirkaldy. Petalocephala aurescens , described by Distant (1920) from New Caledonia, belongs to this genus. Macroceratogonia aurea Kirkaldy (Fig. 24, C) Macroceratogonia aurea Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 323. Length, 9 mm. General coloration pale golden yellow; eyes dark; a small dark spot at the base of the appendix. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. 151 Occinirvanini (Tribe.nov.) Most of the Nirvaninae occurring in Australia belong to the late Indo-Malayan element of the fauna. One genus, Occinirvana , of which the type species, O. eborea was collected on Casuarina , in Perth, Western Australia, very possibly belongs to an older faunal element. It would seem to be related to an Indian genus, Omaranus Distant. The principal features distinguishing insects in this tribe are the position of the antennae, the antennal ledges and the ocelli, all of which are unusually situated, being nearer to the apex of the head than to the eyes. Occinirvana Evans Occinirvana Evans, 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 156. The head is produced and spatulate, ventrally concave and dorsally convex and emarginate adjacent to the antennae. The ante- and fronto-clypeus are flat and bordered laterally by deep depressions. The antennae, which are very long, arise from close to the hind border of the face. The ocelli are on the crown of the head and considerably nearer to its anterior apex than to the eyes. Type species — Occinirvana eborea Evans. Occinirvana eborea Evans (Fig. 24, G) Occinirvana eborea Evans, 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 157. Length, $, 6 mm. Face of head ivory; lora and ante-clypeus brownish-grey, Grown, pale ivory with a median longitudinal apricot band and 2 narrow, sinuate, lateral bands. Pronotum mottled with apricot antero-laterally, ivory, with a median apricot band. Scutellum with a continuation of the pronotal colour pattern. Tegmen pale hyaline brown, apically brown and with a brown marking at the fork of Cul; clavus white. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Perth, Western Australia. Collected on — Casuarina . Nirvanini Key to the Genera of Nirvanini represented in Australia 1. On the face of the head, the fronto-clypeus in part, or entirely, flat, or concave. .2 Fronto-clypeus entirely, either slightly, or steeply convex 4 2. (1) Insects predominantly yellow, orange, or white in colour; apex of tegmen rounded ; • ' ; • • 3 Insects predominantly black in colour; apex of tegmen not evenly rounded, orange and black Pseudonirvana Baker 3. (2) Insects 6 mm, or more, in length; fronto-clypeus entirely medially flat Tortor Kirkaldy Insects not more than 6 mm in length; fronto-clypeus slightly convex anteriorly, concave posteriorly Ophiuchus Distant 152 4- (i) Fronto-clypeus steeply, and crown slightly, convex; in the tegmen Rla at right angles to the costal margin Nirvana Kirkaldy Fronto-clypeus slightly convex, crown, except laterally, flat; in the tegmen Rla recurved Euronirvanella gen.nov. Nirvana Kirkaldy Nirvana Kirkaldy, 1900, Entomologist 33: 293. Nirvana Kirkaldy, Baker, 1923, Philipp. J.Sci. 23: 384. The labium extends slightly beyond the apex of the fore coxae, and the ante-clypeus, which narrows anteriorly, is sometimes apically flattened and posteriorly convex. The fronto-clypeus, which is swollen and medially flat, sloping steeply on either side, has a median carina posteriorly. The antennae are long. The crown of the head, which is arrow-shaped, is slightly transversely convex, or flat, and the ocelli are on the sides of the crown in front of the eyes. The pronotum is slightly wider posteriorly than anteriorly. The venation of the tegmina is obscure. Type species — Nirvana pseudommatos Kirkaldy (Ceylon). Nirvana adelaideae Evans (Fig. 24, J) Nirvana adelaideae Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 5. Length, $, 6 mm. Face of head greenish-yellow, or pale green, sometimes with 2 black spots posteriorly. Crown of head, pronotum and scutellum, greenish-yellow, or pale green, with a median black stripe, which extends posteriorly to the apex of the scutellum. Tegmen, hyaline green or pale brownish-yellow, with an ante-apical hyaline white fascia and a small brown marking adjacent to the appendix. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Adelaide, South Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Swan River (Western Australia) ; Cammeray (New South Wales) . Ophiuchus Distant Ophiuchus Distant, 1918, Faun. Brit. Ind.Rhyn. 7: 33. It is uncertain whether the species listed below is truly congeneric with the type species of this genus. For this reason no generic description is given. Type species — Ophiuchus princeps Distant (India). Ophiuchus pallidus Evans Ophiuchus pallidus Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 6. Length, 6 mm. General coloration pale yellowish-white. Face of head convex anteriorly, concave posteriorly. Crown spatulate, anteriorly flat, sloping posteriorly. Tegmen milky- white with a dark marginal spot between the arms of Cul. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Stewart River, Queensland. 153 Fig. 24: A, Tortor daulias, head and thorax; B, T. daulias , face of head; C, Macroceralogonia aurea , face of head; D, Tortor dorrigensis ; E, Tortor pulchra , head and thorax; F, Euronirvanella anomala; G, Occinirvana erborea , head and thorax; H, Pseudonirvana doddi; I, Stenometopius bunyensis, tegmen; J, Nirvana adelaideae head and thorax; K, Tortor daulias , tegmen; L, Stenometopius bunyensis , head and thorax. Tortor Kirkaldy Tortor Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 42. Austronirvana Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 41 (syn.nov.). The labium extends to the base of the fore coxae and the ante-clypeus, which narrows apically, is flat or slightly convex. The maxillary plates either together with the ante-clypeus anteriorly form a continuous external margin to the head, or they project slightly beyond the ante-clypeus. The lora are small, and the fronto-clypeus is either flat, as far as the antennae on either side, or medially flat and sloping laterally towards the antennae. Posteriorly the fronto-clypeus is raised into a marginal rim. The sides of the head, anterior to the eyes, are wedge-shaped. The crown, which is longer than the pronotum and narrows apically, is slightly transversely convex and the ocelli are on the sides of the crown, slightly anterior to the eyes. The pronotum is wider anteriorly than posteriorly. In the tegmen Rs and M 1 + 2 are absent and there may be several secondary cross veins between M and Cu 1. Type species — Tortor daulias Kirkaldy. 154 Tortor daulias Kirkaldy (Fig. 24, K) Tortor daulias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 42. Austronirvana Jlavus Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 41 (syn.nov.). Length, 8*4-10 mm. General coloration, yellow. Crown of head with a singf median longitudinal orange stripe, which sometimes extends onto the pronotum. On face of head, maxillary plates projecting slightly beyond the anterior margin c|| the ante-clypeus. Fronto-clypeus flat almost as far as the antennae on each side. Tegmen yellow with 3 small brown spots, one at the apex of the claval suture. The others, whicll; are more distally placed, close to the costal and hind margin respectively. Several secondar I cross-veins sometimes present between M and Cu 1. (Brown spots are absent on specimen! i from Lord Howe Island). Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Brisbane, Lawes (Queensland) ; Lord Howe Island. Collected on — Eucalyptus (Brisbane); Croton (Lord Howe Island). Tortor dorrigensis (Evans) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 24, D) Kana dorrigensis Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 6. Length, 6, $, 6*8 mm. Crown of head ivory white with a median longitudina orange stripe and with a single broad orange lateral stripe on each side. Pronotum con-, colorous with the crown. Scutellum yellow. On face of head, outer margin of maxillary plates and ante-clypeus, not forming a continuous border; ante-clypeus flat; fronto-clypeu;: flat as far as the eyes on each side. Tegmen hyaline-yellow, or orange, with brown markings which vary in extent; ar oval brown marking adjoining hind margin of clavus, close to the apex of the scutellum and 2, or 3, small sub-apical brown markings invariably present; appendix, and adjoining cell r smoky; hind margin of clavus, in part, entirely red. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Dorrigo, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Brisbane (Queensland); Lord Howe Island. Tortor pulchra sp.nov. (Fig. 24, E) Length, 6*8, $, 9 mm. General coloration pale yellow, or whitish. Crown off head with a median orange longitudinal stripe, and usually on each side, a pair of lateral orange stripes; all 5 stripes continuing onto the pronotum. On the face of the head the margin of the maxillary plates forming a continuous, border with the anterior margin of the slightly convex ante-clypeus. Fronto-clypeus narrowly, medially, flattened, sloping laterally towards the antennae. 155 Tegmen pale yellow, or whitish, with a small brown marking at apex of claval suture. Holotype and Allotype $, from Sunnybank, Queensland in the Queensland Museum. Other specimens from Brisbane, Toowoomba, Claudie River (Queensland). T. pulchra differs from the type species in the shape of the face of the head and in the colour pattern of the thorax. Pseudonirvana Baker Pseudonirvana Baker, 1923, Philipp.J.Sci. 23: 386. The labium extends to between the apices of the fore coxae, the ante-clypeus narrows anteriorly and the lora are narrow. The maxillary plates are apically lobe-like and the fronto-clypeus, in the centre, is widely flat to slightly concave and slopes steeply laterally. From above, the sides of the face are narrowly visible and the crown, which is margined by a low carina, is apically flattened and posteriorly slightly convex. The ocelli are on the crown of the head, anterior to, and close to, the eyes. The pronotum is parallel-sided and the tegmina, which may be apically rounded or blunt, have obscure venation. Rla slopes backwards. Type species — Pseudonirvana sandakanensis Baker (Borneo). Pseudonirvana doddi sp.nov. (Fig. 24, H) Length, $, 5*2 mm. Face and crown of head, shining black, except laterally, where they are yellowish-brown. Pronotum and scutellum shining black. Tegmen irregularly rounded apically, proximally opaque-black; apically hyaline brown. Between these 2 zones, a hyaline yellow area against the costal margin, followed distally by 3 brown stripes lying along the branches of R. Three separate hyaline pale areas; also a triangular dull white area against the posterior claval margin. Holotype $ from Brisbane, Queensland (coll. R. Metcalfe, 20/5/57) in the Queensland Museum. Euronirvanella gen.nov. On the face of the head, the ante-clypeus is parallel-sided, narrowing slightly towards the apex. The fronto-clypeus is medially flat and laterally convex. The antennal pits, which are deep, are situated anterior to the hind margin of the face. The crown of the head, except laterally in front of the eyes, is flat and slightly depressed close to the apex. The ocelli are situated on the sloping sides, close to, and immediately in front of the eyes. The tegmen is apically blunt and Rla is recurved. Type species — Euronirvanella anomala sp.nov. Euronirvanella differs from other genera of the Nirvanini represented in Australia in having unusually long style-like pygophore extensions. Euronirvanella anomala sp.nov. (Fig. 24, F) Length, (J, to the apex of the tegmen, 6 mm; to the apex of the pygophore processes, 7*2 mm. 156 Face of head, pale parchment colour with a faint brown stripe on the fronto-clypeus : laterally black. Crown and pronotum concolorous with the face, with broad median, and ( lateral, longitudinal black stripes. Tegmen hyaline, in part brown; apical cells and veins, black. Anal veins sometimes confluent or joined by a cross vein. Pygophore processes ol male genitalia very long and narrow and extending considerably beyond folded tegmina. Holotype , from Springsure, Queensland (E.F. Rick, 4/57) in the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Macropsinae This sub-family comprises a group of small leaf hoppers of universal distribution. Most described species have been placed in the genera Macropsis Lewis and Oncopsi sJ Burmeistcr, of which the type species are representatives of the Palaearctic fauna. The! principal feature distinguishing these genera is the direction of the pronotal stria tions. In Macropsis these arc oblique while in Oncopsis they are transverse. These insects are abundant in Australia and there is a single species in New Zealand. All of the former so far described, with the exception of two, have been ascribed either to Macropsis or Oncopsis. However, although some Australian species do have transverse pronotall striations, they nevertheless differ in so many other characters, from 0 . jiavicoliis (L.) the type species, that it has been decided to remove them from this genus and for the time being to:: include them, together with the greater part of the remaining Australian species, in the genus- Macropsis. There are certain ancient groups of insects in which the various morphological I features appear in various species in so many different combinations that it is difficult toi separate specific from generic characters and the insects in this sub-family comprise such a» group. It is, for instance, possible to separate the Australian fauna of the Macropsinae into: groups of species with normal basic venation and groups having two additional cross veins*: (r-m and m-cu) in the tegmen; into groups in which one or two cephalic characters are* constant and differ from these characters in other species, or into groups based on thoracic' characteristics. None of these groups, however, seem to represent natural genera. There* are, accordingly, two alternatives, either to create numerous monotypic genera, or else to» regard all but the most distinctive species as belonging to a single genus. The second course - has been followed, even although it means regarding as congeneric some species which differ very considerably from others. Thirty-seven species of Macropsis are listed in the pages which follow. Tliese- represent only a small proportion of the very abundant Australian fauna of these insects and many more species await description. These can be usefully described only when it is. possible to undertake a critical revision of the sub-family on a regional or on a world basis. A new genus has been created to contain a New Zealand species, since not only has- it features which separate it from Oncopsis Jiavicoliis , but also ones which differ from those- found in any of the Australian species of Macropsis. This species, ^elopsis nothofagi sp.nov. may either be of adventitious origin, or else part of the Antarctic fauna of these islands. Although very few food plant records are available it would seem that, unlike most. Australian leafhoppers, macropsids are not, in general, eucalypt feeders. Of the two very distinctive species which have been placed in separate genera, and which are confined to south-western Australia, one, Stenopsoicles turneri , is of particular interest. This is because the gigantism of the pronotum serves to support a presumed affinity between the Macropsinae and the Membracidae, which can be deduced otherwise principally from cephalic characters (Evans, 1948). 157 Macropsids may be readily recognized by the structure of the face of their heads of which the principal distinguishing features are the anterior position of the antennae and the situation of the ocelli on the face, close to the apices of the epicranial suture. The lora are usually swollen, the maxillary plates narrow, and the impressions of the dilator muscles of the sucking pump visible in the form of compact sausage-shaped markings. The hind tibiae are armed with rows of regular short, strong, spines; the tegmina usually have normal venation and in the male genitalia both the parameres and sub-genital plates are long and narrow. 2. I Key to the Genera of Macropsinae occurring in Australia Face of head almost twice as wide as long ; insects over 6 mm in length Stenoscopus Evans (W. Australia only) Face of head not as above ; insects less than 6 mm in length 2 Pronotum more than twice the length of the face of the head Stenopsoides Evans (W. Australia only) Pronotum not as above Macropsis Lewis Stenoscopus Evans Stenoscopus Evans, 1934, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 58: 166. Narrowly wedge-shaped insects in which the face is considerably wider than long. The ante-clypeus, which is not separated from the post-clypeus by a transverse suture, is anteriorly declivous and posteriorly considerably wider and swollen, and diamond-shaped. The lora are inflated and in 2 planes, being anteriorly at right angles to the maxillary plates and posteriorly ridged. The narrow maxillary plates are concealed anteriorly by the lora. The overhanging antennal ledges are in alignment with the anterior lateral margins of the post-clypeus. The ocelli are close to the arms of the epicranial suture and the vertex is approximately the same length as the fronto-clypeus. On the dorsal surface the crown is only narrowly developed adjacent to the eyes; the pronotum is anteriorly declivous and is only slightly longer than the wide scutellum. The tegmina have complete basic venation but some veins are sometimes secondarily branched and there may be minor differences of venation between the tegmina of the 2 sides. The hind tibiae are quadrilateral in section with evenly spaced marginal spines, 1 row of which is mounted on small bases. In the male genitalia both the sub-genital plates and parameres are long, narrow and parallel-sided. Type species — Stenoscopus drummondi Evans. Stenoscopus drummondi Evans (Figs 4, B; 25, E, I) Stenoscopus drummondi Evans, 1934, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 58: 149. Length, 7 mm; greatest width, 2*4 mm. Head rugose, ochreous, with a pattern of well defined, but variable dark brown or black markings. Pronotum transversely striated, dull yellow with dark markings. Scutellum bright yellow, lateral angles black. Tegmen vitreous, veins black. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Beverly, Western Australia. 158 Stenopsoides Evans Stenopsoides Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 153. The head is slightly longer than wide and transversely convex; a crown is lacking The pronotum is anteriorly cylindrically produced and viewed from below is almost three times the length of the face of the head. The hind margin of the pronotum is emarginate and the scutellum extensive. The tegmina are apically narrow and their appendices continue around their apices as far as the costal margin. Type species — Stenopsoides turneri Evans. Stenopsoides turneri Evans (Fig. 25, F) Stenopsoides turneri Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 153. Length, 9 , 7 mm; of pronotum in ventral aspect 3 mm. Face of head yellow with brown punctures; eyes red. Pronotum yellowish-brown with brown punctures, laterally and apically dark brown. Scutellum yellow. Tegmen pale hyaline yellow. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Macropsis Lewis Macropsis Lewis, 1834, Trans.Ent.Soc.Lond. 1: 49. It would be misleading to give a description of this genus, since, as has already been mentioned, the Australian insects which are ascribed to it are only doubtfully congeneric with the type species. Type species — Cicada virescens Fabricius (Europe). Because of the fact that the described species represent only a small part of the actual fauna of macropsids occurring in Australia and because of the lack of readily recognizable distinguishing specific characters, identification of these insects is, at the moment, difficult. As an aid to identification a list of described species, accompanied by information in respect to size, coloration and distribution, follows. Since the sexes of Macropsis spp. do not usually differ significantly in size, particulars of the sex of the species listed are omitted. Described Australian leaf hoppers tentatively ascribed to the genus Macropsis Species Size (mm) Colour Distri- bution Jilicis 3-2 green Vic. federalis 3-8 green A.C.T. occidentalis 4 green YV.A. hobartensis 4 green Tas. variabilis 4 green Tas. viridiceps 4 green Tas. scopulus 3 brown W.A. tasmaniensis 3 brown Tas. oeroe 3‘5 brown N.S.W. Species Size (mm) Colour Distri- bution thontias 3 '5 brown N.Q. thyia 3'5 brown N.Q, norrisi 4 brown W.A. Jlavoniacidatus 4 brown W.A. wellingtonensis 4 brown Tas. thymele 4 brown N.Q. wilsoni 4 brown Vic. lincolnensis 4 brown S.A. 159 Described Australian leafhoppers tentatively ascribed to the genus Macropsis- — ■continued Species Size (mm.) Colour Distsi- bution Species Size (mm.) Colour Distri- bution flindersi 4*5 greenish- S.A. abscondens 4 '8 green Tas., brown Vic. eburneus 4’5 brown W.A. fergusoni 5 brown Tas. uteolus 4-8 yellowish W.A. subfuscus 5 brown S.A. uscopunctatus 4 brown W.A. tepperi 5-2 brown Kanga- melleus 4-8 brown W.A. roo Is. flexus 3’5 brown W.A. pullus 5-5 brown A.C.T. bicoloratus 3'5 brown W.A. balli 5-3 brown Q.ld. declivus 3-5 orange W.A. translucens 5 brown S.A. gibbus 3-8 brown W.A. luteus 3-8 brown W.A. citrinus 4 orange W.A. aeneus 4 brown W.A. Macropsis abscondens (Walker) Bythoscopus abscondens Walker, 1858, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus., Supplement, 267. Macropsis victoriensis Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 64 (syn.nov.). Length, 4*5, $, 4*8 mm. General coloration greenish-yellow. Head egg* yellow; hind margin of vertex angularly produced. Crown entire, longer laterally than in the centre. Pronotum anteriorly and laterally declivous, olive green, anterior lateral angles, yellow. Tegmen vitreous, excepting apex, which is smoky-grey, and clavus and costal margin, which are apple-green. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — Burwood (Victoria). Macropsis thymele Kirkaldy Macropsis thymele Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 36. Length, 4 mm. General coloration pale ochreous. Tegmen pale yellowish-hyaline. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Macropsis oeroe Kirkaldy Macropsis oeroe Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 36. Length, 3-5 mm. Head, pronotum and scutellum pale ochreous, closely and finely punctured with purplish brown. Tegmen hyaline, pale yellowish-brown; veins brown barred with white, cross-vein r lacking and vein M 1 + 2 meeting Rs at the point where it branches from R. 160 This species is close to M. thymele and may be distinguished by the venation, character mentioned and, as well, by having a less declivous pronotum. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. Fig. 25: A, Macropsis pullus, face of head; B, £el°psis nothofagi, head; C, Z- nothofagi, male genitalis D, Macropsis scopulus, tegmen; E, Stenoscopus drummondi, tegmen; F, Stenopsoides turneri , face and pronoturr G, Macropsis wellingtonensis, head and thorax; H, Macropsis tepperi , head and thorax, lateral aspect; Stenoscopus drummondi. AED, aedeagus; BP, basal plate; PAR, paramere; SGP, subgenital plate. Macropsis thontias Kirkaldy Macropsis thontias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 37. Length, 3-5 mm. Face of head in one plane and, together with pronotum an scutellum, yellow with fine brown punctures. Crown narrow. Pronotum declivous but nc overhanging the face of the head. Tegmen whitish hyaline with 2 transverse brown fasciai and with raised white spots on the veins. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Macropsis thyia Kirkaldy Macropsis thyia 1907 , Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 36. Length, 3-5 mm. Close to M. thontias , differing in having the muscle impression on the face depressed and the pronotum more declivous. Head and thorax yellowish wit 161 Drown punctures and brown markings. Tegmen whitish-hyaline with 2 transverse brown 'asciae and with raised white spots on the veins. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. Macropsis citrinus Evans Macropsis citrinus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 154. Length, 4 mm. Head, pronotum and scutellum bright orange. Tegmen, narrow apically, colourless hyaline; veins pale brown. Thorax and abdomen, ventral surface, black. Legs, orange, spurs on hind tibiae black. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Macropsis declivus Evans Macropsis declivus Evans, 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 154. Length, 3-5 mm. Head, anterior to ocelli, orange-yellow with reddish-brown punctures; muscle impressions pale orange; posterior to ocelli, medially grey, laterally pale pinkish- white with brown punctures; eyes dark reddish-brown. Pronotum, anterior third steeply declivous, approximately at right angles to the remainder which is flat; antero- laterally orange, without punctures, otherwise greyish-brown, with dense brown punctures. Scutellum orange-brown with sparse brown punctures. Tegmen, whitish-hyaline with large round, brown spots, lying principally adjacent to the veins; veins pale brown. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Macropsis eburneus Evans Macropsis eburneus , 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 153. Length, $, 4-5 mm. Head ivory with brown punctures. Fronto-clypeus medially brown with dense dark brown punctures; muscle impressions smooth, yellowish-brown. Crown visible only narrowly against the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly cream with dense brown, anteriorly directed striations, steeply declivous ; posteriorly grey with scattered brown punctures. Scutellum orange-brown with black punctures. Tegmen hyaline with scattered small brown spots, largely on, and adjacent to, the veins. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Macropsis federalis Evans Macropsis federalis Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 64. Length, $, 3-8 mm. General coloration, apple green. Head greenish-yellow. Crown developed narrowly against the eyes. Pronotum, anterior margin strongly arched so that in the centre it extends in front of the crown of the head, regmen green except for the costal area and the apex which are colourless; appendix wide. Type Location — Australian Museum. j ; Type Locality — Canberra, A.C.T. i g 2690 — 6 162 Macropsis fergusoni Evans Macropsis fergusoni Evans, 1942, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1941 : 29. Length, $, 5 mm. Face of head diamond-shaped, pale brownish-yellow with dar brown punctures. Eyes red. Crown developed narrowly against the eyes, but not i:;i centre. Pronotum steeply declivous anteriorly, with brown punctures. Scutellum whit is; with sparse dark brown punctures, laterally yellowish-brown. Tegmen whitish-hyalin, evenly mottled with black, veins yellow. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Lake St Clair, Tasmania. Macropsis filicis Evans Macropsis filicis Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 64. Length, §, 3*2 mm. General coloration yellowish-green. Pronotum green, slightl I declivous. Scutellum yellow. Tegmen yellowish-green, apically white. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Fern Tree Gully, near Melbourne, Victoria. Macropsis flexus Evans Macropsis flexus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 153. Length, $, 3*5 mm. Head buff with minute pale brown punctures; muscl« impressions greenish-yellow, eyes reddish-brown, ocelli black. Crown, a narrow band o even width. Pronotum and scutellum concolorous with head, the former slightly declivous Tegmen vitreous; veins brown with white bars. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dongarra, Western Australia. Macropsis flavomaculatus Evans Macropsis flavomaculatus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 154. Length, $, 4 mm. Head apricot mottled with whitish-yellow; eyes dark browm Pronotum anteriorly declivous, greyish-white with apricot punctures. Scutellum concoloroui with pronotum, with sparse orange-brown punctures. Tegmen colourless hyaline mottlec with pale coffee brown; veins pale brown with white bars. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Macropsis fiindersi Evans Macropsis flindersi Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 66. Length, $, 4-5 mm. Head pale yellow and grey with a few small scattered light brown spots and 2 brown oval markings posterior to the ocelli; eyes pale brick red. Crowr. developed narrowly against eyes. Pronotum declivous, grey flecked with brown, with an 163 anterior, lateral, yellow area on each side. Scutellum egg-yellow with a large black marking against the anterior border. Tegmen very pale hyaline green; veins colourless. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Parachilna, Flinders Range, South Australia. Macropsis hobartensis Evans Macropsis hobartensis Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 66. Length, $, 4 mm. Head ochreous. Crown wider against the eyes than in centre. Pronotum dull olive green, anterior lateral angles paler than remainder. Scutellum yellow with 2 brown triangular-shaped markings against anterior margin. Tegmen vitreous. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Hobart, Tasmania. Macropsis lincolnensis Evans Macropsis lincolnensis Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 66. Length, §, 4 mm. General coloration pale yellowish-brown. Head pale biscuit colour with brown punctures and 2 oval ochreous markings posterior to the ocelli. Crown from above developed laterally, not in centre. Pronotum light brown with dark brown spots, anteriorly yellow and smooth; posterior two-thirds darker in colour; steeply declivous, so that the anterior margin is almost at right-angles to the posterior margin. Scutellum ochreous, sparsely punctured with brown. Tegmen vitreous, veins brown, except for the clavus, which is hyaline-grey and the veins, buff. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Port Lincoln, South Australia. Macropsis luteus Evans Macropsis luteus Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 65. Length, 9, 3*8 mm. Head somewhat convex, pale yellowish-brown with dark brown punctures; muscle impressions khaki-coloured. Crown visible from above as a wide band, of even length. Pronotum pale yellowish-brown with brown punctures. Scutellum, anterior two-thirds concolorous with pronotum; posterior third smooth, pale yellowish-white. Tegmen vitreous; veins brown with white bars. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Bruce Rock, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Adelaide (South Australia). Macropsis occidentalis Evans Macropsis occidentalis Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 63. Length, $, 4 mm. Head almost flat with a slight median ridge on vertex, punctate. Fronto-clypeus ochreous; rest of the head greenish and ochreous with 2 diffuse black markings on vertex. Crown visible only narrowly adjacent to eyes. Pronotum steeply 164 declivous anteriorly, higher in the middle than laterally, punctate, pale greenish brown Scutellum smooth, yellowish, apically green. Tegmen pale hyaline yellowish-green. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Bruce Rock, Western Australia. Macropsis tasmaniensis Evans Macropsis tasmaniensis Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 65. Length, $, 3 mm. Head pale yellowish-brown with dark brown punctures; muscl« impressions on fronto-clypeus, dark brown. Crown, well developed, of equal lengti throughout. Pronotum almost flat, greyish-brown with dark brown punctures and 2 darl brown oval markings against anterior border laterally. Scutellum yellowish-brown wit! brown punctures. Tegmen vitreous; veins brown barred with white; clavus grey. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Mt Wellington, 4,000 ft, Hobart, Tasmania. Macropsis variabilis Evans Macropsis variabilis Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 40. Length, 4 mm. General coloration sometimes pale yellowish-green. Face o head wider than long, sordid yellow, eyes red. Crown narrowly developed, longest agains eyes. Pronotum dull brown flecked with black, anteriorly declivous. Scutellum brownishi yellow with dark brown punctures. Tegmen smoky hyaline, clavus and costal margin green. Wing with R 1 not fully developed apically. Type Location — South Australian Museum (missing). Type Locality — New Norfolk, Tasmania. Macropsis viridiceps Evans Macropsis viridiceps , 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 40. Length, $, 4 mm. Head longer than wide, emerald green. Crown visible as narrov border, widest against the eyes. Pronotum steeply declivous anteriorly, emerald greeni Scutellum yellow, anterior muscle impressions, brown. Tegmen vitreous, apically pal« grey; a black spot at the apex of the claval suture; costal border, proximally black. Type Location — South Australian Museum (missing). Type Locality — Hobart, Tasmania. Macropsis wellingtonensis Evans (Fig. 25, G) Macropsis wellingtonensis Evans, 1942, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1941: 29. Length, <$, 4 mm. Face of head whitish-yellow with sparse brown punctures; muscle impressions ochreous; eyes dark brown. Crown wider in the centre than agains the eyes. Pronotum declivous, sordid whitish-yellow with brown punctures. Scutellun 165 ierally yellowish-brown, with a median longitudinal white stripe which widens posteriorly, 'gmen colourless hyaline with 4, ill-defined, blackish-brown transverse areas. ype Location — South Australian Museum (missing). vpe Locality — Mt Wellington, 4,000 ft, Hobart, Tasmania. Macropsis wilsoni Evans r acropsis wilsoni Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 67. Length, $, 4 mm. Head pale brownish-yellow. Crown visible only narrowly rainst eyes. Pronotum pale brown flecked with chestnut-brown. Scutellum yellow, egmen yellowish-hyaline, anal angle suffused with dark brown. [ype Location — Australian Museum (missing). 1 ype Locality — Grampian Mountains, Victoria. Macropsis balli (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) ncopsis balli Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 38. Length, 5, $, 5*8 mm. Head, pronotum and scutellum yellow, evenly mottled ith brown. Crown of head visible narrowly only against the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly eclivous. Tegmen pale hyaline brown; veins brown. ype Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. ' ype Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Macropsis aeneus (Evans) (comb.nov.) ncopsis aeneus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 154. Length, & 4 mm. Head, sordid-yellow, eyes red. Crown narrow, visible only gainst the eyes. Pronotum golden brown. Scutellum yellowish-brown. Tegmen bronzy- yaline with a longitudinal white streak against the proximal part of Rl. Ventral surface f thorax black, of abdomen, yellowish-brown. ype Location — British Museum. ype Locality — Yanchep, Western Australia. Macropsis bicolor atus (Evans) (comb.nov.) )ncopsis bicoloratus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 155. Length, <£, 3-5 mm. Head yellow with dark brown punctures, muscle impressions n fronto-clypeus, black. Crown narrowly visible against the eyes on each side. Pronotum nd scutellum yellow with sparse brown punctures. Tegmen pale hyaline brown irregularly aottled with brown; veins brown. Thorax and abdomen, ventral surface black. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Yanchep, Western Australia. 166 Macropsis fuscopunctatus (Evans) (comb.nov.) Oncopsis fuscopunctatus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 155. Length, 4 mm. Head pale brownish-yellow, eyes brown. Grown narrow visible against the eyes on each side. Pronotum slightly declivous anteriorly, ochreous bro^ 1 with brown punctures. Scutellum orange-brown with a few scattered brown spots. Tegm ;; pale brownish-hyaline partially suffused with brown. Thorax and abdomen, ventral surfa. black. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dongarra, Western Australia. Macropsis gibbus (Evans) (comb.nov.) Oncopsis gibbus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 154. Length, $, 3-8 mm. Head brownish-yellow with evenly distributed black punctur* j muscle impressions yellow; eyes reddish-brown; vertex, in the centre, dark brown. Crov, visible only narrowly against the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly declivous and slightly humpc greyish-brown with evenly distributed black punctures. Scutellum deep buff with scatter brown spots; lateral angles yellow. Tegmen whitish-hyaline evenly mottled with dn brown; veins pink. Ventral surface of thorax black, of abdomen black with the hi] margin of each segment yellowish-white. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Yanchep, Western Australia. Macropsis luteolus (Evans) Oncopsis luteus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 155. Macropsis luteolus nom.nov. for Oncopsis luteus Evans, 1942, nec Macropsis luteus Evans, 1936 Length, §, 4-8 mm. Head yellow, eyes dark red, ocelli black. Grown narrow, developed against the eyes. Pronotum declivous, greenish-yellow. Scutellum yello' Tegmen pale hyaline yellow with a dark brown spot at the apex of the claval suture; vei yellow; 2 cross-veins between M and Cul distal of the forking of M. Ventral surface thorax and abdomen yellow. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dongarra, Western Australia. Macropsis melleus (Evans) (comb.nov.) Oncopsis inelleus Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 68. Length, 4*8 mm. Head whitish-yellow with brown markings; muscle impressic: on fronto-clypeus brown edged with black; eyes red. Crown developed only narrow against the eyes. Pronotum concolorous with the head. Scutellum yellowish with blao punctures, lateral angles black. Tegmen pale hyaline brown, apically, and the veins, da: brown. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Dongarra, Western Australia. 167 Macropsis norrisi (Evans) (comb.nov.) >ncopsis norrisi Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 40. Length, $, 4 mm. Head, ante-clypeus, lora and maxillary plates, buff; frontu- lypeus reddish-brown; vertex posteriorly dark brown, eyes red. Tegmen, proximally pale ellow, distally testaceous; a wide red area between the costal border and vein R and a 'ansverse median dark brown fascia; clavus yellow, anal margin dark brown; veins distally sd. " ype Location — South Australian Museum. r ype Locality — Guildford, Western Australia. Macropsis pullus (Evans) (comb.nov.) Incopsis pullus Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 67. Length, 5-5 mm. Head pale brown with dark brown punctures; muscle mpressions on fronto-clypeus and a small oval area posterior to each ocellus, ochreous. Town developed for its full width, longer against the eyes than in the centre. Pronotum oncolorous with the head, strongly declivous, the anterior margin approximately at right- .ngles with the hind margin. Scutellum pale yellowish-brown with dark brown punctures; interior angles ochreous brown. Tegmen vitreous, apically pale hyaline brown; veins pale irown. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Canberra, A.C.T. Macropsis scopulus (Evans) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 25, D) Jncopsis scopulus Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 67. Length, 3 mm. Head pale and dark brown with dark brown punctures; muscle mpressions on fronto-clypeus brown. Crown wider against the eyes than in the centre. Pronotum slightly declivous, anteriorly, medially and laterally, narrowly pale yellow; interior half dark brown, posteriorly dull grey with ill-defined brown punctures. Scutellum narked with a pattern of yellow and black. Tegmen vitreous apically, and veins brown. Central surface of thorax black, of abdomen black, the hind margin of each abdominal legmen t, yellow. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Bruce Rock, Western Australia. Macropsis subfuscus (Evans) (comb.nov.) Oncopsis subfuscus , 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 69. Length, ^5 5 mm - Head whitish-yellow with dark brown punctures. Crown visible widely against the eyes, but not in the centre. Pronotum steeply declivous, anterior margin yellow, posteriorly grey with dark brown punctures and round markings. Scutellum yellow with black markings, lateral angles black. Tegmen vitreous, veins brown. Ventral surface 3f thorax and abdomen marked with a pattern of light or dark brown. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Ooldea, South Australia. 168 Macropsis tepperi (Evans) (eomb.nov.) (Fig- 25, H) Oncopsis tepperi Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 69. Length, $, 5-2 mm. Head pale reddish-brown with dark brown punctures, hi margin almost transverse. Pronotum medially humped, with light and dark bro" markings. Scutellum yellowish-brown, lateral angles reddish-brown. Tegmen brov except for the costal margin, which is white, and the apex and clavus which are mottled w very pale brown. Ventral surface of thorax and abdomen, brown. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Macropsis translucens (Evans) (eomb.nov.) Oncopsis translucens Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 68. Length, 6 mm. Head yellowish-white, except for the muscle impressions on t fronto-clypeus which are brown, and the rest of the fronto-clypeus, which is dark brov Crown visible narrowly in the centre and widely against the eyes. Pronotum declivo with a slight median anterior hump, pale yellowish-white, punctate. Scutellum yellow w: brown punctures and irregular brown markings; lateral angles black. Tegmen vitreo' veins pale brown with white bars. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Parachilna, Flinders Range, South Australia. Zelopsis gen.nov. The face of the head is wider than long, slightly rugose and almost flat. The labir extends to the base of the hind coxae. The ante-clypeus is parallel-sided and the lc slightly curved and in continuous alignment with the sides of the fronto-clypeus anterior I he fronto-clypeus lacks well defined muscle impressions and its hind margin, which is r well defined, is in line with the centre of the eyes. The pronotum, which is approximate equal in length with the scutellum, is slightly declivous anteriorly and is ridged transverse The tegmen has normal venation, except that the proximal cross-vein m-cu, which is usua present opposite the proximal junction of R and M, is absent. There may be some sm degree of individual variation in venation. The hind tibiae are armed with strong spur the row of largest spines being mounted on prominent bases. Type species — Z e l°P s ^ s nothofagi sp.nov. Zelopsis resembles Oncopsis in having transverse striations on the pronotum. It difft from the type species of this genus, 0 . Jlavicollis (L.), in the proportions and shape of the hea in having a longer labium, wider lora, a differently shaped ante-clypeus and a consideral: smaller fronto-clypeus. Moreover, the head of Z e ^°P s ^ s nothofagi is superficially idiocerine appearance. Zelopsis nothofagi sp.nov. (Fig. 25, B, C) Length, 3-2, 4 mm. Face of head black, except the maxillary plates whi are white, and the vertex posteriorly which is yellowish brown. Crown of even lengt Pronotum greyish-brown. Scutellum ochreous, sometimes with black markings. Tegm 169 hitish hyaline with irregular brown markings; veins broadly, or narrowly, brown, imetimes there is an anterior brown fascia, interrupted by the claval suture. olotype $, from Aniseed Valley, Nelson, New Zealand (coll. E.S. Gourlay, 29/12/53) in ie D.S.I.R. Collection, Nelson, New Zealand. Described from a long series of both sexes, me of which were labelled as having been collected on JVothofagus solandri. •ther locality records: Dun Mountain, 2,000 ft, Nelson. This is the sole representative of the Macropsinae to be recorded from New Zealand, he fact that it apparently feeds on JVothofagus is of considerable interest. Agalliinae The Agalliinae are a group of small, narrowly wedge-shaped leafhoppers, which are ostly brown in colour, though some are black, grey or scarlet. They are an abundant ’oup, of wide distribution in all parts of the world, including New Guinea, but excepting ustralia, from where 1 species only has been recorded. This species is widely distributed . the continent and is probably an introduction. While, up to the present its country of 'igin is not known with certainty, it probably is of Mediterranean origin. Fig. 26: Austroagallia torrida, face of head. Austroagallia Evans ustroagallia Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 70. wagallia Ribaut, Le Quesne, 1964, Proc.R.Ent.Soc. London (B) 33: 73. The face of the head is wider than long and the ante-clypeus, which is oval in shape, rojects for almost half its length beyond the anterior apices of the lora and maxillary plates, he lora conceal the maxillary plates anteriorly. The fronto-clypeus is almost parallel-sided, ie antennal ledges oblique, the 2 basal segments of the antennae large and the antennal spressions deep. The Y-shaped epicranial suture terminates above the antennal ledges, id the ocelli, which are facial in position, are closer to each other than to the eyes on each de. The crown of the head is of the same length as the adjacent sides of the eyes and iteriorly arched. The pronotum is slightly declivous anteriorly and narrow laterally and 170 the scutellum has a transverse median depression. The tegmina narrow apically, and venation is complete except for the absence of cross-vein m-cu 2. The hind tibiae, which, slender, have 3 rows of long, widely spaced spines. Type species — Austroagallia torrida Evans. Austroagallia torrida Evans (Fig. 26) Austroagallia torrida Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 7 °* Nehela torrida (Evans), 1941, Proc.Roy.Soc. Queensland, 52: 11. Peragallia launensis Linnavuori, i960, Acta. En tom. Fenn. 15: 8 (syn.nov.). Length, <£, 3-5, ?, 4*8 mm. General coloration pale whitish-yellow, with, without, dark brown markings. Face of head (in dark form) pale yellow, maxillary pis muscle impressions on fronto-clypeus, external margin of the fronto-clypeus and sub-anten grooves, brown, dark brown or black; epicranial suture, antennal ledges, and an s adjoining the eyes, coffee-brown. On the vertex, visible both in facial and dorsal asp two or 3 large dark markings, the lateral ones, which are approximately circular in out! smaller than the central one. Pronotum yellowish, with two or four black, or brc markings, the anterior pair, which may be faintly developed, are larger and closer to e other than the posterior pair; also a median longitudinal dark stripe. Scutellum yell laterally black. Tegmen hyaline-white with, or without, pale brown markings proximo clavus brown, veins broadly pale yellow; apically vitreous; veins, dark brown. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Adelaide, South Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Wyndham, Perth (Western Australia); Darwin; Carnar Gorge, Maryborough (Queensland); Bandon Grove (New South Wales). Austroagalloidinae This endemic sub-family contains, at present, a single genus. As some of the compr species differ considerably from each other in several features, they might seem to wan generic differentiation. Strong sexual dimorphism occurs and the sexes have been correk only in a few species. It is partly for this reason that no new genera have been created also because many of the various distinctive characters occur in overlapping combinat in the various species, thus making generic determination difficult. Leaf hoppers in sub-family are of uncertain relationships and though they superficially resemble til comprised in the cosmopolitan genus Idiocerus Lewis they would seem to lack close affii with them. Austroagalloides Evans Austro agalloides Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 7 1 * The face of the head, which is wider than long, is punctate. The labium exte to the base of the middle coxae and the labrum may be of normal size, or unusually v and swollen. The ante-clypeus is convex, oval, and narrow posteriorly. The fronto-clyj} is convex, and somewhat flattened medially, as far as the antennal ledges. The anten ledges, which are strongly developed, are transverse, or oblique, and sub-antennal gro<« are well developed. The eyes are very large and may be greater in width than half the sj between them. The head, posterior to the antennal ledges, is approximately at right am to the face and usually also to the crown. The ocelli are close to the apices of the lat 171 ontal sutures and may be visible, or concealed, when the insect is viewed in dorsal aspect, he crown may be well defined and of equal length throughout, or longest against the eyes, it may merge with the vertical part of the head. The pronotum is transversely punctate, he tegmina, which are steeply tectiform, narrow apically and have normal venation. An ppendix is absent, or narrowly developed, and the veins may have spots on, or adjacent, > them. The hind tibiae are robust either with strong spines, or else slender with weak >ines. The males are considerably smaller than the females and the sexes may differ from ach other in coloration. ype species — Austroagalloides karoondae Evans. ig. 27: A, Austroagalloides karoondae; B, A. grisea, face of head; C, A. wrighti, head and thorax; D, A. bliquus, head and "thorax; E, A. maculata, male genitalia; F, A. brunnea, male genitalia; G, A. rosea , aedeagus. Austroagalloides karoondae Evans (Fig. 27, A) I ustroagalloides karoondae Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 71. Length, 5, $, 7-5 mm. Head pale yellowish-brown suffused with pink. Eabrum larrow ; ante-clypeus a truncated oval ; fronto-clypeus medially flattened ; eyes approximately Lalf the width of the intervening space. Crown distinct, of equal length with the adjacent ides of the eyes; vertical part of head narrowly visible, but not the ocelli, from above. i ronotum grey, anteriorly pale yellowish-brown with raised transverse black markings, regmen hyaline-grey with numerous raised round brown, or black, spots, which are not onfined to the veins and their margins; veins pale yellow. Hind tibiae robust with 4 rows >f evenly spaced spines. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Murat Bay, South Australia. • Austroagalloides brunnea Evans (Fig. 27, F) iustroagalloides brunnea Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 7 2 - Length, ^,5, 6-i mm. General coloration, pale brown with a central black narking; uniformly pale brown. Head pale yellow; labrum narrow, ante-clypeus 172 parallel-sided; fronto-clypeus medially flattened. Crown, of <$, pale brown with bla markings, well defined, slightly longer against the eyes than in the centre; of $, brown, r well defined and forming a continuous curved surface with the face. Ocelli not visible dorsal aspect. Pronotum, of < 3 \ pale brown with a wide, black, central marking whii continues onto the scutellum, except apically; of $, pronotum and scutellum, pale brow Tegmen, of pale hyaline-brown, clavus, posteriorly, black; of $, pale hyaline-brow! i Veins pale brown with indistinct raised spots. Hind tibia slender with a few weak spin pinkish, the lateral angles and 2 median round markings, black. Tegmen pale hyaline brown, or, vitreous; veins in $ pink with raised spots, the costal border sometimes broadly pink; in pink, pale border or black. Hind tibia slender, with small spines. Male genitalia as in Fig. 8, A; 27, G. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Leura, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Black Mountain (A.C.T.); Mt Buller (Victoria); Lake St Clair (Tasmania); Kiandra (New South Wales). Austroagalloides wrighti Evans (Fig. 27, C) Austroagalloides wrighti Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 73. Length, 9 ? 7 mm - General coloration pale brown, or buff, with dark grey markings. Width of head 3-5 mm. Face pale yellowish-brown, the fronto-clypeus, which is convex, somewhat darker. Labium short, extending to middle coxae. Ante-clypeus parallel-sided. Posterior vertical part of face, and crown of head, with an irregular pattern of yellow and black. Crown well defined, of even length; ocelli visible in dorsal aspect. Pronotum, anteriorly brownish-yellow with irregular black markings; posteriorly grey with raised transverse black markings. Scutellum rugose, marked with a pattern of light and dark brown. Tegmen, vitreous; veins brown with brown spots lying alongside the principal veins; venation reticulate. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Karoonda, South Australia. 175 :egmina are long and narrow, R terminates at the apex of the tegmen as a single vein, ccessory costal veinlets may be present and Mi + 2 is short. The hind tibiae have 3 rows >f long, but not strong, spines, 1 row of which is mounted on enlarged bases. Type species — Idiocerus stigmaticollis Lewis (= adustus H.S.). Twenty-nine species of Idiocerus are listed below. These comprise only a small proportion of the very abundant fauna of the species in this genus which occur in Australia. The following annotated list of species is given to aid identification in a simpler fashion than :ould be provided by a Key. Described Australian representatives of the Genus Idiocerus Species Length Colour Distribution I Candidas insularis viridiceps cupido lesmurdensis * 'macropensis rubens fucatus nymphias oreias nerias coloratus divisus luteus x ant ho ipo inconsequens flindersi orodemnias swani tambourinus hyleorias aulonias lacustris Cupreus kisseis geoffroyi napais kirkaldyi leurensis 2-2 ( 9) whitish with brown markings W.A. 2 -4 ( <3) golden yellow Kangaroo Is. 2-8 ( 9) green W.A. 3 yellowish-suffused with pink N.S.W. 3 ( 9) thorax yellow, tegmina green W.A. 3 ( 9) thorax yellowish-brown, tegmina whitish- Kangaroo Is. grey 3-2 ( 9) red W.A. 3'5 ( 9 ) apricot W.A. 3'5 greyish-testaceous N.S.W. 3'5 brownish with hyaline spots on tegmina N.S.W. 3'7 ( 9 ) greyish-yellow suffused with orange N.S.W. 4 ( 9 ) yellow W.A. 4 ( 9 ) yellowish-pink W.A. 4 ( 9 ) yellowish-brown W.A. 4 ( 9 ) thorax yellow, tegmina with a longitudinal stripe aid. 4 ( 9 ) green aid. 4'5 ( 9) yellowish-green Vic. 4-5 ( 9 ) biscuit Kangaroo Is. 4'5 ( 9) greenish testaceous with dark spots on tegmina ad. 4'5 ( 3) 6 ( 9) yellowish-pink, black spots on pronotum, tegmina brown Kangaroo Is. 4-5 ( 9) longitudinal coloured stripes on pronotum, scutellum pink, tegmina hyaline greenish- yellow ad. 4-8 ( «J) tegmen with an elongate zig-zag smoky line ad. 5 pale creamy grey, may be pinkish qid. 5 (3) yellowish-green Tasmania 5’5 ( 3) pinkish-brown; tegmina brown with 2 hyaline white fascia S.A. 5'5 ( 3, 9) testaceous and pink with prominent markings ad. 6 ( 9) greyish- white with fuscous fasciae on tegmina ad. 6-5 ( 3) pale testaceous tinged with green aid. 6-8 ( ?) yellow, in part pink N.S.W. 8 ( 3) 9 ( 9 ) greenish-yellow N.S.W. 1963 , Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935 : 80 . 174 Idiocerinae This group of leafhoppers is of almost universal distribution as is also the genus Idiocerus itself. The principal distinguishing features are the facial position of the ocelli, the presence of a broad, but not produced, crown and tegmina with wide appendices which i overlap apically. In the male genitalia the ninth abdominal segment characteristically narrows ventrally and the long, narrow, or broad, sub-genital plates are almost twice the length of the parameres. Six of the 7 genera recorded from Australia are endemic and of: these three are confined to Kangaroo Island and two to Western Australia, both areas from which there have been recorded also several endemic species belonging to the genus Icliocerus. One introduced species is recorded from New Zealand. Key to the Genera of the Idiocerinae occurring in Australia 1. Tegmen with vein M 1 + 2 present (Fig. 28, H) 2 Tegmen with vein M 1 + 2 absent Pedioscopus Kirkaldy 2. (1) Ante- and post-clypeus flat, or forming a continuous slightly curved surface 6 Not as above , n 1 3. (2) Ante-clypeus sharply angular; ocelli not adjacent to apices of frontal and epicranial sutures Gnatia Evans Ante-clypeus not sharply angular; ocelli adjacent to apices of frontal sutures 4 4. (3) Hind tibia with a single strong spine mounted on an enlarged base, as well as other smaller spines; ante-clypeus flat anteriorly, steeply convex posteriorly * • • * * . . Austrocerus Evans Hind tibia with 2 strong spines mounted on enlarged bases, and 4 additional smaller spines also mounted on enlarged bases; ante-clypeus not as above 5 5. (4) Ante-clypeus swollen, anteriorly declivous Idiocerella Evans Ante-clypeus flat and depressed below the level of the post-clypeus Tumocerus Evans 6. (2) Face of head emarginate in front of the eyes Zaletta Metcalf Face of head not emarginate in front of eyes 7 : 7 * (^) Eora on the same plane as the maxillary plates. In the $, ovipositor not extending beyond the apices of the folded tegmina Icliocerus Eewis Lora swollen, raised above the level of the maxillary plates. In the ovispositor extending beyond the apices of die folded tegmina .... Musgraviella gen.nov. Idiocerus Lewis Idiocerus Lewis, 1836, Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. 1: 47. Slender, delicate insects, the Australian representatives of the genus ranging in size ! om 3 "b I ^ nm - On the face of the head the labium extends tc between the middle coxae, the ante-clypeus is widest anteriorly and the lora, do not quite reach as far as the anterior ma Jp n maxillai y plates. The post-clypeus, anterior to the eyes, is on the same plane as tie a jacent genae^ The antennal ledges are not well developed, excepting adjacent to the irontal sutures. The ocelli are adjacent to the apices of the frontal sutures and the epiciamal suture is usually not retained. The crown is of even length with the adjacent sides ot the eyes, the pronotum is transversely striated and the scutellum large. The 176 Fig. 28: A, Idiocerus kirkaldyi, face of head; B, I. lacustris, head; C, Idiocerus cupreus, head; D, Ideocerus leurensis , head; E, Idiocerus swani, head; F, Idiocerus macropensis, head; G, Tumocerus varius , $, head; FI, Gnatia angustata, tegmen; I, Tumocerus varius , male genitalia; J, Z aletta rninutus, head; K, Musgraviella tasmamensis , head; L, M. tasmaniensis , tegmen; M, Austrocerus emarginatus , head; N, Idiocerella obscura, head. Idiocerus leurensis Evans (Fig. 28, D) Idiocerus leurensis Evans, 1934, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 58: 167. Length, c?, 8, $,9 mm. General coloration greenish-yellow. Face of head almost as long as wide, flat; antennal ledges distinct, extending as far as eyes; antennal depressions deep. Crown of head of even length with the eyes, sometimes with a small circular brown spot adjacent to the eyes on each side. Tegmen pale hyaline-yellowish; veins colourless. Type Location Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra . Type Locality — Leura, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere— Blundells (A.C.T.); Sawpit Creek, Mt Kosciusko (New South Wales). Idiocerus luteus Evans Idiocerus luteus Evans, 19425 Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 150. Length, $ , 4 mm. Head slightly convex, yellow; eyes black. Fronotum proximally. bionze-hyaline yellow, distally hyaline-brown; veins yellow. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. 177 Idiocerus macropensis Evans (Fig. 28, F) Idiocerus macropensis Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy. Soc.S.Aust. 65: 37. Length, $, 3 mm. Face of head almost flat, pale biscuit-colour with a posterior rectangular grey area; eyes black; antennal ledges lacking. Crown pale brown and pale ■yellowish-brown with 2 small black spots close to the anterior margin. Pronotum concolorous with the crown. Tegmen dull whitish-grey; veins white. Thorax, ventral surface black. Abdomen, ventral surface, pale biscuit colour. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island. Idiocerus cupreus (Walker) (Fig. 28, C) Bythoscopus cupreus Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 871. Idiocerus seckeri Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 79 (syn.nov.). Length 5-5 mm. Head pale pinkish-yellow. Pronotum concolorous with the head. Scutellum pinkish-brown. Tegmen hyaline-brown with 2 hyaline white fasciae; costal margin between the fasciae, reddish-brown; veins pink. Thorax, ventral surface white with black markings; legs pale yellow. Abdomen, ventral surface black, hind border of each segment, white. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Australia. Idiocerus divisus Evans Idiocerus divisus Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 80. Length, Q, 4 mm. General coloration yellowish-pink, eyes dark brown. Fronto- clypeus swollen. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Bruce Rock, Western Australia. Idiocerus aulonias Kirkaldy Idiocerus aulonias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 34. Length, 5 mm. “ Close to /. kisseis but pale creamy-grey in general colour,, though may be more or less rosy, or, reddish.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Idiocerus candidus Evans Idiocerus candidus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 151. Length, 2*2 mm. Head, ante-clypeus, maxillary plates and lora, white with dark brown markings; vertex pale brown mottled with brown; eyes brown. Pronotum grey mottled with brown. Scutellum yellowish-white, muscle impressions brown. Tegmen, 178 claval and costal areas white; remainder hyaline-grey irregularly suffused with brown. Thorax, ventral surface, brown. Abdomen, ventral surface and legs yellow. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dongarra, Western Australia. Idiocerus coloratus Evans Idiocerus coloratus , 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 150. Length, 9,4 mm. Head slightly convex, yellow; eyes black. Pronotum concolorous with the head. Scutellum apricot. Tegmen proximally bronze-hyaline-yellow, distally hyaline brown; veins yellow. Hind tibia pale green with 2 rows of dark brown spines. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Idiocerus cupido Kirkaldy Idiocerus cupido Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 34. Length, 3 mm. Head, pronotum and scutellum and underside pale yellowish, often suffused with rosy. Tegmen pale yellowish-testaceous suffused with rosy; veins rosy; apex hyaline. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Idiocerus flindersi Evans Idiocerus jlindersi Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 37. Length, 9 > 4 '5 nun. Head pale biscuit, eyes dull red; ante-clypeus medially depressed, lora swollen ; fronto-clypeus antero-medially convex, posteriorly flat. Pronotum 1 and scutellum, pale biscuit. Tegmen vitreous; veins apically pale brown. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island, South Australia. Idiocerus fucatus Evans Idiocerus fucatus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 150. Length, $, 3-5 mm. Head, ventral surface apricot, eyes red. Crown narrow, of even length throughout; length of each eye equal to half the length of crown. Pronotum and scutellum apricot. Tegmen including the veins, golden-hyaline; vein Mi + 2 in continuous alignment with the proximal branch of R. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. 179 Idiocerus geoffroyi Distant Idiocerus geojjroyi Distant, 1908, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 52: 99. Length, 5*3, ?, 6 mm. Face of head brownish-yellow, with small, irregularly shaped brown markings on the fronto-clypeus, an irregularly shaped brown marking near each ocellus and a pair of widely spaced black spots posteriorly. Pronotum pale yellowish, or greyish, with an area of mottled dark brown markings behind each eye and sometimes a pair of posterior round black spots. Scutellum pinkish-brown with a pair of broad, irregular, black stripes and anteriorly a pair of triangular black markings. Tegmen pale, or dark smoky hyaline with a broad, transverse, hyaline-white fascia; apically hyaline. The 2 hyaline areas may be confluent. Ventral surface of thorax and abdomen black with yellow markings. Type Location — British Museum. Known Locality — Peak Downs, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Canberra (A.C.T.); Timbertop (Victoria). Idiocerus hyleorias Kirkaldy Idiocerus hyleorias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 34. Length, 4-8 mm. ct Resembles I. aulonias but is smaller and narrower. Tegmen with a somewhat elongate zigzag smoky line down the middle. Last sternite of $, sub- truncate. Slightly notched in the middle.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Idiocerus inconsequens Evans Idiocerus inconsequens Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 80. Length, $, 4-5 mm. General coloration yellowish-green. Type Location — Australian Museum (missing). Type Locality — Emerald, Victoria. Idiocerus insularis Evans Idiocerus insularis Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 37. Length, 2*5 mm. Face of head evenly convex; ante- and fronto-clypeus apricot, eyes purplish-brown, ocelli black; lora and maxillary plates biscuit-colour; an oval area against the hind margin of the face, purplish-brown. Crown of head medially, pale purplish-brown, laterally apricot, slightly longer in the centre than against the eyes. Pronotum and scutellum golden-yellow. Tegmen, golden-yellow, apically hyaline. Thorax and abdomen, ventrally pale biscuit. Type Location — South Australian Museum (missing). Type Locality — Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island, South Australia. 180 Idiocerus kirkaldyi Evans (Fig. 28, A) Idiocerus kirkaldyi Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935 - 79 - Length, ?, 6-8 mm. Head flat, yellow suffused with pink with 2 circular black markings on the vertex close to the eyes. Pronotum yellow suffused with pink with 2 black markings behind the eyes, close to the posterior border. Scutellum marked with a pattern of black and pinkish-yellow. Tegmen hyaline, apically grey, costal margin black; veins; pink. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Leura, New South Wales. Idiocerus kissels Kirkaldy Idiocerus kisseis Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 32. Length, $, 5-5 mm. Head pale testaceous, posteriorly pale pink; vertex with 4 black markings, the two larger, visible dorsally and farther from each other than the smaller pair. Pronotum greyish-pink. Scutellum pale pink with 3 testaceous spots. Tegmen pale olive testaceous, more or less greenish-iridescent. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. Idiocerus lacustris Evans (Fig. 28, B) Idiocerus lacustris Evans, 1942, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1941 : 28. Length, 5 mm. General coloration, yellowish-green. Face of head convex, crown wider in the centre than against the eyes. Pronotum shorter than the scutellum. Tegmen hyaline green, apically brown; venation indistinct. Ventral surface of thorax and abdomen, pale green. Hind tibia with 4 spines set on prominent bases in addition to 2 other large spines in the same row. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Lake St Clair, Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — Mt Kosiusko, New South Wales. Idiocerus napais Kirkaldy Idiocerus napais Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 34. Length, 6-5 mm. “Pale testaceous, more or less tinged with green. Tegmen hyaline.” Male genitalia, “pygophor long, narrow, apically acute, turned outwards a little”. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. 181 Idiocerus nereias Kirkaldy Idiocerus nereias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 34. Length, $, 3-7 mm. Pale greyish-yellow, more or less suffused with orange, sub- iridescent. Head and eyes much wider than, and strongly decumbent on, the pronotum. Vertex dorsally about as wide in the middle as at the eyes, gently rounded anteriorly; fronto-clypeus rounded in profile; ante-clypeus, wider apically than at the base. Venation of tegmen, obscure. Last abdominal sternite of $ slightly emarginate roundly”. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Idiocerus nymphias Kirkaldy Idiocerus nymphias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 33. Length, 3-5 mm. General coloration, greyish-testaceous. Head with 2 small spots on the facial part of the vertex. Scutellum with 2 small wedge-shaped spots anteriorly, partly concealed by the pronotum. Tegmen with veins red, or, brownish. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Collected on — Melaleuca. Idiocerus oreias Kirkaldy Idiocerus oreias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 33. Length, 3-5 mm. “ Differs from /. nymphias in having brownish-fuscous tegmina which have 2 larger and 1 smaller translucent spot at the middle in a transverse row, the innermost being on the clavus.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Mittagong, New South Wales. Idiocerus orodemnias Kirkaldy Idiocerus orodemnias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 33. Length, 4-5 mm. “ Head, pronotum and scutellum greenish-testaceous, much discoloured especially on the head. Tegmen hyaline-cinereous, a blackish, or dark fuscous, spot at the junction of the clavus, corium and membrane and another at the apex of the basal part of the subcostal cell; veins greenish-testaceous, partly suffused with dark fuscous. Legs greenish testaceous. Last sternite of $ sub- truncate.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. 182 Idiocerus rubens Evans Idiocerus rubens Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 150. Length, $, 3*2 mm. Head, pronotum and scutellum bright red, sparsely mottled with pale brownish-yellow; eyes black. Crown slightly wider in the centre than against the eyes. Tegmen proximally hyaline-red with irregular whitish markings, distally vitreous; veins pink. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Southern Cross, Western Australia. Idiocerus swani Evans Idiocerus swani Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 37. Length, 4-5, 2 , 6 mm. Head biscuit-coloured, posteriorly suffused with pink; eyes dark reddish-brown. Face of head in 2 planes separated from each other at the level of the antennae. Fronto-clypeus anteriorly convex, posteriorly flat. Crown with a pair of small black spots adjacent to the eyes on each side. Pronotum yellowish-pink, with 2 large black spots in line with the internal margins of the eyes. Scutellum marked with a variable pattern of black, yellow and pinkish brown. Tegmen hyaline brown; veins pink, excepting for the first anal vein, which is white. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island. Idiocerus tambourinus Evans Idiocerus tambourinus Evans, 1942, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1941: 28. Length, 4-5 mm. Face of head, ante-clypeus, lora and maxillary plates yellow; fronto-clypeus yellow except for a median rose-pink area posteriorly; vertex and eyes rose pink; ocelli yellow and 2 yellow muscle impressions between the ocelli and the hind margin of the head. Crown of even length throughout. Pronotum with a median pink longitudinal stripe margined with yellowish-grey, pink, black, red and yellow zones. These are not distinct stripes, but merge into each other. Scutellum deep pink, muscle impressions black, regmen hyaline greenish-yellow; apex smoky-brown with a broad, black, band merging into pink against the hind border. Thorax and abdomen ventrally pale yellowish-green. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality Tambourine Mountains, Queensland. Idiocerus viridiceps Evans Idiocerus viridiceps Evans, 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 151. fi h 2 mm * General coloration green. Veins on tegmen margined with Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dongarra, Western Australia. 183 Idiocerus xantho Kirkaldy Idiocerus xantho Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 33. Length, $, 4-4*2 mm. “ Head, pronotum and scutellum yellow, or orange yellow. Tegmen hyaline, sub-iridescent, tinged with cinereous, a darkish fuscous longitudinal stripe down the middle of the tegmen and a fuscous spot at the apex of the clavus. Last stermte of $ truncate. 55 Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. Idiocerus ipo Kirkaldy Idiocerus ipo Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 466. Length, ?, 4*1 mm. “General coloration bright greenish or greenish-yellow. Pronotum, except lateral margins, scutellum, axillary cell of clavus, crimson. Lyes black. Tegmen hyaline tinged with greenish basally and exteriorly; veins greenish. Last abdominal segment of ? very obtusangularly emarginate; ovipositor crimson. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Brisbane, Queensland. Idiocerus distinguendus Kirschbaum Idiocerus distinguendus Kirschbaum, 1868 (see Metcalf, Bibliography). Length L 4 2 , 5 mm. Face of head pale yellow; crown brownish-yellow with 2 small circular brown ’markings, nearer to the eyes than to each other. Pronotum concolorous with the crown, with 2 pairs of small circular brown markings, the pair nearest the crown closer to each other than are the other pair. Scutellum marked with a pattern of grey and yellow. Tegmen pale hyaline brown with 2 irregular broken transverse white iasciae. This European insect has been introduced into, and established in New Zealand, where it feeds on Populus. Austrocerus Evans Austrocerus Evans, 194L Trans. Roy. Soc.S.Aust. 65. 37 - The ante-clypeus is flat anteriorly and steeply convex posteriorly and the fronto- clvpeus is narrow and convex anterior to the antennae. Posterior to the antennae the : face of the head is evenly rounded. The maxillary plates are narrow and emarginate and the apices of the frontal sutures are directed inwards. The crown is wide and the coronal suture distinct. The hind tibia has i spine set on a prominent base in a row containing 4 other spines. Type species — Austrocerus emarginatus Evans. 184 Austrocerus emarginatus Evans (Fig. 28, M) Austrocerus emarginatus Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 39. Length, $, 3 mm. Face of head, biscuit colour; eyes lemon. Crown longer in the centre than against the eyes, medially apricot, laterally biscuit colour. Pronotum, scutellum and tegmen, apricot. Thorax and abdomen ventrally biscuit. Type Location — South Australian Museum. Type Locality — Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island. Gnatia Evans Gnatia Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 150. The ante-clypeus is angularly swollen, the hind margin of the fronto-clypeus distinct and the ocelli not closely adjacent to the posterior corners of the fronto-clypeus. The crown of the head is of even length throughout and the tegmina, which are long and narrow, have wide appendices. The hind tibiae, which are short, have 2 spines mounted on enlarged bases in addition to several weak spines. Type species — Gnatia angustata Evans. Gnatia angustata Evans (Fig. 28, H) Gnatia angustata Evans, 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 150. Length, 5 mm. Face of head, ante-clypeus pale brown; lora, maxillary plates and vertex, anteriorly, whitish; fronto-clypeus chestnut-brown mottled with dark brown. Pronotum anteriorly pinkish-yellow, remainder grey. Scutellum pinkish-brown; muscle impressions brown. Tegmen hyaline grey with a dark brown fascia; veins pale brown bordered with a double row of fine hairs. Thorax ventrally black; abdomen yellow. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Idiocerella Evans Idiocerella Evans, 1941, Trans.Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 39. On the face of the head the ante-clypeus is swollen and anteriorly declivous and posteriorly narrow. I he fronto-clypeus is evenly rounded and narrow and the frontal sutures paiallel. The crown of the head is wide and the coronal suture short. The hind tibia has 2 spines set on prominent bases in a row containing 4 other spines. Type species — Idiocerella obscura Evans. 185 Idiocerella obscura Evans (Fig. 28, N) Idiocerella obscura Evans, 1941, Trans. Roy.Soc.S.Aust. 65: 39. Length, $, 3-5 mm. Face of head pale buff, eyes lemon-yellow. Crown slightly anteriorly produced, longer in centre than against the eyes. Pronotum dull buff, wide, with the hind border medially emarginate. Scutellum and tegmen dull buff. Type Location — South Australian Museum (missing). Type Locality — Flinders Chase, Kangaroo Island. Pedioscopus Kirkaldy Pedioscopus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 349. This genus which differs from Idiocerus in lacking vein Mi + 2 in the tegmen may be identical with Busonia Distant. Type Species — Pedioscopus philenor Kirkaldy. Pedioscopus philenor Kirkaldy Pedioscopus philenor Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9); 349. Pedioscopus agenor Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 349 (syn.nov.). Pedioscopus polydoros Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 349 (syn.nov.). Length, <£, 4 mm. Head and pronotum pale greyish-yellow, sometimes with well or ill-defined, black markings. Tegmen hyaline sometimes basally yellowish; the vein sometimes more or less smoky. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Tumocerus Evans Tumocerus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 149. On the face of the head the maxillary plates are narrow and the lora and ante-clypeus flat and depressed below the swollen fronto-clypeus. The crown is as long, or longer, than the eyes and though approximately at right angles to the face forms part of the same curved surface and the ocelli are visible in dorsal aspect. The epicranial suture may be present or absent. The pronotum narrows laterally and the bases of the tegmina lie close behind the eyes. The tegmina have wide appendices and the cross-vein representing Mi + 2 is unusually long. The hind tibiae, which are short, have 2 strong spines set on enlarged bases in addition to several weak spines. Type species — Tumocerus varius Evans. 186 Tumocerus varius Evans (Fig. 28, G, I) ‘ Tumocerus varius Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. SocAV.Aust. 27* 149- Length, Tweed River (New South Wales) ; Bunya Mountain 195 Tartessus ianthe Kirkaldy (Fig. 30, Q,) 2 rtessus ianthe Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 47. Length, $, 9-1 1 mm. General coloration, pale brown. Face of head pale hreous with a mottled scribbled pattern on the fronto-clypeus and vertex. Crown widest ;ainst the eyes which are equal to half the width of the crown; ocelli not visible from »ove. Pronotum and scutellum pale brown with an even pattern of greyish oval markings, 'onotum sloping laterally. Tegmen pale hyaline brown, veins pale brown. Male genitalia in Fig. 30, Q. ype Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. ype Locality — Cairns, Queensland. nown distribution elsewhere — Claremont, Brisbane (Queensland). Tartessus iokaste Kirkaldy artessus iokaste Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 48. 'artessus pallidus Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 54 (syn.nov.). Length, 6*5; $, 8 mm. Pale sordid yellowish-brown, sometimes obscurely iffused with green and sanguineous. Crown of head longer adjacent to the eyes than in fcntre ; ocelli visible from above. Pronotum sometimes obscurely spotted. Tegmen aiformly dark hyaline ochreous ; veins of tegmen sometimes dark fuscous, sometimes ibferrugineous. ype Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. ype Locality — Cairns, Queensland. nown distribution elsewhere — Sydney (New South Wales); Brisbane (Queensland). Tartessus iphis Kirkaldy (Fig. 30, G) “ artessus iphis Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 45. Length, 7; 6-7*5 mm - General coloration pale brown; thorax, bright orange, ace of head, ante-clypeus and lora black; maxillary plates, black, narrowly bordered with ellow externally; post-clypeus black, narrowly bordered with yellow, or, in part, yellowish - ?d and fuscous. Eyes greater in length than half width of crown. Crown very slightly ider against eyes than in centre, pale yellowish-white; ocelli marginal. Pronotum bright range. Scutellum orange, laterally and apically, pale yellowish-white. Tegmen pale yaline brown with an indistinct, and broken, transverse whitish fascia extending from costal largin to apex of clavus; apical cells in part, and appendix, smoky brown; veins light and ark brown. ype Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. r ype Locality — Nelson, North Queensland. ''.nown distribution elsewhere — Townsville (Queensland). 196 Tartessus issa Kirkaldy Tartessus issa Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 45. Length, 6, $, 8-8-5 mm - General coloration evenly pale brown; thora sometimes yellowish. Head pale yellowish. Crown well-defined, slightly longer again; the eyes; ocelli visible from above. Pronotum and scutellum pale yellow, or pale yellowish brown. Tegmen pale hyaline brown; veins brown. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Nelson, North Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Dunk Island, Cunnamulla (Queensland). Tartessus occidentalis Jacobi Tartessus occidentalis Jacobi, igog, Faun.S.W.Aust., Michaelson u. Hartmeyer, 12: 342. Length, $, 5-5 mm. General coloration dirty yellow. Pronotum anteriorly with f : brown spots. Scutellum with large brown markings laterally. Tegmen hyaline, veins dark brown; inner margin between scutellum and apex of clavus, black. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Dirk Hartog Island, Western Australia. Tartessus pulchellus Spanberg (Figs 5, K; 30, F) Tartessus pulchellus Spanberg, 1878, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 34 (9) : 10. Tartessus pulchellus Spanberg, Linnavuori, 1956, Ann.Ent.Fenn. 22 (4)1 178. Tartessus itonias Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 44 (syn.nov.). Length, 8-7-10 mm; $, 9-10 mm. General coloration, light brown. Crowm well denned, narrowly produced ; of even length throughout, ocelli visible from above. . egmen pale hyaline brown with 2 transverse hyaline white fasciae, the anterior one - extending from the costal to the anal border, the distal one not reaching as far as the anal I border , apical cells with hyaline white areas and 2 dark brown oval markings between R and the costal margin, one close to where M diverges from R, the other near the junction of R and Rs. Type Location— Natural History Museum, Stockholm. Type Locality— Cape York, North Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Claudie River (North Queensland). Tartessus latus Evans (Fig. 30, P) 1 artessus latus , Evans, 1942? Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 156. Length, (J, 6 mm. General coloration brown. Face of head brown; fronto-clypeus ar ei in r . C °i? ul than the remainder. Crown brown, longer against eyes than in centre, rugose. Ocelli not visible from above. Pronotum pale brown. Scutellum dark brown 197 with darker muscle impressions. Tegmen pale hyaline brown; veins brown. Ventral surface of thorax and abdomen, and legs, brown. Male genitalia as in Fig. 30, P. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Tartessus mundarensis Evans (Fig. 30, L) Tartessus mundarensis Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 155. Length, (J, 5 mm. General coloration brown. Face of head pale yellowish-brown; fronto-clypeus lightly suffused with brown, sutures brown. Crown of even length; frons narrowly yellow, remainder pale whitish-brown, ocelli visible from above. Tegmen pale hyaline brown, apically smoky-brown; veins dark brown. Thorax and abdomen, ventrallv black; legs yellow; bases of spines on hind tibia, black. Male genitalia as in Fig. 30, L. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Mundaring, Western Australia. Tartessus rubrivenosus Evans (Fig. 30, O) Tartessus rubrivenosus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 156. Length, 6 mm. General coloration apricot brown. Face of head, ante-clypeus, lora and maxillary plates, brown, sparsely mottled with black; fronto-clypeus largely black, muscle impressions laterally brown; vertex brown, densely mottled with black. Crown rugose, of even length, pale brown; frons visible as a narrow border; ocelli not visible from above. Pronotum, antero-laterally smooth, yellowish-brown; medially greyish -brown, transversely striated. Scutellum marked with a pattern of light and dark brown. legmen hyaline brown, apical cells partly suffused with smoky-brown; veins pink with black bars. Male genitalia as in Fig. 30, O. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Tartessus rugosus Evans (Fig. 30, T) Tartessus rugosus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 156. Length, <£, 7*5 mm. General coloration, brown. Face of head, pale brownish- yellow; muscle impressions on fronto-clypeus, brown; frons and vertex rugose mottled with pale and dark brown. Crown slightly longer against the eyes than in the centre, pitted with light and dark brown markings; ocelli not visible from above. Pronotum and scutellum pale brown with dark brown markings. Tegmen pale hyaline brown; veins dark brown. Male genitalia as in Fig. 30, T. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Yanchep, Western Australia. 198 Tartessus sahlbergii Signoret Tartessus sahlbergii Signoret, 1880, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. 5 (4): 351. Length, $, 7-8 mm. General coloration bronzy brown. Post-clypeus somewhat swollen. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Vienna. Type Locality — “ Australia (Although the Type, a $, of this species has been seen, examination did not yield sufficient information to enable it to be correlated with $ specimens). Tartessus spinosus Evans Tartessus spinosus Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 55. Length, 6*5, ^ 7 ' 2 mm. General coloration, brown. Face of head, ante- clypeus, maxillary plates and lora pale greyish, or, yellowish-brown* frons and vertex rugose, brownish-yellow mottled with brown; transverse muscle impressions brown. Frons wider than post-clypeus. Crown of even length throughout; ocelli not visible from above. I ronotum antero-laterally pale brownish with dark brown markings; remainder grey, transversely striated with brown. Scutellum pale yellowish-brown with a few dark brown markings. Tegmen pale hyaline brownish-yellow; venation in part reticulate; veins brown with minute spines. The illustrations of the male genitalia accompanying the original description is misleading as it shows only the basal part of a broken aedeagus. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality— Carnac Island, Western Australia. Collected on — Anthocerus littorea. Tartessus parvus sp.nov. (Fig. 30, H) Length, (J, 4 mm. General coloration pale yellowish-brown. Face of head broadly tnangular; ante-clypeus and post-clypeus somewhat darker in colour than the rest of the head. Grown equal in length with eyes on each side. Tegmen vitreous. Thorax and abdomen, ventral surface, yellowish-brown with black markings. Male genitalia as in r igure 3^, 1 1, Holotype $ from the Capel district, 18 miles south of Bunbury, Western Australia (coll. H. Snell, 7/1/57), m the Australian Museum. Tartessella Evans Tartessella Evans, 1937, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 56. fl 1 ,? ^ nce °q^ e head is wider than long and the labium terminates between the fore coxae. 1 he ante-clypeus is widest in the centre and the antennal ledges, which are curved, or transverse, are nearer to the hind than the fore margin of the eyes. ' The epistomal suture is discernible and curved posteriorly. The arms of the epicranial suture are transverse and situated on the anterior margin of the head. The ocelli are marginal. The crown is well dehned and slightly longer against the eyes. The venation of the tegmina may be, in part. 199 reticulate, in particular there may be several additional cross-veins between M and Cul, which are widely separated. The appendix narrowly continues around the apices of the tegmina. The fore and middle tibiae are armed with numerous fine spines. Type species — Tartessella attenuata Evans. Tartessella attenuata Evans (Fig- G) Tartessella attenuata Evans, 1937 , Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1936: 56. Length, 8 mm. Face of head, maxillary plates and lora pale greyii lonto-clypeus pale yellow. Crown pale yellow with red and black spots. Pronotum 1 yellowish-grey with black and pink spots. Scutellum yellow with black markings. Tegmem pin ush hyaline; veins pale brown bordered with black spots. Hind tibia pale yellow,, exteinal surface dark brown; base of spines black. Type Location Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Type Locality Alpine Creek, Mt Kosciusko. Known distribution elsewhere— Kiata, Timbertop (Victoria). 209 Trocnada minuta Evans (Fig. 32 , C) Trocnada minuta Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.l asm. 1935: 78 - Length, 4*5, 9 , 6 mm. Head ochreous. Pronotum reddish-brown sometime with small ^red spots. Scutellum dark brown. Tegmen hyaline brown; veins pinkish and with a round black spot on the sides of the pronotum anteriorly. Type Location — Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Type Locality — Canberra, A.C.T. Known distribution elsewhere — Brisbane (Queensland); Darwin (Northern Territory). Reuplemmelini This tribe has formerly been known as the Reuterellini (Evans, 1947a). It comprises 2 genera, which like Trocnada (Trocnadini) have undoubtedly been derived fiom the Jassini. Species in both genera resemble those in the genus * Batrachomorphus in all significant features, with the exception of ones associated with the shape of the head and the position of the ocelli. In the Jassini, the face of the head is convex, there is a small narrow crown and the ocelli are ventral in position. In the Reuplemmelini the face of the head is flattened, the crown is extensive, and the ocelli are situated on the broad lateral margins of the head. Reuplemmeles gen.nov. On the face of the head the labium extends to between the fore coxae. The face is flattened, and in the £ is wider than long and longer than wide in the 9 - The ante-clypeus is parallel-sided and the lora do not reach as far as the anterior margins of the maxillary plates. The fronto-clypeus is fiat anteriorly and widens towards the antennal ledges. The antennal ledges are oblique and prominent. The crown of the head is spatulate and separated from the face by a narrow marginal rim. In the it is semi-circular in outline, and in the 9> either half ovate and equal in length with the pronotum, or it may be longer than the pronotum. The ocelli are situated close to the anterior margin of the crown, adjacent, but not in contact, with the eyes. The pronotum is wide laterally and widens slightly posteriorly. The tegmina have normal venation and a false as well as a tiue appendix. In the wings Rs and M. 1 -f 2 are apically fused. Type species — Reuteriella hobarlensis Evans. The leaf hopper described below was formerly (Evans, 1938) identified . as Reuteriella Jlavescens Signoret, and later as already mentioned a new tribe, the Reuterellini was created for its reception (Evans, 1947). As explained on page 136 R. jlavescens actually belongs to the Hecalini hence a new genus is needed to contain the species formerly, and inconectly, ascribed to the genus Reuteriella Signoret. Attention has previously been drawn to the manner in which this genus resembles Platyjassus Evans, of which the comprised species aie confined to Madagascar (Evans, 1953)* Both genera represent similar, though independent, evolutionary developments from species comprised in the genus Batrachomorphus. Reuplemmeles hobartensis (Evans) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 32, Ei -3) Reuteriella hobarlensis Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938 : 11. Length, 5 *8-6 -5 mm; 9 , 8-9*5 mm. 9 pale brownish -yellow; appendix and false appendix of tegmen sometimes smoky. reddish, or yellowish-brown; veins of 210 tegmen sometimes red or crown and pronotum largely crimson; scutellum yellowish-red, laterally black. Tegmen costal third hyaline green, remainder black, veins red. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Hobart, Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — South Brighton, Mt Timbertop (Victoria); Canberra (A.C.T.); Caloundra, Carnarvon Range (Queensland); Perth (Western Australia). Aloplemmeles gen.nov. The face of the head is flattened as far as the antennal ledges and the labium terminates between the fore coxae. The ante-clypeus is parallel-sided and curved posteriorly and the lora do not extend as far as the margins of the maxillary plates. The antennal ledges are well defined and slightly oblique. The ocelli are situated on the thickened sides of the head. The crown is extensive and flattened and larger in the centre than against the eyes. The pronotum is wide laterally. The tegmina are long and narrow and the cell enclosed by the arms of Cu i lacks pigmentation. The venation may be normal, or additional cross veins may be developed, and there may be numerous additional costal veinlets. There may also be numerous small raised spots bearing minute spines, on, or close to, the veins. In the wing Rs and M i + 2 are apically fused. There is some degree of sexual dimorphism. Type species — Aloplemmeles gearyi sp.nov. Aloplemmeles differs from Reuplemmeles in the shape of the head, which is marginally irregularly thickened in the former genus, and flattened in the latter. Aloplemmeles gearyi sp.nov. (Fig. 32, Fi, F2) Length, 7, $, 10 mm. General coloration pale green. Face of head as wide as long, flattened; fronto-clypeus posteriorly slightly depressed below level of vertex. Apex of head thicker in £ than in $?; ocelli facing forward, close to but not in contact with the eyes. Ciown approximately triangular, apically rounded; in A slightly more than half length of pronotum; in $, almost as long as pronotum. Tegmen sometimes with a few secondaiy cross veins and always with additional costal veinlets. Minute spines on tegmen present in $ only. Holotype $ and Allotype $ from Cunnamulla, Queensland (coll. N. Geary, 2/42) in the Australian Museum. 7 Aloplemmeles simplex sp.nov. (Fig. 32, Ji, J2) Length, $, 9 mm. General coloration pale yellowish (probably green in life), ace of head wider than long, thickened posteriorly. Fronto-clypeus posteriorly, sloping steep y fiom the flattened anterior part; medially flattened and laterally with a basin-shaped epi ession on each side. I egmen with normal venation ; veins concolorous with rest of tegmen. Holotype & from Mullewa, Western Australia (coll. F. May) in the South Australian Museum. 211 Aloplemmeles colorata sp.nov. (Fig. 32, Ki, Ka) Length, 8-8 mm. General coloration yellowish (possible green in life) suffused with pink. Face of head wider than long. Fronto-clypeus entirely flat, posteriorly overhung by the thickened vertex. Margin of head, pink surrounding the eyes with a brown stripe along the dorsal edge. Crown yellowish, partly suffused with pink; a pair of small dark brown markings midway between eyes and coronal suture. Coronal suture pink, extending almost as far as anterior margin of crown. Pronotum pinkish-brown with numerous small dark brown markings antero-laterally and a median pink stripe, which extends posteriorly onto the scutellum. Scutellum apically pink. Tegmen with normal venation, colourless- hyaline ; veins brownish -yellow. Holotype from Mt Serle, North Flinders Range (coll. Hale and Tindale) in the South Australian Museum. Penthimiinae This sub-family has representatives in all the principal geographical regions. Four of the described Australian genera are endemic, while two, Vulturnus Kirkaldy and JVeodartus Melichar, which are represented also in the Oriental region and in Africa, are part of the late Indo-Malayan element of the eastern Australian fauna. The head is variable in shape (Evans, 1947a); the pronotum is wide laterally and the tegmina, in most forms, overlap apically and have wide appendices. Key to Genera of the Penthimiinae represented in Australia 1. Crown of head spatulate, approximately three times the length of the pronotum; ocelli on the crown. . . . * Platyscopus Evans Not as above . * 2 2. (1) Insects less than 5 mm in length 3 Insects more than 5 mm in length Ectopiocephalus Kirkaldy 3. (2) Crown spatulate, overhanging the face of the head 4 Anterior margin of head blunt or rounded .6 4. (3) Part of crown anterior to the ocelli shorter than the part posterior to them ... *5 Part of crown anterior to the ocelli longer than the part posterior to them. r Thaumatoscopus Kirkaldy 5. (4) Face of head posteriorly convex Vulturnellus gen.nov. Face of head posteriorly concave Vulturnus Kirkaldy 6. (3) Face of head more or less at right angles to the declivous vertex; eyes widely separated from the bases of the tegmina by the propleurae. . Neodartus Melichar Head evenly rounded; eyes narrowly separated from the bases of the tegmina by the propleurae * » • Chinaella Evans Ectopiocephalus Kirkaldy Ectopiocephalus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 463. The face of the head is flat and more than twice as wide as long and the labium terminates between the fore coxae. The fronto-clypeus widens progressively as far as the antennal ledges, which are prominent. The hind margin of the face is semi-circular in 212 outline and at right angles to the rest of the head, which lies in 2 planes that form a continuous curved surface. The ocelli are on the anterior margin of the crown adjacent to the complete, and distinct, curved epicranial suture, which coincides with the anterior border of the crown. The pronotum is wide laterally and wider posteriorly than anteriorly. The tegmina have wide appendices and numerous supernumary costal veinlets and the venation is reticulate to a varying degree. Type species — Ectopiocephalus vanduzei Kirkaldy. This genus differs from Penthimia Germar, of which it has formerly been regarded as a synonym, in being less squat in appearance, since the tegmina are not so steeply bent at the apex of the clavus. Also, in Ectopiocephalus , the distances between the eyes and the sides of the fronto-clypeus are approximately the same as between the hind margin of the head and the fronto-clypeus, while in Penthimia the former distance is approximately half the latter. Ectopiocephalus australis (Walker) (comb. no v.) (Fig. 32, G1-3) Scans australis Walker, 1858, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. Supplement, 253. Penthimia australis (Walker) Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. it: 150. Ectopiocephalus vanduzei Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 464 (syn.nov.). Penthimia reticulata Distant, 1908, Ann.Soc.Ent.Belg. 52: 108. Length, $, 5-6 mm; ?, 6-8 mm. General coloration, black; $, brownish or purplish-red. Apex of head in both sexes brownish-yellow. Male; crown and thorax shining black, or black with red markings. Tegmen dark hyaline brown, the clavus sometimes, irregular areas in cells, and veins, broadly "black. Female; crown and pronotum sometimes very dark brown or purplish brown with, or without, irregular black markings. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Moreton Bay, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Rockhampton, Indooropilly, Camooweal (Queensland) ; Nyngan, Mootwingie (New South Wales); Kiata (Victoria). Chinaella Evans Chinaella Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tas. 1935: 76. The head is evenly rounded, forming a single curved surface from the anterior to the posterior margin. The face is twice as wide as long, the labium terminates at the base of the middle coxae and the lora and ante-clypeus are in low relief. The post-clypeus widens as far as the antennae. 1 he antennal ledges are transverse and prominent, and extend laterally as far as the eyes. Medially, they are linked with each other by a low ridge, marking the position of the epistomal suture. The ocelli, which face forward, are visible neither in facial nor in dorsal aspect, and are at an equal distance from the antennal ledges and the hind margin of the head. The epicranial suture is retained and the crown is of even length with the adjacent part of the eyes. The tegmina overlap considerably and have a wide true and a supplementary appendix. Type species — Chinaella argentata Evans. 213 Chinaella argentata Evans (Fig. 32, L) hinaella argentata Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 77. Length, 5 ? 4*5 mm > width of head, 2 mm. Head cream, mottled with pale oddish-brown. Pronotum steeply declivous, golden yellow flecked with brown. Scutellum oddish yellow. Tegmen proximally brownish-yellow distally yellowish-white, with an derail reticulate brown pattern; veins brown. Ventral surface of thorax and legs, pale rown; of abdomen, white suffused with pale brown; genital segments, brown. ~ype Location — South Australian Museum. 3 P e Locality — Everard Ranges, South Australia. mown distribution elsewhere — Roper River (Northern Territory). Chinaella shephardi Evans (Fig. 32, M1-3) ' hinaella shephardi Evans, 1936, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1935: 77. Length, ale and dark brown. Pronotum concolorous with the crown and with a transverse, nedian, white band. Scutellum dark brown mottled with pale brown; muscle impressions vhite. Tegmen hyaline white, with a broad transverse dark brown fascia, spotted with pale 'ello wish-brown and some brown markings both proximally and distally on the fascia; veins ight and dark brown; venation proximally reticulate. Type Location — -H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. 218 Vultumus hackeri Evans Vultumus hackeri Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11 : 153. Length, $, 3-8 mm. Face of head, black, posteriorly and apically, pale yellowis- brown. Grown pale yellowish-brown mottled with brown. Pronotum dark brown wii yellowish-grey. Scutellum yellow with dark brown markings. Tegmen silvery white wii dark brown and black reticulations between the veins. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — Sunnybank, Queensland. Vultumus montanus Evans Vultumus montanus Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11 : 154. Length, $, 4 mm. Face of head black; posteriorly and apically, pale yellov Crown pale yellow or ochreous with 2 circular black spots between the ocelli and the apo and a few obscure markings between the ocelli. Pronotum, anterior third, yellowish-brow: remainder greyish- white, the whole with scattered, dark brown markings. Scutellum marke with a pattern of yellow and dark brown. Tegmen silvery-white with dark brow reticulations. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — Leura, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Brisbane (Queensland). Vulturnus punctulatus Evans Vulturnus punctulatus Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11 : 153. Length, 3-8 mm. Face of head, black, apical margin pale yellowish-browrr Grown, pronotum and scutellum black with numerous small yellowish or reddish-brow- spots. Tegmen greyish, or yellowish-white, with dark brown, or black, reticulations an sometimes with one or more white ante-apical cells. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — Nanango district, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere Woodenbong (New South Wales); Macpherson Ranges (Queen? Vulturnus sordidus Evans Vulturnus s or didus Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. 11: 153. Length, 3-8 mm. Face of head, black; posteriorly and apically pale yellowish biown. Ciown pale yellowish-brown mottled with brown. Pronotum dark brown spotteo with yellowish-grey. Scutellum yellow with dark brown markings. Tegmen silvery-whit< with dark brown and black reticulations between the veins. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — Sunnybank, Queensland. 219 Thaumato scopus Kirkaldy haumatoscopus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 462. The principal character separating this genus from Vulturnus is the shape of the crown r the head, which is apically foliaceous instead of being thickened. ype species — Thaumatoscopus galeatus Kirkaldy. Thaumatoscopus galeatus Kirkaldy (Fig. 33 , C) 'haumatoscopus galeatus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 462. Length, $, 7 mm. “ Luteotaceous ; foliaceous part of frons (fronto-clypeus) range-red; the rest, as well as the basal two-thirds of the genae and the base of the clypeus id of lora black; rest of face, the rostrum, anterior and intermediate legs, testaceous, rosternum and 4 spots on the apical margin of the scutellum, black. Tegmina pale iteotestaceous, more or less hyaline, veins opaque suffused discally with brownish, sparingly Larked with black. Posterior femora and tibiae mostly black.” ype Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. 'ype Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Thaumatoscopus dunkensis Evans (Fig. 33 , B) 'haumatoscopus dunkensis Evans, 1937, Mem. Queensland Mus. n: 154. Length, smoky brown; veins brown. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Vulturnellus gen.nov. The face of the head is medially flattened, sloping laterally towards the eyes. The- ocelli are on the narrow anterior margin of the head, close to, but not touching the eyes. The*, crown of the head has an anterior marginal ridge and is slightly depressed anterior to the eyes.. The pronotum is widest posteriorly and the tegmina are rounded and somewhat elytra-like. Type species — Vulturnellus shephardi sp.nov. Vulturnellus shephardi sp.nov. (Fig- 33> Li, La) Length, $, 4 mm. Face of head black. Crown, pronotum and scutellum black with pale golden hairs. Tegmen mottled with pale and dark brown in the form of small, pale, oval areas with darker margins, and with a pair of irregular, transverse, white fasciae; appendix and 2 large adjacent cells, which form part of the wing overfold, pale hyaline brown. . Holotype , $, from Broken Hill, New South Wales (coll. F.W. Shephard, 1924) in the Australian! Museum. Drabescinae Leafhoppers in the genus Drebescus Stal resemble those in the genus Selenocephalus / Germar in having their ocelli situated on a marginal rim and for this reason species in these two genera have formerly been grouped together in the same tribe, (Evans, 1947a). Ishihara (1950) and Linnavuori (i960) are however of the opinion that Drabescus , and certain other genera represented in tropical Africa, the Oriental Region and Oceania, are sufficiently distinctive to merit segregation as a separate subfamily. Drabescus Stal Drabescus Stal, 1870, Ofvers.Vetensk.Forh.Stockh. 27: 738. The face of the head is flattened and considerably wider than long. The labium terminates at the base of the hind coxae and the lora do not extend as far as the anterior margins of the maxillary plates. The antennal ledges are roundly arched and the antennae approxi- mately twice the length of the width of each eye. There is an apical rim separating the face from the crown of the head, on which the ocelli are situated adjacent to the sides of the fronto-clypeus and at a distance from the eyes. The crown of the head, which is nearly 221 twice as long in the centre as against the eyes, consists in part of the fronto-clypeus. The pronotum is laterally wide and the scutellum is longer than the pronotum. The tegmina, which have normal venation, have very wide appendices and raised, evenly spaced, spots on the veins and they overlap steeply apically. The hind tibiae have 4 rows of strong spines, 1 row of which is mounted on evenly- sized prominent bases. Type species — Bythoscopus remotus Walker (Philippines). Drabescus heroni sp.nov. (Fig. 32, H) Length, 7, $, 8 mm. General coloration brown. Face of head pale, or, dark brown; posteriorly black with a broad transverse ivory stripe, interrupted by the fronto- clypeus. Apical margin of head ivory, bordered on each side with black. Crown, pale or mottled brown. Pronotum brown with evenly distributed greyish spots and a narrow anterior, and lateral, white border. Scutellum concolorous with pronotum anteriorly; posteriorly, ivory. Tegmen evenly smoky-brown, or mottled brown with a median transverse vitreous fascia. Holotype from Heron Island, Queensland (coll. H.G. Cogger, 12/61) in the Australian Museum. The above species has been described because it is the first one belonging to the genus Drabescus to be recorded from Australia. It would seem to closely resemble D. stvamineus Distant which has been described from India. Lamia Linnavuori Lamia Linnavuori, i960, Acta Ent. Fenn. 15: 39. The face of the head is wider than long and the antennal ledges form the margin of ‘the head between the eyes and the flattened fronto-clypeus. The crown of the head is flat and roundly produced in front of the eyes, and the ocelli, which are on the anterior lateral margin of the crown, are visible only in dorsal aspect. The eyes are approximately equal in width to the space between them. The pronotum is wide laterally and the tegmina, which have very wide appendices, overlap steely apically. Type species — Lamia cydippe Linnavuori (Fiji). Because of present uncertainty of the affinities of this genus it is only tentatively placed in the Drabescinae to which subfamily it has been ascribed by Linnavuori (i960). Lamia placida sp.nov. (Fig. 37, Bi, B2) Length, 4 ’8 mm - Face of head whitish. Crown white, with 4 orange spots. Pronotum white with 4 anterior and 4 posterior orange spots. Scutellum white with obscure orange markings. Tegmen whitish with a brown scribble pattern. Holotype $ from Lake Placid, near Cairns, Queensland (coll. D. McAlpine, 1/59) in the Australian Museum. L. placida differs from the type species in having a considerably more extensive crown and also in coloration. 222 Deltocephalinae The Deltocephalinae, formerly known as the Euscelinae, may be recognized by the marginal position of the ocelli and the lack, in most genera, of certain cephalic features which occur in other groups of leaf hoppers with marginal ocelli. Thus, prominent antennal ledges are seldom developed and the crown of the head is seldom sharply differentiated from the face. The subfamily, which has representatives in all parts of the world, has been intensively studied in Europe and North America, where it is most abundantly represented, but not elsewhere. Many, possibly the majority of the species recorded from Australia are recent introductions, while several doubtless form part of the late Indo-Malayan faunal invasion. True endemic genera and species are few in number but are of undoubted occurrence. Because of the widespread distribution of some of the introduced species, certain of them may have been described several times from different parts of the world. This work is concerned particularly with Australian leafhoppers and while every attempt has been made to identify introduced forms, lack of sufficient comparative material makes it impossible to ensure that the names ascribed to them are necessarily the correct ones. It is appreciated, moreover, that certain genera which have been ascribed in this work to the Deltocephalini might be better placed in other tribes, as for example in the Euscelini, as defined by Linnavuori (1959). Such action, however, requires critical studies of the genera concerned and, as yet, these have not been undertaken. Key to the Tribes of the Deltocephalinae represented in Australia 1. Small fragile insects somewhat typhlocybine in appearance; venation of tegmen reduced ♦ Macrostelini Not as above 2 2. (1) Face of head more or less diamond-shaped, the eyes, genae and maxillary plates forming one continuous curved surface; antennae unusually long; crown of head sometimes arrow shaped Platymetopiini Not as above 4 „ * . 3 3. (2) Ocelli situated on a well-defined marginal rim Selenocephalini Ocelli not situated as above * . . . Deltocephalini Deltocephalini This tribe includes the most generalised and as well the largest and smallest representatives of the sub-family. Apart from one species, Nephotettix apicalis , which is entirely, or partly, green in colour, the Australian Deltocephalini are, for the most part, drab insects lacking distinctive features. As the genera described in the following pages represent only a small part of the Australian deltocephaline fauna, a key to the genera is omitted. Euleimonios Kirkaldy Euleimonios Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 342. Aconurominus Linnavuori, 1954, Ann.Ent.Fenn. 20: 83 (syn.nov.). lhe face of the head is slightly wider than long and the labium terminates between the middle coxae. I he lora, which are unusually large, overlap the sides of the ante-clypeus anteriorly; posteriorly, in the male they are separated from the genae by a ridge. The 223 ante-clypeus, which is depressed just prior to where it widens, is partly concealed by the swollen lora. The crown of the head is considerably wider in the centre than against the eyes. The ocelli, which are small, and visible in dorsal aspect, are on the anterior margin of the head, inside the lateral frontal sutures. The anterior margin of the pronotum is arched. Type species — Euleimonios demittendus Kirkaldy. Euleimonios flavidiventris (Stal) (Fig. 37, C) Jassus flavidiventris Stal, 1859, Eugen.Resa.Ins. 294. Euleimonios demittendus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 342 (syn.nov.). Aconurominus flavidiventris (Stal), Linnavuori, 1954, Ann.Ent.Fenn. 20: 84. Length, rj, 3, 3*8-4 mm. General coloration pale orange-yellow. Face of head, lora and maxillary plates coffee-brown, fronto-clypeus reddish-brown. Crown of head and thorax orange mottled with yellow; in the female, but not in the male, a row of 6 black spots along the anterior margin of the crown. Tegmen, hyaline brownish-yellow. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Stockholm. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Woy Woy (New South Wales). Occiplanocephalus Evans Occiplanocephalus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 146. The face of the head is wider than long and almost flat. The crown is approximately one- third the length of the pronotum and the eyes, which project considerably beyond the pronotum, are approximately equal to half the length of the pronotum. The tegmina, which are short, and do not extend as far as the apex of the abdomen, have wide appendices which continue around their apices; the venation is somewhat reticulate. The hind tibiae have an armature of strong spines, 1 row of which is mounted on enlarged bases, and between each spine in this row is a series of three, or, four minute spines. Type species — Occiplanocephalus ravus Evans. Occiplanocephalus ravus Evans (Fig. 34, S) Occiplanocephalus ravus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 147. Length, 6*8 mm. Face of head pale greyish-brown with transverse brown muscle impressions. Crown grey. Pronotum grey mottled with brown. Scutellum grey, with brown and black markings. Tegmen whitish hyaline; veins brown. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. 224 Orosius Distant* Orosius Distant, 1918, Faun. Brit. Ind.Rhyn. 7: 85. Nesaloha Oman, 1943, Pan-Pacific Ent. 19 (1): 33. The face of the head is wider than long. The labium extends to between the middli coxae. The fronto-clypeus is convex and the sides of the head slope steeply laterally. Th distance between the eyes is approximately equal to the width of each eye. The tegmim are long and narrow and have wide appendices. Type species — Orosius albicinctus Distant, India. Orosius argentatus (Evans) (Fig. 34, D) Thamnotettix argentata Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1937: 15. Orosius argentatus (Evans) Oman, 1949, Ent.Soc.Wash.Mem. 3: 11, 15. Nesophrosyne argentatus (Evans), Linnavuori, i960, Ins. Micronesia 6 (5): 320. Length, 3*3, $, 3*6 mm. Face of head whitish-yellow with black and browi markings, those on the fronto-clypeus, transverse. Crown of head whitish-yellow with ; pair of oval, outwardly directed, black markings and sometimes with a pair of adjacem black, or brown, spots near the anterior margin and a posterior pair adjacent to the eyes Pronotum, anteriorly with pale reddish-brown markings; posteriorly grey with a patten of scribbled brown, or black, markings. Scutellum pale yellow, sometimes with a central black rectangular marking and with 4 small black or, brown spots. Tegmen hyaline' whitish with a brown scribbled pattern, enclosing numerous oval pale areas and usually witll 3 black markings at the apices of veins Rla, Rib, and Rs. The male genitalia are illustrates in Linnavuori, i960. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Burnley, Victoria. Known distribution elsewhere — Widespread in Australia and of probable Oriental origin. Thii insect is the vector of at least two economically important virus diseases (Day and McKinnoni Orosius canberrensis (Evans) Thamnotettix canberrensis Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 15. Length, ^ 3 mm. General coloration pale yellow, eyes dark brown, ocelli redl Crown of head longest in centre. Type Location — Australian Museum. Type Locality — Canberra, A.C.T. * This genus is currently being revised by Ghauri. 225 Soracte Kirkaldy oracte Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 55. I he face of the head is as wide as long, the ante-clypeus is slightly narrower anteriorly han posteriorly and the lora do not reach as far as the anterior margins of the maxillary Th dates. The ocelli, which are marginal in position and closely adjacent to the eyes, are visible m rom above. The crown, which is approximately triangular, is slightly longer than the >ronotum. The tegmina have wide appendices. Type species — Soracte apollonos Kirkaldy. Soracte apollonos Kirkaldy (Fig. 35, B1-3) made apollonos Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 55. Length,. ^5 9 , 3 ’ 5 - 4*4 mm - Face of head pale brown, with curved, dark brown nuscle impressions on the fronto-clypeus. Crown, brownish-olivaceous, with a white, cross- haped marking; the arms of the cross curve posteriorly. Pronotum concolorous with the Town, with 4 pale brown longitudinal stripes. Tegmen whitish, some cells margined with )rown and some brown costal and apical markings; veins white. Male genitalia as in Fig. Ba, B 3 . * K iVl Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. :I1 Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. e r: Known distribution elsewhere — Ingham, Queensland. Soractellus gen.nov. This genus resembles Soracte in broad structural features. It differs in the shape and proportions of the several parts of the male genitalia. Type species — Soractellus brunneus sp.nov. Soractellus brunneus sp.nov. (Fig. 35, C) Length, 3*6, $, 4*2 mm. Face of head, ivory; lora margined with brown; ronto-clypeus with broad, curved brown muscle impressions. Crown anteriorly very dark Drown with an apical pale brown triangular marking. Pronotum, anteriorly pale brown mottled with dark brown; medially pale brown; posteriorly very dark brown. Tegmen pale hyaline brown; veins broadly white margined with dark brown. Legs pale brown with dark brown bars. Male genitalia as in Fig. 35, C. Holotype and Allotype $ from Ingham, Queensland, in the Australian Museum. Soractellus nigrominutus sp.nov. (Fig. 35, H) Length, 2-2 mm. General coloration, yellowish-grey. Face of head, black with transverse posterior muscle impressions, as wide as long, sloping steeply at sides; ante-clypeus convex. Crown greyish golden-brown, longest in the centre and longer than the pronotum. 2690 — 8 G 226 Pronotum and scutellum concolorous with the crown. Tegmen not fully developed,, extending almost as far as apex of abdomen, grey; veins bordered with brown and some ; obscure brown markings. Male genitalia as in Fig. 35, H. Holotype $ from Moolooka, Queensland (11/44) ' m th e Australian Museum. Exitianus Ball Exitianus Ball, 1929, Trans.Amer.Ent.Soc. 55: 5. Mimodrylix Zachvatkin, 1935, Wiss.Ber.Moskauer Staats.Univ. 4: 108. ' The five species listed below and ascribed to this genus comprise a group of leaf hoppers . of wide distribution in the tropics and sub-tropics of the world. They range in length from i 3*8-6 mm and have a pallid appearance. The face of the head may be brown, or pallid, 1 with transverse brown muscle impressions on the fronto-clypeus. The crown, which is anteriorly rounded and usually somewhat longer in the centre than against the sides, has a 1 median transverse brown, or black, band which may be interrupted in the centre. The 1 pronotum may likewise have a transverse, and usually, broken stripe. The tegmina are colourless-hyaline, and sometimes have longitudinal brown streaks. The veins are brown and the appendix wide. As the true status of the species listed below is uncertain they are not described. It is quite certain that there are many more synonyms of E. capicola than those listed here. Although these insects are of wide distribution in Australia, they are most abundant in the warmer regions of the continent and they feed on grasses. Type species — Cicadula exitiosa Uhler (North America). Exitianus contemptus (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) Nephotettix contemptus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9); 332. Length, ?, 5*5 mm. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Exitianus capicola (Stal) (Fig. 34, A) Athysanus capicola Stal, 1855, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 12: 99. Jassus fusconervosus Motschulsky, 1863, Moscow Soc.Nat.Bull. 36: 97. Athysanus taematiceps Kirschbaum, 1868, Jahrb.Ver. Nat. Nassau 21 \ 87. Nephotettix plebeius Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 331. Nephotettix eurytus Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 54 (syn.nov.). Eutettix norrisi Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 14 (syn.nov.). Euscelis transversus Metcalf, 1946, Insects of Gaum, 2 B.P.Mus.Bull 189: 122. 227 g. 34: A, Exitianus capicola , head and thorax; B, Loralia pulcherrima ; C, Exitianiellus elegantula ; D, Orosius yentatus ; E, Hishimonus disciguttus ; F, H. discignttus, male genitalia; G, Paralimus smithtoniensis, head and orax; H, Exitianus simillimus . male genitalia; I, Deltocephalus dorsalis; J, Thamnophryne nysias, head and orax; K, T. nysias, aedeagus; L, Hishimonus melaleucae, aedeagus and basal plate; M, H. melaleucae, ibgenital plates and parameres; N, Deltocephalus coronifer . head and thorax; O, D. coronifer, male genitalia, Pingellus nigrojlauus, head and thorax; Q,, P. nigroflavus, male genitalia; R, Limotettix incerta, male genitalia; Occiplanocephalus ravus ; T, Deltocephalus dorsalis, aedeagus; paramere and subgenital plate, U, Scaphetus brunneus, male genitalia. 228 Mimodrylix capicola Ishihara, 1954, Matsuyama Agric.ColLSci.Rept. 14: 6. Exitianus capicola (Stal), Linnavuori, 1960, Ins. Micronesia 6 (5): 310. Length, $, 4-3-6 mm. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Stockholm. Type Locality — South Africa. Exitianus simillimus Matsumura (Fig- 34 > H ) Athysanus simillimus Matsumura, 1914, Tohoku Imp. Univ.J. Coll. Agric. 5: 185. Exitianus simillimus (Matsumura), Linnavuori, i960, Ins. Micronesia 5 (5): 312. Length, osterior margin. The ocelli are on the crown of the head, adjacent to the anterior margin. The crown is flat and widest in the centre, and each eye is equal in width to half the width >f the pronotum. The sides of the pronotum widely separate the eyes from the bases of the tegmina and he pronotum is widest posteriorly. The tegmina have narrow appendices and Rla, Rib md Rs are reflexed. Type species — Scaphetus brunneus sp.nov. Scaphetus resembles Platyretus Melichar and Scaphoideus Uhler in many features but liffers in the greater width of the crown in relation to the eyes, and the dorsal position of he ocelli. Scaphetus brunneus sp.nov. (Fig. 34, U) Length, <^, 5, $, 6 mm. General coloration brown. Face of head pale chocolate orown with yellow markings. Apex with a transverse yellow band. Crown of head, Dronotum and scutellum, yellow mottled with ochreous brown. Tegmen pale hyaline brown, )r ivory with a brown reticulate pattern; distal two-thirds of costal margin white, with four )r five thick, oblique black markings, an apical black marking and one in the neighbourhood )f Cula. Male genitalia as in Fig. 34, U. Lolotype, from Bay of Islands and Allotype $ from Flora Hut, Nelson, New Zealand, in he Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand. 238 Deltocephalus Burmeister Deltoceplialus Burmeister, 1838, Gen. Ins. I :pl. 14, sub-gen. 3. Until such time as a critical study, on a world basis is made of the species whic have been ascribed to this genus, it cannot be determined how many are truly congeneri with the type species. The genus as understood below comprises small, mostly broao drab, leafhoppers which have an evenly rounded face, an extensive post-clypeus, marginal ocelli and lack antennal ledges. Sometimes the frontal region, which is situated on th crown of the head, is distinct from the post-clypeus, and the latter may extend laterally onto, the crown. Type species — Cicada pulicaris Fallen (Palaearctic) . The most abundant and widely distributed representative of this genus in botl. Australia and New Zealand is D. taedius and this may well be an introduced species in botl; countries. Fig. 36: A, Deltocephalus aristarche ; B, D. aristarche, male genitalia; C, Deltocephalus perparvus ; D, D. perparvus , male genitalia; E, Deltocephalus centralis , head and thorax; F, Deltocephalus taedius, male genitaliaj G, Deltocephalus viridellus, aedeagus; H, Deltocephalus centralis , face of head; I, Alo deltocephalus draba, sub genital plate and paramere; J, Alodeltocephalus longuinquus, aedeagus; K, A. longuinquus, subgenital plat] and paramere. Deltocephalus taedius (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 36, F) Phrynomorphus taedius Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 326. Deltocephalus montanus Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 16 (syn.nov.). (nec.) Deltocephalus montanus Distant, 1908, Faun.Brit.Ind.Rhyn. 4: 384. 239 A highly variable species of wide distribution in Australia and New Zealand. lackish-brown transverse bend in the proximal half of the corium.” Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Moora, Western Australia. Deltocephalus decoloratus Evans Deltocephalus decoloratus Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 148. Length, 3-8 mm. Face of head with pale brown muscle impressions on the ronto-clypeus. Crown longest in the centre, scutellum with a row of 4 dark spots anteriorly md two spots posteriorly. Tegmen pallid, apically grey; veins white, bordered with grey. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Deltocephalus dedarensis Evans Deltocephalus dedarensis Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy. Soc.W.Aust. 27: 147. Length, 3*6 mm. Face of head orange-yellow, fronto-clypeus darker in colour. Crown, orange-buff, longer in the centre than against the eyes. Pronotum and scutellum concolorous with the crown. Tegmen pale hyaline brown, apically narrow. Ventral surface of thorax, and abdomen, and legs, pale orange-yellow. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. 240 Deltocephalus lotis Kirkaldy Deltocephalus lotis Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 56. Length, $, 3-6 mm. General coloration evenly pale vellowish-brown. Tegmina reaching to about half the length of the insect, obliquely transverse apically. “ Vertex- piceous with a thin median longitudinal testaceous line, basal half testaceous with 2 big. piceous spots, a short transverse testaceous line middle of apical half. Face piceous; frons with curved concentric lines on each side of the middle. Tegmina testaceous subopaque with a narrow piceous margin to the veins on both sides. Greatest width of vertex about! the same as the length; vertex flattish, nearly rectangular apically, a little depressed basally.. Vertex and frons acute-angled in profile.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Mittagong, New South Wales. Deltocephalus lucindae Kirkaldy Deltocephalus lucindae Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 58. Length, 3-9, 5 mm. General coloration brown. Crown with a pair of black apical markings and obscure yellow-brown markings continuing onto the pronotum. Tegmen evenly hyaline brown; veins pale brown. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Lucinda, Queensland. Deltocephalus coronifer Marshall* (Fig. 34, N, O) Jassus coronifer Marshall, 1866, Ent.Mon.Mag. 2 : 265. Deltocephalus hospes Kirkaldy, 1904, Entom. 37: 177 (syn.nov.). Phrynomorphus hospes (Kirkaldy) 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 60. Divitiacus primus Distant, 1918, Faun. Brit. Ind. 7: 59 (syn.nov.). Deltocephalus ( Insulanus ) hospes , Kirkaldy, Linnavuori, i960, Act.Ent.Fenn. 15: 45. Length, $, 3-4 mm. General coloration very pale brown. A|’highly variable species. Crown of head roundly acute. Anterior margin with a broken, brown stripe, which may consist of a row of dark brown spots, or, a broad, dark brown band with oval, or round spots. Tegmen pallid yellowish with a few indistinct brown markings; some cells, particularly against the costal margin, and apically, may be suffused, entirely, or in part, with smoky-brown; veins white. Male genitalia as in Fig. 34, O. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Esher, England. Collected on — Grass. Known distribution elsewhere — This European species is of widespread occurrence in Australia. * It is possible that this is a synonym of Deltocephalus distinctus Motschulsky, 1859. 241 Deltocephalus aristarche (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 36, A, B) Driotura aristarche Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 59. Length, 2-2*4 mm; ¥> 2*5-3 mm - Face of h eac * ~ venl Y P ale brown, or pale yellowish-brown with brown or black muscle impressions. Tegmen reduced, approximately rectangular in shape, extending to half the length of the whole insect, ivory, faintly, and partially, suffused with brown, or almost entirely dark brown. Abdomen, dorsal surface, irregularly mottled with pale yellowish-brown and dark brown. Male genitalia as in Fig. 36, B. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Mittagong, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Port Stephens, Dungog (New South Wales). Deltocephalus perparvus Kirkaldy (Fig. 36, C, D) Deltocephalus perparvus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 33 °* Length, 2*3 mm. “Pale yellowish-testaceous. Vertex distinctly longer medianly than at eyes, triangularly rounded in front, margin in front of eyes straight. Vertex somewhat flat, a large rounded depression on each side of the middle line. Clypeus as wide anteriorly as frons posteriorly, which very gradually widens at clypeus, extending anteriorly beyond base of clypeus, posteriorly nearly touching margin of genae. Pronotum short, anteriorly arched, posteriorly slightly emarginate. Tegmina short, reaching only to half the length of the abdomen without appendix; venation obscure. Glavus nearly as large as the apically rounded coriurn. Wings minute.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Mittagong, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Sydney, New South Wales. Deltocephalus polemon Kirkaldy Deltocephalus polemon Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 56. Length, 3*5 mm. “Vertex testaceous with a faint olivaceo-fuscous stripe on each side of the median line. Pronotum testaceous with 3 longitudinal pale olive-fuscous stripes on each side, the innermost broad and continuing onto the scutellum. Tegmina dilute yellowish-cinereous; veins whitish-testaceous narrowly and irregularly margined with fuscous; apical cells mostly dark fuscous, the first and second apical veins whitish. M!ale, valve short, triangular; plates little longer than the valve, the. two taken together deeply emarginate angularly in the middle; pygophore more than twice as long medially as the plates.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. 242 Deltocephalus chlorippe (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) Phrynomorphus chlorippe Kirkaldy, I 9 ° 7 ? bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 60. Length, 3*3 mm. General coloration evenly bright yellow. Face of head, black,, brown, or pale brown. Crown approximately triangular, but anteriorly not acute. Tegmem short, not reaching to apex of abdomen, hyaline-yellow. Hind wings reduced. Dorsal) surface of abdomen in ?, anterior two-thirds, black; posteriorly yellow. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Brisbane (Queensland). Deltocephalus pullatus Evans Deltocephalus pullatus Evans, 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 148. Length, $, 4 mm. Face of head with a pattern of regular bold, black markings. Grown longer in the centre than against the eyes, pale brown with transverse and curved black stripes. Pronotum anteriorly yellowish-brown, posteriorly grey with a regular pattern of brown markings. Scutellum pale brownish-yellow with black markings, muscle impressions apricot. Tegmen whitish hyaline, margins of each cell suffused with brown. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — -Yanchep, Western Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Kiata (Victoria). Deltocephalus centralis sp.nov. (Fig. 36, E, H) Length, $, 4*6 mm width across eyes, 1*7 mm. A broad species, pale yellowish in colour, mottled with pinkish-orange. Face of head yellowish mottled with pink, or pale yellow mottled, to a varying extent, with black. Crown, either of equal length with the eyes, or slightly longer in the centre, yellowish, mottled with orange-pink. Pronotum concolorous with the crown. Scutellum yellow, or pinkish, sometimes with small black, lateral markings. Tegmen, with complete venation including 3 cross- veins, m-cu, hyaline- grey with sparse irregular brown markings; veins white with orange-pink markings. An apparently constant feature is a series of small, dark brown markings against the costal margin of the tegmen. Holotype $ from Standley Chasm, McDonnell Ranges, Central Australia (coll. A. Musgrave 6/39) in the Australian Museum. This species has been described, in spite of lack of male specimens for genitalia examination, because of the interest provided by the locality of its occurrence. Deltocephalus viridellus sp.nov. (Fig. 36, G) Length, 3, $, 4 mm. General coloration, greenish-yellow. Face of head, ante- clypeus, lora and maxillary plates, pale brownish-yellow; lora and ante-clypeus posteriorly, margined with brown. Post-clypeus yellow with transverse black stripes. Crown longer in the centre than against the sides and almost equal to the combined length of the pronotum 243 and scutellum, pale greenish-yellow, with a triangular frontal area bordered anteriorly by the curved hind margins of the post-clypeus, posteriorly, by a transverse postfrontal suture. Tegmen pale hyaline greenish-yellow; veins concolorous with the rest of the tegmen. Male genitalia as in Fig. 36, G. Holotype <$ and Allotype $ from Mt Kosciusko, New South Wales, 6,500 ft (collected. J.W.E., 6/62) in the Australian Museum. Deltocephalus dorsalis Motchulsky (Fig. 34, I, T) Deltocephalus dorsalis Motchulsky, 1859, Etud.Ent.1859: 114. Deltocephalus dorsalis Motchulsky, Distant, 1908, Faun. Brit. Ind. 4: 380. Length, $, 3-4 mm. This species may be recognized by the characteristic tegminal markings. Male genitalia as in Fig. 34, T. Type Location — Moscow. Type Locality — Colombo, Ceylon. Known distribution elsewhere — India, Ceylon, Borneo, Japan, Brisbane (Queensland). The above genus clearly lacks close affinity with other species ascribed to this genus* but its correct position can only be determined by a study of the Oriental fauna. Alodeltocephalus gen.nov. Small Deltocephalus- like leaf hoppers distinguished by the possession of long sclerotised clasping processes arising from the apices of the subgenital plates. The face of the head is wider than long and the transverse muscle impressions on the fronto-clypeus, which extend laterally onto the crown, are well defined. The ocelli are on the crown in alignment with the apex of the coronal suture and adjacent to the eyes and the apex of the crown is broadly acute. The tegmina, which are apically broad, do not completely cover the genital segments, and the apical cells are approximately square. Type species — Phrynomorphus longuinquus Kirkaldy. Alodeltocephalus longuinquus (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 36, J, K) Phrynomorphus longuinquus Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 326. Deltocephalus obliquus Evans, 1938, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1938: 16 (syn.nov,). Length, 3-3 -5 mm. General coloration, pale brown. Tegmen sometimes with white and black markings. Male genitalia as in Fig. 36, J, K. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — widely distributed in Australia and New Zealand. 244 Alodeltocephalus draba sp.nov. (Kg- 36 , I) Length, <$, $, 3 -2 mm. Differs from the type species in the slightly greater extension laterally of the post-clypeus onto the crown of the head and in the considerably more extensive apical processes of the subgenital plates which are carried in a crossed, instead of a vertical, position. Male genitalia as in Fig. 36, I. Holotype $ and Allotype $ from Forrest, Victoria (coll. J.W.E., 3/63) in the Australian Museum. Lonatura Osborn and Ball Lonatura Osborn and Ball, 1898, Proc. Davenport Acad.Sci. 8: 83. Since the type specimen of the species described below is unavailable, it has been impossible to determine its generic position with certainty. Consequently, no description is given of the genus. The type species, L. catalina , like L. austrina is a minute insect and is known in a brachypterous and in a fully winged form. Lonatura austrina Kirkaldy Lonatura austrina Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 62. Length, 1-9 mm. Head, pronotum and scutellum pale yellowish the frons with a pale ferruginous radiating pattern. Tegmina pale olive green, the veins a little yellow, a broad smoky apical band. Abdomen black, the last segment white, pygophor white and black. Legs yellowish-brown soiled with fuscous. 55 Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu (missing). Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Bundaberg (Queensland) . Selenocephalini Carvaka Distant Carvaka Distant, 1918, Faun. Brit. Ind. 7: 40. The species described below is only tentatively ascribed to this genus, hence no generic description is provided. Type species — Carvakta picturata Distant. Carvaka fulvida sp.nov. (Fig. 32, I) Length, $, 6 mm. Face of head wider than long, the labium short, terminating between the fore femora. Ante-clypeus dark brown, fronto-clypeus ochreous-brown except foi an antero-medial dark brown area and a transverse dark brown bar posteriorly; remainder of face, pale parchment-yellow. Ocelli on a bright yellow marginal rim adjacent to, but not in contact with, the eyes. Crown of head approximately two-thirds the length of the pronotum, longest in the centre, anteriorly dark brown; posteriorly pale yellowish- brown with a broken posterior, pale brown stripe; tegmen hyaline bronze or brown except for the costal area which is vitreous; veins brown. 245 Holotype $ from the Bunya Mountains, Queensland (coll N. Geary, 21/1/38), in the Australian Museum. The above species has been described on the basis of a single specimen as it is the sole representative of this tribe to be recorded from Australia. It is possible that Carvaka has been incorrectly ascribed to the Selenocephalini and for this reason the illustration of the head of C. fulvida has been placed on the same plate as the one in which the heads of representatives of the Jassinae and Penthimianae are also illustrated. Platymetopiini Dryadomorpha Kirkaldy Dryadomorpha Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 335. “Vertex acutely produced in front of the eyes, a little longer than wide at the base, slightly concave, basal half sulcate longitudinally; longitudinally finely striate; anterior margin of head acute. Eyes large, not forming part of the curve of the head. Ocelli very small, immediately in front of the acute margin of the head, nearly midway between eye and apex of vertex. Face angularly convex, diamond shaped, frons elongate, subconstricted at the antennal articulations. Clypeus fused with frons, widening posteriorly, posterior margin slightly notched in middle, reaching beyond posterior margin of genae. Lorae wider than clypeus anteriorly, not nearly touching posterior margin of genae. Posterolateral margin of face oblique, not angulate almost direct between eye and clypeus. Antennae long, reaching at least beyond last sternite. Pronotum finely striate transversely, anteriorly arched, lateral margins evanescent. Scutellum a trifle wider than long. Venation of tegmen indistinct. 5 ’ Type species — Dryadomorriorpha pallida Kirkaldy. Dryadomorpha pallida Kirkaldy (Fig. 37, Ai, Aa) Dryadomorpha pallida Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 336. Length, $, 7 mm - “ Pale golden yellow, eyes brownish red. Last sternite of female short, posterior margin slightly notched; pygofers marked with a groove on each side.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. GifFardia Kirkaldy Giffardia Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. t (9): 336. “Head elongate, tapering; vertex longer than wide across the eyes, about five or six times as long as wide between eyes at base, prolongation elongate-triangular, flat, porrect or slightly declivous towards the apex, longitudinally carinate. Frons elongate, a little more than four times as long as wide between antennae. Clypeus a trifle wider at apex than at base, a little wider than the lorae, which do not nearly touch its posterior margin. Eyes large, elongate, suboblique not included in the curve of the head. Ocelli small, on the 246 anterior margin of the head, a little remote from the eyes. Antennae elongate, socketted ai about one-third of the length of the eyes. Pronotum arched anteriorly, pronotum and scutellum longitudinally carinate. Tegminal venation simple, four discoidals and five apical.” Type species — Giffardia dolicliocephala Kirkaldy. Giffardia dolichocephala Kirkaldy (Fig. 37 , G) Giffardia dolichocephala Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 336. Length, 5 ’ 5 "^ *5 mm ; ?, 8-2 mm. £C More or less pale yellowish testaceous, a longitudinal brownish line from apex of vertex to posterior margin of scutellum, the keel on these parts being often pale and the crown line being more or less interrupted, sometimes irregularly widening on the vertex. On each of the genae is a thin brown smudged line, 247 uniting anteriorly on the frons. Tegminal veins whitish, whole internal margin smoky, as also the small spots, one on each side of the second apical vein. Tegmina in female not extending to apex of abdomen and in male beyond abdomen.’ 5 Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Collected on — Grasses. Platymetopius Burmeister Platymetopius Burmeister, 1838, Gen. Ins. 1: pi. 14. The face of the head is diamond shaped, longer than wide and slopes steeply at the sides. The antennae are very long, antennal ledges absent and there are prominent circular basal antennal pits. The ocelli are on the face of the head, close to the hind margin and situated midway between the eyes and the apex of the head. The crown of the "head is narrowly acute and approximately equal in length to the combined length of the pronotum and scutellum. Type species — Cicada undata De Geer (Europe). This species is described as new since it is the first representative of the genus to be described from Australia. Doubtless, a critical study of the Platymetopiini, on a world basis, would show the need for generic separation of Australian from European insects. Until this is done, it is however preferable to refer such species as this to well known genera, as has been done, for example, within the Idiocerinae, rather than to create new genera for their special reception. Platymetopius australis sp.nov. (Fig. 37, Di, D2) Length, 5, $, 6-5 mm. General coloration, evenly yellow (probably green when alive) . Holotype and Allotype $ from Wyndham, north-west Australia (coll. E.G.B. Langfield, 8/56)3 in the Australian National Insect Collection, Canberra. Oceanopona Linnavuori Oceanopona Linnavuori, i960, I ns. Micronesia 6 (5): 299. Type species — Oceanopona croceipennis Linnavuori (Eastern Caroline Island). A single specimen of a species, which apparently belongs to this genus, has been seen. This was taken in a light-trap at Darwin, North Australia. Linnavuori ascribes this genus to the tribe Paraboloponini which he states is distributed through Japan and Micronesia. As it is uncertain in what characters the Paraboloponini differ from the Platymetopiini the genus is tentatively ascribed to the latter tribe. The species in the two genera which follow are of uncertain relationships and are only tentatively included in the Deltocephalinae. 248 Anemolua Kirkaldy Anemolua Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 329. The face of the head, which is transversely convex, is as long as wide. The ante- clypeus is long and widest apically. The sides of the fronto-clypeus, posterior to the antennae, are close to the eyes. On the crown of the head the length of each eye is greater than the width of the hind margin of the head between the eyes. The tegmina are apically broad and have wide appendices and the venation is slightly reticulate. Type species — Anemolua hanuala Kirkaldy. This is an anomalous genus and has some seeming resemblance to Malagasiella Evans, and also to Stegelytra Mulsant and Rey. Anemolua hanuala Kirkaldy (Fig- 37 ? F1-4) Anemolua hanuala Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 329. Length, $, 3*8-5 mm. Face of head, brown. Crown, pale brown with a median anterior brown marking and a pair of oval dark brown markings posteriorly. Pronotum pale brown with obscure pale brown markings and 6 dark brown spots close to the anterior margin. Scutellum pale brown with 4 darker spots. Tegmen pale brown with irregular whitish areas; veins white. In the $, the abdomen extends beyond the folded tegmina and the ovipositor is very long. Male genitalia as in Fig. 37, F2. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Inghamia gen. no v. 1 he face of the head, which is wider than long slopes steeply towards the sides. The labium is short and terminates between the fore trochanters. The ante-clypeus is rectangular, the lora broad and the maxillary plates posteriorly emarginate. The fronto-clypeus, which is convex, is completely enclosed by continuous epicranial and frontal sutures. The eyes are very large and the interior margin of each eye is indented adjacent to the antennae, i he antennae, which extend considerably beyond the margin of the face, lack overhanging ledges. I he ocelli, which are visible in both facial and dorsal aspect, are adjacent to the hind margin of the fronto-clypeus. The crown is broadly arrow-shaped and the coronal suture extends almost as far as the anterior corners of the eyes. The pronotum is laterally long and considerably wider posteriorly than anteriorly. The tegmina, which overlap apically, have wide appendices. The hind tibiae have 3 rows of long spines interspersed with short spines. Type species — Inghamia dayi sp.nov. Inghamia resembles Anemolua Kirkaldy in general characteristics. It differs in proportions; thus the eyes are smaller, the crown and pronotum more extensive and the tegmina longer in relation to the abdomen. 249 Inghamia dayi sp.nov. (Fig. 37, E1-3) Length, 5*2 mm. General coloration yellowish-brown. Face of head brownish- yellow, hind margin of fronto-clypeus narrowly dark brown. Crown apically dark brown, or black; posteriorly brownish-yellow with brown markings. Scutellum, brownish-yellow, lateral muscle impressions brown and with a pair of brown spots. Tegmen hyaline brownish-yellow, postero-apically smoky-brown; a w r hite wax secretion against the costal margin medially; veins narrowly margined with brown. Holotype $ from Ingham, Queensland, in the Australian Museum. Described from 10 females taken in a light trap, April, 1960 (coll. M. Day). Macrostelini The tribe comprises small, long, narrow, leafhoppers, green, yellow or reddish-brown in colour, or sometimes whitish with pink markings. They are of widespread distribution throughout the world and for the most part, lack distinctive characteristics (apart from those furnished by the male genitalia). Many species feed on grasses. The true identity of some of the species recorded from Australia must remain uncertain until such times as comprehensive collections are assembled and a critical study undertaken of the group as a whole. Key to the Genera of the Macrostelini represented in Australia 1. Yellow insects with 2 large black spots on the crown Cicadulina China Not as above. 2. Grown of head of even length throughout Balclutha Kirkaldy Grown of head longer in the centre than against the eyes. . . . Nesoclutha Evans Balclutha Kirkaldy Gnathodus Feiber, 1806, Verh.Zool.-bot.Ges.Wien. 16: 505 (preoccupied). Balclutha Kirkaldy, 1900, Entomologist, 33: 243 (nom.nov.). Nesosteles Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1: 343. Eusceloscopus Evans, 1942, Trans.Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 147 (syn.nov.). The labium is short, terminating at the base of the hind coxae, the ante-clypeus extends anteriorly beyond the lora and the face is emarginate below the eyes. The antennae are almost as long as the width of the head. The ocelli are marginal, closely adjacent to the eyes. The pronotum is wide laterally and the anterior margin frequently transverse. The tegmina are long and narrow, vein R is unusually close to the costal border and may be proximally indistinct and the tegmina overlap considerably apically. In the wings Rs and M 1 + 2 usually terminate as a single vein. The male genitalia have well developed pygophores, which may have ventral accessary processes and the aedeagus is long, narrow and curved. Type species — Cicada punctatus Thunberg (Sweden) . 250 Balclutha aurantiigera (Kirkaldy) Nesosteles aurantiigera Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 65. Length, 4 mm. “ Head pronotum and scutellum pale greenish-yellow. Tegmina and legs orange-red, the former with conspicuous whitish veins, the apical cells hyaline. Vertex rounded in front, less than half the length of the pronotum, about as long medianly as at the eves.’ 5 Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. (This may be a synonym of B. sanguinescens ) . Balclutha chloe (Kirkaldy) Nesosteles chloe Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 66. Length, <£, 4 mm. Bright green. Tegmina hyaline, veins green, vertex roundly angulate anteriorly. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Redlynch, Queensland. Balclutha dryas (Kirkaldy) (Fig. 38, E) Nesosteles dryas Kirkaldy, 1907, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 3: 65. Length, $, 4*5 mm. Head testaceous, more or less suffused with pale orange brown, a short longitudinal suture and a lateral impression, reddish brown. Pronotum creamy with three or five thin orange-brown longitudinal lines of which the 3 central one are continued more widely onto the scutellum. Tegmina pale hyaline, creamy; veins white the costal-apical ones sometimes brownish. Male genitalia, pygophores with large boot-shaped ventral processes (Fig. 38, E). Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Redlynch, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Perth, Western Australia. (This is possibly a synonym of B. rosea (Scott)). Balclutha glauca (Kirkaldy) Nesosteles glauca Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 344. Length, 3*5 mm. ) or some minute specks near the veins ( ¥> 2 '9 mm - General appearance dark brown evenly mottled with pale brown. Face of head, pale, or dark brown, sometimes pale, or mottled brown, posteriorly. Crown with a regular pattern of pale yellowish-brown and dark brown. Pronotum brown with several regularly arranged small pale spots. Scutellum brown with 4 pale spots. Tegmen hyaline, pale or dark brown with numerous regularly arranged pale 256 hyaline yellowish-brown oval areas; one, or more, of the apical costal pale areas are usually larger than the remainder; sometimes also with a few opaque whitish longitudinal markings. Type Location — Australian Museum (missing). Type Locality — Hobart, Tasmania. Known distribution elsewhere — Darwin (Northern Territory) ; Ingham (Queensland) ; Bandon Grove (New South Wales); Perth (Western Australia). Xestocephalus magnificus sp.nov. (Fig- 39> G > F ) Length, , 4*8 mm. General coloration, pale yellowish-brown. Head, pale brown, each eye equal in width to half the total width of the crown. Pronotum brownish-yellow, sometimes with 3 dark markings posteriorly. Scutellum yellowish-brown without markings. Tegmen, pale hyaline brownish-yellow with dark brown markings; these may be arranged as a pattern of ovals or be confined to the margin of the tegmen. Holotype $ from Herberton, North Queensland (coll. D. McAlpine 1/58) in the Australian Museum. X. magnificus differs from all other known Australian species of Xestocephalus in its larger size and paler coloration. Xestocephalus ovalis sp.nov. (Fig. 39 , B) Length, $, 3 mm. General coloration, coffee-brown. Crown of head approximately semi-circular in outline, coffee-brown with several indistinct large, pale circular markings. Pronotum, anteriorly dark brown, posteriorly coffee-brown with indistinct large pale markings. Scutellum dark brown, lacking markings. Tegmen not reaching as far as the apex of the abdomen, pale hyaline-brown mottled with brown and with several narrow, longitudinal white markings. Holotype $, from Wellington, New Zealand (coll, in moss, B. Holloway 4/54) in the Dominion Museum. Myrmecophryne Kirkaldy Myrmecophryne Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 461. Differs from Xestocephalus in proportions, being broader and shorter in lacking the typical Xestocephalus colour pattern, and in having obscure venation. Type species — Myrmecophyryne formiceticola Kirkaldy. I his genus, which has previously been regarded as a synonym of Xestocephalus , is sufficiently distinctive to merit separate recognition. 257 Myrmecophryne formiceticola Kirkaldy (Fig. 39, D) Ayrmecophryne formiceticola Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 462. Length, <$, 2 mm, $, 2*2 mm. General coloration dark brown with a few pale narkings on the crown, pronotum and scutellum. Tegmina opaque brown with a small '.>ale area against the costal margin distally. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Bundaberg, Queensland. Collected — In an ants’ nest on sand hills. Known distribution elsewhere — Innisfail (Queensland). T y phlocybinae This group of distinctive, minute, yellow, green, white and red leafhoppers is of universal distribution. They may be distinguished by the absence of any but ante-apical :ross-veins in their tegmina. They are particularly abundant, and have been most intensive y studied in Europe and North America. The Australian fauna comprises representatives of ii few cosmopolitan genera and, as well, an abundance of species which belong to genera which may either be endemic or else of Indo-Malayan origin. The New Zealand typhlocybid fauna, on the other hand, would seem to consist solely of representatives of widely distributed genera. Typhocybids have not been extensively collected in Australia and for this reason it has not been possible to make a critical study of the generic position of species belonging to supposedly endemic genera. Hence, where possible, species have been assigned previous y described genera even although in some instances they may not be congeneric with the type species. The existing classification of this sub-family has been based largely on venational and to some extent on genitalia characteristics and while these are undoubtedly important, it is possible that other features, in particular head structure, might, if studied, also yield significant information in respect to inter-relationships. The key that follows is provided in the hope that it may, to some extent, aid generic identification until such time as the Australian representatives of this subfamily receive critical attention. Descriptions of cosmopolitan genera are omitted but particulars ol characteristics enabling their recognition may be obtained from the accompanying illustrations. Key to the Genera of the Ty phlocybinae recorded from Australia 1. Antennae not closely adjacent to hind margin of head 2 Antennae closely adjacent to hind margin of face * 7 2. (1) In tegmen, Cula extending towards apex of tegmen 3 In tegmen, Cula, short, directed towards hind margin of tegmen (Fig. 40, M, N) . .8 3. (2) In the wing, a marginal vein present 4 Wing lacking a marginal vein * 5 g 2690 — 9 258 4 * (3) Marginal vein of the wing extending completely around the apex of the wing (Fig, 4 °j A) Dikraneura Hardy Marginal vein terminating dorsally at R + M (Fig. 40, C) . . Empoasca Walsh 5. (3) Pronotum as long as wide, or almost so Pettya Kirkaldy Pronotum not as long as wide g 6. (5) Paramere with a single apical extension, broad and truncate apically Zygina Fieber Apex of paramere with a second extension or lobe; cc keel 5J present I Erythroneura Fitch 7. (1) Face of head concave Aneono Kirkaldy Face of head flattened, slightly swollen posteriorly Kahaono Kirkaldy 8. (2) Wing with R + M forming a single vein apically Typhlocyba Germar Wing with R + M separate Eupteryx Curtis Aneono Kirkaldy Aneono Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 358. The face of the head is concave and the hind margin, which is thickened, overhangs and lies at a higher level than the rest of the face. The crown, which is spatulate, is produced in front of the eyes and roundly arched. The antennae arise immediately posterior to the eyes. . In the . tegmina R + M have a common ante-apical stem, and sometimes Cul, ante-apically, aiises from the base of the same stem, dhe wings have a marginal vein and Gul has 2 branches. Type species — Aneono pulcherrima Kirkaldy. This genus is related to Camulus Distant and Bolanusoides Distant. Aneono pulcherrima Kirkaldy Aneono pulcherrima Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 359. Length, $, 3 mm. Crown of head orange with a pale, median, longitudinal stripe and sometimes with pale areas laterally. Pronotum orange, sometimes with irregular, anterior pale markings or with a median longitudinal pale stripe, sometimes pinkish laterally. Scutellum reddish with a pair of white spots posteriorly. Tegmen pale hyaline brown with a broad, crimson, sickle-shaped marking extending from the costal margin to the apex of the claval suture and some irregular pale markings on each side of the claval suture. enation of basal two-thirds of tegmen indistinct, Cul not arising ante-apically from a common stem with R + M. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Sydney, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Bundaberg, Queensland. 259 Fie 40 — Wines of: A, Dikraneura angustata; B, Kahaono pallida; C, Empoasca australica; D, E. picturata; KEupteryx xlavalis ; F, Erythroneura ix; G, Typhlocyba froggatti. Tegmina of: H, Dikraneura angustata; 1 . Erythroneura ix; J, Pettya tambourinus ; K, Empoasca vindignsea ; L, E. australica; M, Eupteryx clavahs , N, Typhlocyba froggatti ; O, Empoasca picturata; P, Kahaono mndis; CL, A. pallida; R, A. montana, S, Aneono australensis ; T. A. darwinensis. Aneono australensis (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) (Fig. 40, S) Empoa australensis Kirkaldy, 1906) Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9) : 3 ^ 3 - Length, $, 3-2 mm. Crown of head pale sanguineous with a pale, median, longitudinal stripe. Pronotum pale grey with irregular orange markings. Scutellum anteriorly orange, laterally and posteriorly white with a brown bar on each side and apically. Tegmen, basal' two-thirds dark in colour; apical third, pale hyaline brown. I11 the former area 2 irregular reddish markings with a roughened shiny surface against the costal bolder, the proximal one is narrowly margined with white and the distal one broadly margined with a dark brown area, which extends to the hind margin of the tegmen; 3 white markings bordered with white ante-apically and a few smaller white markings more proximally 260 situated. Clavus dark hyaline-brown with a large irregular whitish area, bordered witho and interrupted medially by, a reddish area. Gul ante-apically arises from the base of th« same stem as R + M. M roundly arched prior to its distal junction with Cul. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Brisbane, Queensland. Aneono venusta Evans Aneono venusta Evans, 1942, Trans. Roy.Soc.W.Aust. 27: 148. Length, $, 4. mm. Head pinkish, partially suffused with white. Pronotum antero- laterally white, medially grey. Scutellum dark brown apically brownish-yellow. Tegmer with M and Cul separate for their entire length, proximal two-thirds hyaline brown but fou the costal area distally which is pink, and irregular white areas; apical third pale hyaline brownish. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Dedari, Western Australia. Aneono darwinensis sp.nov. (Figs 40, T; 41, P1-3) Length, 3 ? > 3*5 mm - Head and thorax (spirit specimens) pallid. Tegmen with costal wax plate, in part dark pink, in part hyaline-yellowish, sub-apically smoky-brown. Male genitalia as in Fig. 41, P1-P3. Holotype and Allotype $ from Darwin, Northern Territory (coll, light trap, date unknown) in the Australian Museum. Kahaono Kirkaldy Kahaono Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 361. The face of the head is flattened and posteriorly inflated, and the antennae arise close to the hind margin of the eyes. The crown of the head is produced in front of the eyes and roundly arched. In the tegmina R + M have a common ante-apical stem and sometimes Cul, ante-apically, arises from the base of the same stem. The wings have a marginal vein and Gul has 2 branches. Type species — Kahaono ha?mala Kirkaldy. This genus is only tentatively recognized as distinct from Aneono with which it is apparently identical except for the shape of the hind part of the face of the head. Kahaono hanuala Kirkaldy Kahaono hanuala Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 361. Length, 3-8 mm. iC Head, pronotum and scutellum sordid testaceous. Tegmina subhyaline, milky; clavus more or less clouded with pale brownish, a milky spot towards the apex. Corium more or less clouded with pale brownish, basally, a brownish curved 261 line running to apex and giving out 3 brownish lines costally and two or three clavally at more or less regular intervals.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu (tegmina of type missing). Type Locality — Brisbane, Queensland. Kahaono viridis sp.nov. (Figs 40, P; 41, L) Length, , 3*4-4 mm. ££ General colour pale yellowish or greenish- white or practically colourless. Vertex pallid, tumid, produced, punctate with occasionally 2 brownish patches varying from faint smudges to distinct spots.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Tararua Ranges, 2,000-3,000 feet, Wellington District, New Zealand. Zygina kiekie (Myers) Erythroneura kiekie Myers, 1923, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 426. Zygina kiekie (Myers), Ghauri, 1963, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 6: 41. Length, $, 3*7 mm. ££ Whole upper surface bright yellow, thoracic nota often orange.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Days Bay, Wellington, New Zealand. Known distribution elsewhere — Whangerei. Collected on — Freycinetia banksii. 272 Zygina zealandica (Myers) Erythroneura zealandica Myers, 1923, Trans. N.Z. Inst. 54: 425. Zygina zealandica (Myers), Ghauri, 1963, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 6: 41. Length, <£, 2*7 mm. “Vertex dirty greenish-yellow, with sometimes an indistinct greyish smudge on each side. Pronotum and scutellum yellowish-green. Scutellum with indications of 3 median longitudinal stripes anteriorly. Dorsal surface of abdomen black, visible through the folded wings. Tegmina yellow to yellowish-green. 55 Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Tararua Range, 4,000-5,000 ft, Wellington, New Zealand. Known distribution elsewhere — Wanganui. Zygina dumbletoni Ghauri Zygina dumbletoni Ghauri, 1963, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 6: 39. Length, <$, 2-6 mm, $, 27 mm. General coloration, light canary yellow. For male genitalia, see Ghauri (1963). Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Riccarton, New Zealand. Collected on — Rubus. Zygina toetoe (Cumber) Erythroneura toetoe Cumber, 1952, Trans.Roy.Soc.N.Z. 79: 525. Zygina toetoe (Cumber) Ghauri, 1963, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. 6: 41. Length, $, 3 *5-3 *9 mm. General coloration, light yellow. For male genitalia, see Cumber (1952). Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Paiaka Swamp area, New Zealand. Collected on — Arundo conspicua . Pettya Kirkaldy Pettya Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 343. Eutambourina Evans, 1942, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1941: 27 (syn.nov.). Vertex more than twice as wide as long dorsally, anteriorly rounded, bent over in front and extending ventrally about as far as antennal lobes; posteriorly above tumidly raised, posterior margin much more so than the apical margin of pronotum. Head distinctly as long as wide, about two and a half times as long as vertex dorsally, strongly arched anteriorly, lateral margins long, posterior margin subtruncate. Tegmina with 2 discoidal and 4 apicals. Wings lacking a submarginal vein. 55 Type species — Pettya anemolua Kirkaldy. Kirkaldy (1906) placed this genus in the Macrostelini, but examination of the type specimen has disclosed that it belongs to the Typhlocybinae. 273 Pettya anemolua Kirkaldy Pettya anemolua Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 343. Length, 6 mm. Head pale luteous, frons and clypeus with an orange tint. Pronotum and scutellum greyish-white, the former closely reticulate with greyish" brown. Tegmina and wings milk-white hyaline, tegmina costa pale yellow.” Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Pettya taedia (Kirkaldy) (comb.nov.) Nesosteles taedia Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 345. Length, 4 ’2 mm. Sordid lemon yellow, vertex with two black spots near the anterior margin; frons discally black, clypeus smoky, scutellum dark brownish. Commisural cell of clavus, basal part of costal cell and apical half of tegmina smoky.” P. taedia differs from the type species, P. anemolua , in having lateral depressions at the back of the crown and the pronotum is not reticulate. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. Pettya punctata Evans (comb.nov.) (Figs 40, J ; 41, K) Eutambourina punctata Evans, 1942, Pap.Roy.Soc.Tasm. 1941 : 27. Length, 3-8 mm. Face of head, ante-clypeus brown, smooth; lora and maxillary plates brown with yellow pits ; fronto-clypeus and vertex yellow except for a pair of lateral brown spots and a pair of broad longitudinal brown stripes that extend almost as far as the hind margin of the crown. Pronotum and scutellum pale lemon yellow. Tegmen hyaline, pale yellow partially suffused with brown and with a whitish oval wax area adjacent to the costal margin. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Tambourine Mountains, Queensland. Typhlocyba Germar Typhlocyba Germar, 1833, Silb.Rev.Ent. 1: 180. Type species — Cicada quercus Fabricius (Europe). Typhlocyba froggatti (Baker) (Fig. 40, G, N) Empoasca australis Froggatt, 1918, Agric.Gaz.N.S.W. 29: 568. Typhlocyba australis (Froggatt), Myers, 1921, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 46: 473. Typhlocyba zanthippe McAtee, 1926, Proc.U.S.Nat.Mus. 68, art. 18: 14. 274 Typhlocyba molini DeLong, 1926, J.Econ.Ent. 19: 469. Typhlocyba froggatti Baker, 1925, Philippine J.Sci. 27: 537 (nom.nov.). Typhlocyba oxyacanthae Ribaut, 1931, Bull.Soc.Hist.Nat.Toulouse 61: 334. Edwardsinana froggatti (Baker), China, 1950, Ent.Month.Mag. 86: 243. Length, J, $, 3‘3'6 nim. General coloration bright yellow; apical cell of tegmen hyaline-brown. For male genitalia see Myers (1921). Type Location — (Types not designated). Type Locality — Binalong, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Europe, North America, New Zealand, Tasmania. Collected on — Crataegus , apple. Typhlocyba lethierryi Edwards Typhlocyba lethierryi Edwards, 1881, Ent.Mon.Mag. 17: 224. Edwardsiana lethierryi (Edwards), Dumbleton, 1964, N.Z J.Sci. 7: 573. General coloration deep yellow inclining to orange. Costal margin and sometimes anal margin of tegmen narrowly reddish. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — England. Known distribution elsewhere— Europe, North America, New Zealand. Collected on — Acer , Aesculus , Crataegus. Ribautiana Zackhvatkin Ribautiana Zachvatkin, 1947, Rev.Ent.URSS 3-4: 112. Ribautiana Zachvatkin, Young, 1952, Univ.Kansas,Sci.Bull. 35 (1): 99, Type species — Cicada ulmi Linnaeus. Ribautiana tenerrima (Herrich-Schaeffer) Typhloycba tenerrima (Herrich-Schaeffer), 1834, Deutschlands Insecten: 112: 17. Ribautiana tenerrima (H.S.), Dumbleton, 1964, N.Z.J.Sci. 7: 572. Length, 0, 2 7"3 5 Tegmina whitish hyaline with 3 broad yellow stripes. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Unknown. Known distribution elsewhere— Europe, North America, New Zealand. Collected on — Rubus app., Quercus. 275 The Family Membracidae It is Customary, in most entomological works, for membracids to be regarded as an •equally distinctive group of Homoptera as cicadoids, cercopoids and cicadelloids. The reason they are considered here as no more than a family of the Cicadelloidea is because they share many fundamental characteristics with representatives of the Cicadellidae in which they differ from the other superfamilies of the Auchenorrhyncha. Furthermore, forms are known which are, to some extent, transitional between typical membracids and typical cicadellids. In the heads of both cicadellids and membracids and, as well, in all other representatives of the Cicadelloidea, the anterior arms of the tentorium lack association with the posterior ones. The prothorax of all membracids is enlarged but so it is in certain cicadellids, while it is of normal proportions in representatives of two families, the Aetalionidae and the Biturritidae, with many membrac id-like characteristics. In the basic pattern of the venation of the forewings of cicadellids, M and R form a single vein proximally while in most membracids M and Cul are basally incorporated in a single vein. However, in some membracids R, M and Cul are all separate proximally, while in some biturritids (which many authors include in the Membracidae) R and M are basally joined. The pretarsal structure of membracids is identical with that of cicadellids, but differs from those of cercopids and cicadas (Fennah, 1945). Cicadellids have been supposed to differ from membracids in lacking a filter-chamber, but this feature is common to both groups. Finally, the nymphs of membracids, aetalionids and biturritids, are ant- attended, but so also are those of eurvmelids and even, also, of some cicadellids. Stal, (1866), separated the Membracidae into 6 sub-families of which five are confined to the western hemisphere. Haupt (1929) recognised 12 sub-families of which nine have a similar restricted distribution. Those of Haupt’s sub-families which have a wide distribution are the Gentrotinae, Terentiinae and Oxyrhachinae. The Oxyrhachinae lack representation in Australia and the genus Terentius Stal, though occurring in Australia, possibly lacks sufficient distinctive characteristics to merit sub-family separation. Accordingly, it is proposed, for the time being, to regard all Australian membracids as belonging to the sub-family Gentrotinae. Funkhouser (1950-52) has separated this sub-family into several tribes. In the present state of knowledge of the Australian fauna and of membracid classification generally, it is considered inadvisable to ascribe the Australian genera to any of these or to create new ones. The Gentrotinae, and likewise the Oxyrhachinae, comprise the most generalised true membracids, from which very possibly, all the other sub-families may have been derived. While these sub-families are of wide distribution, they are most richly represented in the Oriental region and this may have been their centre of distribution. It is of interest to speculate why such considerable evolutionary developments occurred among the Membracidae in the Neotropical region during its Tertiary isolation, when similar ones did not take place among populations isolated in Australia during the corres- ponding period. Unfortunately, Madagascar, which was likewise isolated during the greater part of the Tertiary, like New Zealand, lacks a membracid fauna, hence evolutionary occurrences in this island cannot be examined for comparative purposes. However, “explosive evolution 55 has been recorded among a population of cicadellids in Madagascar and this may have been induced by factors similar to those responsible for the differentiation of the numerous membracid sub-families in South America. In both instances the genetic disharmony responsible for the unusual evolutionary occurrences might have been associated with the restriction of gene flow in a peripherally isolated population (Mayr, 1954, Evans,, 1959 )- 276 The membracid fauna of Australia is a largely homogenous one, and its special characteristics suggest a long period of isolation in the continent. The endemic fauna, moreover, can be readily distinguished from the Indo- Malayan element of which it is presumed that the greater part gained access to north Queensland during Pleistocene times. Few records exist of the food-plant association of Australian membracids but several species are known to live on acacias. These trees and shrubs which are one of the dominant elements of the Australian flora do not serve as food for more than a few species of Australian cicadellids. It has proved, in many instances, impossible to determine whether forms differing in minor pronotal characteristics merit specific status. This is largely because the male genitalia of membracids, unlike those of cicadellids, do not always provide helpful characters for species recognition. It needs to be explained that the section which follows is considerably less advanced in understanding than the preceding one. This is because the author lacks a long background of experience of membracid systcmatics and has never formerly paid particular attention to the Australian fauna. It is hoped, nevertheless, that the information made available will enable the recognition of many of the described genera of Australian membracids and prove helpful, as a point of departure, for anyone wishing to make a critical study of the group as a whole. It has been necessary to quote several original descriptions since the material available for study has been limited and many described species have not been seen by the author, or, if seen, not identified. Furthermore, since several genera have not been well defined, or if well-defined, their special generic characteristics have not been recognised by later workers, it is possible that some species, in addition to those noted, have been ascribed to genera to which they do not properly belong. Characteristics : In the head (Fig. 4, C), the maxillary plates are narrow, and largely concealed by the lora; well-developed antennal ledges terminate laterally, in front of the eyes, and the epicranial suture and the ocelli are always facial in position. The pronotum is always enlarged, sometimes grotesquely so. The mesonotum (Fig. 5, F) lacks paired median longitudinal unsclerotised areas and is apically transverse. In the tegmen the anterior branch of the media is presumably incorporated in the same vein as the radial sector and proximally, the media may arise independently, or be incorporated for a short distance, either with the radius, or with the first cubitus (Figs 6, C, 42, A). The hind tibiae are flattened and bear small, regularly- spaced marginal spines (Fig. 5, I). In the male genitalia the base of the aedeagus is linked to the paired parameres by a basal connective (Fig. 8, C, D, E). The nymphs, which together with the adults, are ant-attended, have lateral abdominal processes and a long tubular ninth abdominal tergite, enfolding the tenth, or anal segment, which is extrusible. They do not jump if disturbed (Fig. 42, H2, H3). 277 Key to the Genera of Australian Membracidae* 1. Green insects; venation of tegmen reticulate Sextius Stal Yellowish-brown, brown, or black insects . .2 2. (i) Lateral pronotal processes wedge-shaped, anteriorly directed; venation of tegmen reticulate . Goddefroyinella Distant Lateral pronotal processes not as above; venation not reticulate 3 3. (2) In the tegmen, 3 cross-veins present between M and Gul. . . . Eufrenchia Goding In the tegmen not more than 2 cross-veins between M and Cul 4 4. (3) Pronotum with an unpaired, vertical, apically inflated process. . Eutryonia Goding Not as above . 5 5. (4) Pronotum with paired triangular lateral processes; median process sinuate, broadly or narrowly elevated anteriorly; a posterior vertical process sometimes also present 6 Not as above 7 G. (5) Pronotum with median process broadly or narrowly elevated anteriorly Acanthucus Stal Pronotum with median process strongly sinuate and with both anterior and posterior vertical processes Acanthucalis gen.nov. 7. (5) Pronotum with a strongly sinuate median process; lateral processes apically acute, extending only slightly beyond humeral angles Alocanthella gen.nov. Not as above • ♦ . . . 8 8. (7) Lateral pronotal processes well developed, not horizontal 9 Lateral pronotal processes absent, or small; if well developed horizontal, or almost so (anyhow in £ insects) ....15 9. (8) Shining black insects with narrow, apically acute, lateral pronotal processes * , Sarantus Stal Not as above 10 10. (9) In the tegmen, M and Cul proximally, forming a single vein . . Kurandella gen.nov. In the tegmen, M and Cul, proximally, not forming a single vein 11 11. (10) Lateral pronotal processes apically inflated or club-shaped 12 Lateral pronotal processes not as above . 13 12. (11) Lateral pronotal processes apically club-shaped Ceraon Buckton Lateral pronotal processes apically inflated Lubra Goding 13. (11) Only one surface of the lateral pronotal processes visible from above Eufairmairiella gen.nov. Two surfaces of the lateral pronotal processes visible from above 14 14. (13) Apices of lateral pronotal processes broadly acute Cebes Distant Anterior margins of lateral pronotal processes convex, posterior margins straight. . Eufairmairia Distant * Certain genera recorded from Australia have been omitted from the Key, since the comprised Australian species are apparently not congeneric with the type species of these genera. Others have been omitted because they are of uncertain geographical origin. 278 15. (B) Lateral pronotal processes lacking Lateral pronotal process present 16. (15) In the tegmen, M and Cul separate for their entire lengths Terentius Sta In the tegmen, M and Cul basally fused 17. (16) In the tegmen cross vein m-cu2 present Dingkana Godinj In the tegmen, cross-vein m-cu2 lacking Anzac Distan 18. (15) Lateral pronotal processes small, not, or only very slightly, extending beyond humera angles Lateral pronotal processes extending beyond humeral angles 2 c 19. (18) Median pronotal process sinuate Crito Distan- Median pronotal process straight Pogonotypellus gen.nov 20. (18) Lateral pronotal processes apically acute 21 Lateral pronotal processes broad 21. (20) Well-developed, apically acute, lateral pronotal processes.. Otinotoides Distant Small, and slightly projecting acute lateral pronotal processes.. Sertorius Stal 22. (20) In the tegmen m-cu \ 3 only cross vein linking M and Cul 23 In the tegmen cross-veins m-cui and m-cu 3 present; lateral pronotal processes short, broad, three-sided and slightly dorsally directed; m-cui closer to fork of M than to bases ol M and Cul Alocebes gen.nov. 23. (22) Pronotum immediately posterior to lateral processes strongly carinate and convex Bucktoniella gen.nov. Pronotum not as above OA 24. (23) Pale yellowish-brown insects, in tegmen cross-vein m in continuous alignment with R and M 1 + 2 Alosextius gen.nov. Dark brown insects; venation not as above Pogonella gen.nov. Endemic Genera Eufrenchia Goding Eufrenchia Goding, 1903, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 28: 24. Ibiceps Buckton, 1903, Monog.Membrac. 238. Insects 6-7 mm in length, dark reddish brown, or black, in colour, the pronotum eavily pitted and with white scale-like hairs. The lateral, thickened, strap-shaped processes 0 P^notum are usually apically recurved. The posterior process, which is anteriorly straight and apically downwardly curved, extends almost as far as the apices of the folded tegmma. ic tegmina have complete venation, M and Cul being separate for their entire lengths and linked by 3 cross veins. Type species — Centro tus falcatus Walker. 279 280 Eufrenchia falcata (Walker) (Fig. 6, C) Centrotus falcatus Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 2: 622. Sertorius curvicornis Stal, 1869, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 24: 287. Ibiceps falcatus Buckton, 1903, Monog.Membrac. 239 (preoccupied) (syn.nov.). Eufrenchia bucktoni Funkhouser, 1950, Gen. Insect. Fasc. 208: 241 (nom.nov.). Lengthy 6*5, $, 7 "^ rnm. General coloration, dark brown, or black. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Van Dieman’s Land. Known distribution elsewhere — Adelaide (South Australia); Stawell (Victoria); King George’s Sound (Western Australia) ;“ Queensland ”. ‘ g^eoi^es- Eufrenchia leae Coding Eufrenchia leae Coding, 1903, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 28: 26. . length, $, 6 mm. “ Pro thorax dark ferruginous, punctured, lateral horns not contiguous at bases, extend upward and strongly forward, long sides parallel, a small apical poi ion outward; apical angles as in falcatus. Posterior process tectiform, not convex, strong- and broad at base, gradually narrowed to apex, which reaches apices of tegmina.” Type Location United States National Museum. Type Locality — Western Australia. Eufairmairia Distant Eufairmairia Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 35. no.- ■ T r S r r CtS T g T g ln , len S th from 7 to 12 mm (from the anterior apex of the pronotum, not including the lateral processes) and reddish-brown, dark brown, or black in colour Ihe pronotum is rugose and sometimes pitted and has a pair of wedge-shaped lateral processes which are somewhat upwardly directed and may be transverse, or forwardly nrocesMs w!v Tb ^ Ion g ltudmall y nd 8' ed on their dorsal surfaces. The apex of each process wide, the anterior margin curved and the posterior margin straight. The median piocess extends to the apices of the folded tegmina. In the tegmina M and Cu 1 are f P“ ate f ° r their whole len g ths and the 2 cross-veins between M and Cu 1 are m-cui and IlL-C Ll Am Type species — Centrotus decisus Walker. imnossihU ^ bel0W ’ because of lack of sufficient material, it has been future termine the extent of the synonymy involved. It is possible, however, that as folCwI f ^ ° n ,? Vll I dls £ lose that 3 species only properly belong to the genus Eufairmairia as loliows. E. acanthaspis , E. giganticus and E. rubridorsata. 281 Eufairmairia decisus (Walker) i Centrotus decisus Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 2: 621. “ Length 4 lines. Fore chest high in front, roughly punctured, very slightly ridged, rising vertically above the head; shoulders angulate, not prominent; horns above them very thick, prismatic, ascending slightly, diverging, their tips much rounded. 55 Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — New Holland. Eufairmairia acanthaspis (Fairmaire) (Fig. 5, F) Centrotus acanthaspis Fairmaire, 1846, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 4: 515. Eufairmairia acanthaspis (Fairmaire), Distant, 1916, Ann. Mag.Nat. Hist. 8 (18): 37. According to Distant, this species can be distinguished from others in the genus by the ochreaceous tibiae. Length, 9 mm. “Allied to E. consobrinus from which it differs in the slightly longer but much narrower lateral pronotal processes and their more acute apices; the posterior pronotal process is also shorter. 55 Type Location — Type not in existence. Type Locality — Port Jackson, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Rockhampton (Queensland). Eufairmairia giganticus (Goding) (comb.nov.) Sertorius giganticus Goding, 1903, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 28: 20. Length, $, 12 mm. A heavy, broad, insect readily distinguished from other species by its size. Type Location — United States National Museum. Type Locality — South Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Baxter (Victoria). Eufairmairia rubridorsata (Buckton) (comb.nov.) Pterosticta rubridorsata Buckton, 1903, Monog.Membrac. 230. Length, $, 8 mm, width across lateral pronotal processes 3*5 mm. General coloration, brown. Median pronotal longitudinal ridge, well-defined. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Adelaide, South Australia. Known distribution elsewhere — Mordialloc (Victoria). 282 Eufairmairia distinctus Distant Eufairmairia distinctus Distant, 1916, Ann. Mag.Nat. Hist. (8) 18: 38. Length, 7 mm. “ Head and pronotum black. Tegmina pale bronzy with darko suffusions, base black immediately followed by an obscure pale transverse fascia. Pronotun longitudinally carinate, the lateral processes broad, outwardly and a little upwardly directec the apices roundly truncate, but with the posterior angle acute, the upper surface with thre strong longitudinal carinations; posterior process very robust and compressed for aboi two-thirds its length from base; apically reaching the posterior angle of the inner tegmina margin.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Port Darwin, Northern Territory. Eufairmairia fraternus Distant (Fig. 43, A) Eufairmairia fraternus Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 36. Length, 7-8 mm. ££ Head and pronotum dull testaceous, faintly ochraceously pilose Tegmina pale hyaline, venation dull testaceous, base black, basal half of costal area and bas< of discoidal area ferruginous. Pronotum centrally longitudinally carinate, the latera processes obliquely raised, a little narrowed to their apices, which are also a little obliquely roundly truncate, their upper surfaces longitudinally carinate, posterior process with the* ateral areas carinate its apex not quite reaching the tegminal apex.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Gayndah, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Capertee, Rylstone (New South Wales); Stanthorpe, Bunya Mountains (Queensland). Eufairmairia harrisi Distant Eufairmairia harrisi Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 35. Length, 8*5 mm. t£ Head and pronotum piceous brown. Tegmina pale bronzy;; venation, base and costal area excluding apex, ferruginous-brown. Anterior lateral processes of pronotum obliquely upwardly produced, distinctly narrowed to apices, which are: somewhat roundly truncate, their upper surfaces flat with three longitudinal carinations,. strongly centrally longitudinally carinate, the posterior process faintly longitudinally carinate on the lateral areas.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Queensland. Eufairmairia relatus Distant Eufairmairia relatus Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 36. Length, 7-8 mm. ££ Head and pronotum dull testaceous, faintly ochraceously pilose. Tegmina pale hyaline, venation dull testaceous, base black, basal half of costal area and base of discoidal area ferruginous. Pronotum centrally longitudinally carinate, the lateral 283 processes obliquely roundly truncate, their upper surfaces longitudinally carinate; posterior process with the lateral areas carinate, its apex not reaching tegminal apex.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Gayndah, Queensland. Eufairmairia consobrinus Distant Eufairmairia consobrinus Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 37. Length, 7-8 mm. “ Head and pronotum dark purplish brown. Tegmina sub- hyaline, venation ochraceous, base and basal half of costal area, purplish-brown. Pronotum centrally longitudinally carinate, the lateral processes broad, compressed, obliquely upwardly directed, their apices roundly truncate, the posterior apical angle acute, their upper surfaces distinctly longitudinally carinate. Posterior process reaching or almost reaching the tegminal apex.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Rockhampton, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Goolabah (New South Wales). Eufairmairia cupreus Distant Eufairmairia cupreus Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 38. This species was provisionally placed in this genus by Distant. Length 8 mm. Face and clypeus black; sternum blackish; thickly greyishly pilose. Tegmina pale hyaline, the venation and extreme base brownish ochraceous. Lateral processes of pronotum triangular, outwardly and a little obliquely produced, their apices acute and slightly recurved, their upper surfaces very obsoletely carinate, the posterior process robust for about half its length, the apical area roundly depressed, its apex reaching the tegminal apices.” Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Yallingup, Western Australia. Eufairmairiella gen. no v. The hind margin of the face of the head is transverse. Viewed from in front, the sides of the oblique lateral pronotal processes slope evenly towards the humeral angles in the $. In the in which the lateral processes are more flattened, the sides of the pronotum between the base of the processes and the humeral angles are parallel with each other. . From above, the lateral processes, which are apically broad, with a posterior apical spine-like extension, are transverse, though in the the anterior margins are directed somewhat posteriorly. The median pronotal process, which is centrally carinate and downwardly curved posteriorly, extends as far as the apices of the folded tegmina. In the tegmina M and Cul are separate for the whole of their lengths and cross-vein m-cu 1 as well as m-cu 3, is developed. Type species — Sertorius curvicaudus Goding. Eufairmairiella resembles Eufrenchia in the shape of the apices of the lateral pronotal processes and in the presence of cross-vein m-cui in the tegmen. 284 Eufairmairiella curvicaudus (Goding) (comb.nov.) (Fig- 43 > B) Sertorius curvicaudus Goding, 1903, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 28: 24. Length, , 7 mm. “ Ferruginous, thinly clothed with shining yellow hairs. Fore- chest roughly punctured, low and inclined backward in front, distinctly ridged; shoulders rounded, not prominent. Horns above stout, conical, prismatic, diverging slightly ascending. Hind appendage slender, extending to the tip of the abdomen, much attenuated toward the tip, which is very acute, armed with two erect, high, compressed, conical acute humps, one at the base, the other in the middle. 55 Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Moreton Bay, Queensland. Acanthucus trispinifer (Fairmaire) (Fig. 44, H) Centrotus trispinifer Fairmaire, 1846, Ann.Soc.Ent.Fr. (2) 4: 515. Acanthucus gracilispinus Stal, 1869, Ofvers.Vetensk.Forh.Stockh. 24: 287 (syn.nov.). Acanthucus gracilispinus Stal, Goding, 1903, Proc.Linn.Soc.N.S.W. 28: 15. Length, J) Sarantus nobilis Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 374. Godingella queenslandensis Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 31 (syn.nov.). 304 Sarantus australensis Goding, 1926, J.N.Y. Ent.Soc. 34: 208 (syn.nov.). Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Cairns, Queensland. Otinotoides Distant Otinotoides Distant, 1916, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) 17: 320. Insects, dark brown in colour, the pronotum rugose with sparse, fine, golden hairs. The lateral processes are transverse, slightly backwardly directed and apically acute. The median pronotal process is slightly sinuate and does not extend as far as the apices of the folded tegmina. The tegmina are apically broad; M and Cu 1 are confluent proximally but not fused together. The only cross-vein present is m-cu 3. Type species — Centrotus pallipes Walker (New Guinea). Otinotoides australis Distant ( Fi g- 43 , J) Otinotoides australis Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 40. Length, 5 mm. “ Pronotum brownish ochraceous, the anterior pronotal lateral processes black, or nearly black, and the area between them darker castaneous; posterior process, excluding base, black. Face pale castaneous. Tegmina dull stramineous, base costal and sub-costal areas and the apical margin black. Lateral processes of pronotum long, subacute, directed outwardly and a little upwardly, centrally carinate, the posterior process tricarinate, touching the scutellum, and then moderately convexly elevated, its apical half roundly deflected, its apex slender, subacute and almost reaching the tegminal apex. 55 Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Queensland. Otinotoides acuticornis (Goding) (comb.nov.) Sertorius acuticornis Goding, 1926, J.N.Y. Ent.Soc. 34: 244. Length, 9 ? 7 mm - Purplish-black, shining coarsely and evenly punctured with short pale yellow pubescence. Pronotum elevated and convex in front, produced each side high above humerals in a rather long, flat compressed acuminate horn directed outward well upward, hind margins straight, front margin curved backward, both margins sharp' humerals prominent, deeply notched each side at base, slender, sides parallel to middle then gradually acuminate, dorsum seen from above broadly sinuate, apical third decurved Broad sides, scutellum densely creamy pubescent. Tegmina fuscous hyaline.” Type Location — United States National Museum. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. Crito Distant Crito Distant, 1916, Ann.Mag.Nat.Hist. (8) 18: 43. Small black insects. . The lateral .pronotal processes are horizontal, transverse, broadly ti iangular in the 6*8 mm. General coloration pale yellowish, or greyish-brown. Crown, pronotum and scutellum pale brown, muscle impressions on the anterior half of the pronotum prominent in the Tegmen brown, pale brown and white; an anterior, 318 whitish, irregular, transverse fascia, margined posteriorly with an irregular brown area,, shading to white, followed by another brown area. Between this and the apex of the tegmen,. which is brown, a hyaline area; veins brown. ‘ Type Location — British Museum. * Type Locality — Melbourne, Victoria. Known distribution elsewhere — Wallan (Victoria); Mt Kosciusko (New South Wales). Bathylus Stal Bathylus Stal, 1866, Hem.Afr. 4: 68. Small beetle-like insects, oval in shape and brown in colour with pale markings. On the face of the head the labium extends beyond the middle coxae and the hind margin is approximately semi-circular in outline. The crown is triangular and the tegmina, which are elytra-like, are convex, and the venation is proximally obscure. The hind tibiae have 2 spurs. Type species — Lepyronia moerens Stal. Bathylus albicinctus (Erichson) (Fig. 47, F) Aphrophora albicincta Erichson, 1842, Archiv.Naturgesch. 8: 285. Lepyronia convexa Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 726 (syn.nov.). Lepyronia moerens Stal, 1854, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. n: 251 (syn.nov.). Lepyronia albigutta Walker, 1858, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus.Supplement, 191 (syn.nov.). Lepyronia albigutta Walker, Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 387. Length, <£, 5-3, $, 6-8 mm. Crown of head brown. Pronotum in $ entirely brown; in anteriorly coffee-brown, shading to dark brown, posteriorly white. Scutellum brown, legmen, in $, coffee-brown, with a curved anterior pale fascia which extends from close to the claval suture as far as the costal margin and then borders the costal margin; some of the cells posteriorly may be, in part, whitish; tegmen in £ dark brown; the anterior fascia extends onto the clavus and a few, or several, ante-apical cells may be, in part, white. Type Location — U nkno wn . Type Locality — Van Dieman’s Land. Known distribution elsewhere — Widely distributed in every State. Clovia Stal Clovia Stal, 1866, Hemipt.Afric. 4: 68. On the face of the head the labium extends beyond the middle coxae and the clypeus is convex. The crown is triangularly produced and apically rounded and the frons semi- circular in outline. 1 he tegmina are coriaceous and apically narrow and the venation is moderately distinct. The hind tibiae have one large and one small spur. Type species — Clovia bigoti Stal (Africa). 319 Clovia loxasema Hacker (Fig. 4, G) Clovia loxasema Hacker, 1926, Mem. Queensland Mus. 8: 243. Length, 7, $, 9-9-5 mm. Face of head centrally brownish-yellow, muscle impressions, laterally brown. Crown and pronotum brownish-yellow each with 3 transverse brown bands. Tegmen yellowish-brown with 2 oblique, narrow, pinkish fasciae, in part, or completely margined with dark brown areas; veins, in part, pinkish. (In the original description the length of the $ is given as 13 mm, but specimens of this length are unknown to me.) Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — Toolom, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Mt Tambourine (Queensland). Clovia regalis Lallemand Clovia regalis Lallemand, 1927, Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. 1927: 103. Length, 5-5 mm. A rugose, somewhat hairy insect with dull coloration. Crown brownish yellow with a transverse brown band between the eyes. Pronotum anteriorly brown, posteriorly yellowish-brown; brown area with a narrow yellow transverse marking; scutellum sordid yellow. Tegmen dull brown, yellowish basally, with numerous small raised brown spots. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Kuranda, Queensland. Eoptyelus Jacobi Eoptyelus Jacobi, 1921, Arch. Nat. 87 (12): 8. The face of the head is wider than long, the fronto-clypeus convex, but not swollen, and the labium does not extend as far as the middle coxae. On the crown of the head, the distance between the ocelli is greater than between each ocellus and the adjacent eye. The tegmina are long and narrow and the venation is distinct. The hind tibiae have 2 spurs. Type species — Eoptyelus sordidus Jacobi (New Guinea). Eoptyelus australis Jacobi (Figs 5, H; 6, E, F; 47, A, O) Eoptyelus australis Jacobi, 1921, Arch. Nat. 87 (12): 9. Ptyelus homochrous Hacker, 1926, Mem. Queensland Mus. 8: 244. Length, <£, $,12-17 mm. Overall coloration brown with a yellowish pubescence. Male genitalia as in Fig. 47, O. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Brisbane, Dunwich, Bunya Mountain (Queensland). 320 Fig. 47- A, Eoptyelus australis , head and thorax; B, Neoaphrophora tiegsi , tegmen; C, Carystoterpa fingens, head, or s al aspect; D, Anyllis leiala, head and thorax; E, Neoaphrophora tiegsi, head and thorax; F, Bathylus albicinctus; G, Philgra parva ; H, Philagra fulvida, head and thorax; I, Philagra concolor, head and thorax; J, Pseudaphronella jactator ; K, Carystoterpa fasciata, male genitalia; L, Carystoterpa pallida, paramere; M, Ihilagra concolor, male genitalia; N, Carystoterpa fingens, male genitalia; O, Eoptyelus australis, male genitalia; r, Anyllis leiala, male genitalia. AED, aedeagus; BP, basal plate; PAR, paramere; SGP, subgenital plate. 321 Eurycercopis Kirkaldy Eurycercopis Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 383. On the face of the head the labium terminates between the middle coxae and the post-clypeus is convex. The crown is longer than wide, the frons extending antenoi y beyond the sides of the vertex. The ocelli, which are small and inconspicuous, are widely separated from each other. The pronotum is narrow laterally. The tegmina are coriaceous and the venation obscure. The hind tibiae have i large and i small spui. Type species — Eurycercopis nigrofasciata Kirkaldy. Eurycercopis nigrofasciata Kirkaldy Eurycercopis nigrofasciata Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9). 3 ^ 3 - Length r? 7 9 , 8-3 mm. General coloration brown with yellowish pubescence. Crown brown, or’ blackish-brown. Pronotum and scutellum brown with numerous black spots. Tegmen blackish-brown with an anterior, irregular, transverse, narrow, yellow iascia and an irregular pale posterior fascia; whole tegmen with numerous black spots. Type Location — H.S.P.A., Honolulu. Type Locality — Nelson, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Atherton Tableland (Queensland). Novaphrophora Lallemand Novaphrophora Lallemand, 1940, Bull. Ann. Soc.Ent.Belg. 80: 150. The labium terminates between the fore femora. The crown of the head aimost twice as wide as long and the ocelli, which are large, are nearer to the eyes >on ^ea cb i side than to each other. The pronotum is approximately a third wider than long and has 5 small depressions near the anterior margin. The tegmina are narrow apically and M and Cu 1 are distinct for the whole of their lengths and connected by a basal oblique cross-vei . hind tibiae have a single spur. Type species — Novaphrophora tasmaniae Lallemand. Novaphrophora tasmaniae Lallemand Novaphrophora tasmaniae Lallemand, 1940, Bull. Ann. Soc.Ent.Belg. 80. 151. Length, $, 17 mm. General coloration brick-red with brownish-black markings. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Cradle Valley, Tasmania. This insect is not only considerably larger than any aphrophorid, excepting Eoptyelus australis , but also quite unlike further material is forthcoming, there must be uncertainty as recorded locality. other recorded Australian them. Unless, and until, to the correctness of the g 2690 — 1 1 322 Philagra Stal Chalepus Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 731 (preoccupied). Philagra Stal, 1862, Trans. Ent.Soc.Lond. (3) 1: 593 (nom.nov.). Readily recognised by the narrowly produced and usually apically upturned head. The tegmina are coriaceous with raised spots and distinct venation and the hind tibiae have 2 spurs. Type species — Philagra hastata (Walker) (India). Philagra parva (Donovan) (Figs 4, F ; 47, G) Fulgora parva Donovan, 1805, Ins. New Holland, Hem. PI. 1, Fig. 2. Chalepus teliferus Walker, 1851, List. Homopt. Brit. Mus. 3: 731. Chalepus pugionatus Stal, 1854, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 12: 251. Philagra parva (Donovan) Stal, 1866, Berlin Ent.Zeit. 10: 386. Philagra parva (Donovan) Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 384. Length, $, 9-12 mm. General coloration reddish-brown with mottled tegmina. The anterior prolongation of the head is greater in length than the pronotum and scutellum combined. Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — New Holland. Known distribution — Widely distributed in all States. Collected on — Casuarina and Acacia. Philagra fulvida Hacker (Fig. 47, H) Philagra fulvida Hacker, 1926, Mem. Queensland Mus. 8: 245. Length, 8-1 1 mm. General coloration yellowish-brown, the tegmen with a centi al pale fascia, which may be interrupted by a darker area. Crown of head triangular, shorter than the combined length of the pronotum and scutellum. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality — National Park, Queensland. Known distribution elsewhere — Springbank (Queensland). Philagra concolor Hacker (Fig. 47, I, M) Philagra concolor Hacker, 1926, Mem. Queensland Mus. 8: 246. Length, (J, 9 " 10 *5 mm - Evenly yellowish-brown in colour, the tegmina unpatterned. Crown of head approximately equal in width to the pronotum and scutellum combined. Type Location — Queensland Museum. Type Locality— Tooloom, New South Wales. Known distribution elsewhere — Mt Tambourine, Southport, Brisbane (Queensland). 323 Philagra recurva Jacobi Philagra recurva Jacobi, 1928, Arkiv.Zool. rg (28): 47. Length. 9-10 mm. General coloration olive brown, apex of head curvine oreally. I egmen, concolorous with the thorax, with numerous scattered small brown spots" Type Location — Unknown. Type Locality — Malanda, Lamington Plateau. Known distribution elsewhere— Binna Burra (Queensland). Carystoterpa Lallemand Carystoterpa Lallemand, 1936, Festschrift von Embrik Strand, Riga 1: 264. On the face of the head the labium extends as far as the apices of the middle coxae and the post-clypeus is convex. The crown is triangularly produced and apically rounded, ihe ocelli are widely separated but nearer to each other than to the adjacent eyes The tegmina are shining and finely punctate and M and Cut may be separate, or basally fused. Ihe hind tibiae have one large and one small spur. Type species — Aphrophora trimaculata Butler. Carystoterpa fingens (Walker) (Fig. 47, C, N) Ptyelus fingens Walker, 1851, List.Homopt.Brit.Mus. 3: 718. Aphrophora trimaculata Butler, White, 1874, Zool.Voy. Erebus & Terror 2: Ins.p. 26 (syn.nov.). Aphrophora subvirescens Butler, White, 1874, Zool.Voy. Erebus & Terror 2: Ins.p. 26 (syn.nov.). Length, 6-7 mm; 7-9 mm. General coloration brown with whitish markings, umloimly pale green, or pale green with a longitudinal brown streak on the tegmen Male genitalia as in Fig. 47, C, N. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — Colenso, New Zealand. Collected on — Coprosma robusta, Muehlenbeckia australis, Myoporum lalum. This is the most abundant of the 2 species of cercopoids occurring in New Zealand, ormerly 3 specific names have been attributed to it as follows: trimaculata (brown insects with 3 white markings on the tegmen); subvirescens (uniformly pale green insects); fingens (pale gieen insects with a longitudinal brown stripe on the tegmina). In addition, 3 sub- species of trimaculata have been recorded from the Chatham Isles (Lallemand, 1937), and forms with different arrangements of colour pattern are known also from the Three Kin^s Islands. 0 Examination of the male genitalia of insects with all these several colour pattern anangements has disclosed no significant differences and for this reason they seem best considered as representing a single space. Carystoterpa fasciata sp.nov. (Fig. 47, K) Length, 6, §, 7-8 mm. General coloration brown, brown with pale markings, or green, with a brown, longitudinal streak on the tegmen. Very similar in general 324 appearance to C. fingens, differing in having completely brown forms, in addition to those with three, or more, pale markings on the tegmen, and in characteristics furnished by the male genitalia. Male genitalia as in Fig. 47, K. Holotype $ from Erskine Valley, Lord Howe Island (coll. A. Musgrave, 12/21), Allotype Mt Lidgbird, Lord Howe Island (coll. A. Musgrave, 12/21), both in the Australian Museum. Carystoterpa pallida sp.nov. (Fig. 47, L) Length, 6-7 mm; $, 8 mm. General coloration uniformly pale green (pale yellowish in dried specimens), or, green with irregular obscure brownish markings. Differs from C. fasciaia in characters furnished by the male genitalia, particularly in having forked instead of simple parameres. Male genitalia as in Fig. 47, L. Holotype $ and Allotype $ from Lord Howe Island (coll. A. Musgrave, 12/21), in the collection of the Australian Museum. The discovery in the collections of the Australian Museum of representatives of uniformly green and parti-coloured cercopids belonging to the New Zealand genus Carystoterpa suggested at first that representatives of 3 species of New Zealand cercopids had become established in Lord Howe Island. When examination of the male genitalia of New Zealand forms disclosed that only a single, highly variable, species occurred in New Zealand, it was expected that either the same species was represented also on the island, or else, that isolation had been sufficiently long to permit specific differentiation to take place, and that the island species had a similar range of colour pattern differences as the New Zealand one. It was with considerable surprise therefore that it was found that the Lord Howe Island cercopoids represent 2 distinctive species. Pseudaphronella gen.nov. The face of the head is almost as long as wide and the labium extends beyond the apices of the hind coxae. The post-clypeus, in the is convex. On the crown of the head the ocelli lie midway between the hind margin of the frons and the hind margin of the head. The sides of the pronotum are outwardly directed. The tegmina are coriaceous and the venation which is distinct, is apically reticulate. The hind tibiae have a single spur. Type species — Aphrophora jactator F.B. White. Pseudaphronella resembles Anyllis in coloration and general appearance, but differs in size being considerably larger and in the length of the labium. A superficial comparison suggests that it may be closely related to Pseudaphrophora Schmidt (1924), type species, P. cnnensis ocnmiclt. Pseudaphronella jactator (F.B. White) (Fig. 47, J) Aphrophora jactator, F.B. White, 1879? Ent.Mon.Mag. 13: 214. Length, 2 , 11*5 mm. General coloration pale brownish-yellow, with paler areas on the tegmina. . Head and thorax pale brownish-yellow. Tegmen pale brownish-vellow with 2 laige whitish areas adjacent to the costal margin. Type Location — British Museum. Type Locality — New Zealand. Known distribution in Mew Zealand — Te Aroha Mt. 325 The Family Machaerotidae These very distinctive insects have a restricted distribution and occur only in the Oriental region, where they are almost abundantly represented, tropical Africa and Australia. In colour they are black, or brown, and may have green, red and orange markings. 5 In the head the post-clypeus is flat or convex and may be inflated. The crown of the head is usually of the same length as the eyes and the frons is reduced. The pronotum is large, and in some forms the scutellum is produced posteriorly into a raised spine-like process. The tegmina are shining and may be coriaceous but are never rugose. They are apically broad and the venation is highly specialised. The nymphs inhabit calcareous tubes, situated on their food plants and live in these immersed in their liquid excretions (Evans, 1940). For information on the broad classification of this family and the distribution of its components, reference should be made to the work of Maa (1961, 1963). Key to the Genera of Machaerotidae represented in Australia 1 . Scutellum of normal proportions . 2 Scutellum produced posteriorly into a spine-like process . . Machaerota Burmeister 2. (1) Tegmina with a considerable apical overlap Hindoloides Distant Tegmina not as above g 3. (2) Tegmen irregular with raised spots, not markedly shiny; anal veins forming a ^ -vein Polychaetophyes Kirkaldy If surface of tegmen irregular, then shiny; lacking raised spots; anal veins not forming a Y-vein , . . .4 4- (3) Pronotum coarsely rugose, not shiny; tegmen not with a crumpled appearance Pectinariophyes Kirkaldy Pronotum not coarsely rugose, shiny, as is also the tegmen, which has a crumpled appearance Chaetophyes Schmidt Pectinariophyes Kirkaldy Pectinariophyes Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull. Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 386. Pectinariophyes Kirkaldy, Maa, 1963, Pacific Ins.Monog. 5: 43. The crown of the head is declivous and of even length, or slightly longer in the centre. The pronotum is coarsely rugose and not shiny. The tegmina, which are not very crumpled in appearance, usually have numerous cross veins and the venation may be reticulate. The anal veins may be linked by cross veins, but a Y-vein is not formed. The hind tibiae have a single spur. The abdomens of the nymphs taper apically and are not swollen and operculate. Type species — Pectinariophyes pectinaria Kirkaldy. 326 327 Pectinariophyes stalii (Spanberg) (Fig. 4, H; 48, B, N) Carystus stalii Spanberg, 1878, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 34: 12. Carystus sororculus Spanberg, 1878, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 34: 12. Polychaetophyes aequalior Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 385. Pectinariophyes pectinaria Kirkaldy, 1906, Bull.Hawaii Sug.Ass.Exp.Sta. 1 (9): 386. Pectinariophyes stalii (Spanberg), Maa, 1963, Pacific Ins.Monog. 5: 47. Length, 4*5-5 mm j ? 5 5-7 mm. Head and thorax yellow, greenish-yellow or yellowish-brown. Tegmen pale brown or particoloured with a variable pattern of hyaline- brown alternating with vitreous areas, or proximally yellow, or brown, and distally entirely hyaline-brown, or entirely vitreous. Venation sometimes reticulate. Male gfenitalia as in Fig. 48, N. Type Location — Natural History Museum, Stockholm. Type Locality — Austral, boreal. Known distribution elsewhere — Rockhampton, Brisbane (Queensland) ; Canberra (A.C.T.) ; Adelaide (South Australia); Kimberley (Western Australia); Mullaley (New South Wales). Pectinariophyes reticulata (Spanberg) (Fig. 48, A) Carystus reticulatus Spanberg, 1876, Ofvers.Vetensk.Akad.Forh.Stockh. 34: 12. Pectinariophyes reticulata (Spanberg), Maa, 1963, Pacific Ins.Monog. 5: 45. Length,